Sdl storage direct 2014 2015

Storage & HandlingEquipment

Storage D

esign Limited

ww

w.storage-design.ltd.uk

2014/15

STORAGE DESIGN

Storage Design LimitedPrimrose HillCowbridgeSouth WalesCF71 7DUwww.storage-design.ltd.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITEDemail [email protected]

tel 01446 772614fax 01446 774770

Shelving & Racking

Warehouse Environment

Workplace Equipment

Cabinet & Lockers

Storage Containers & Bins

Access & Handling

PROJECTS

Pick Locations

Narrow Aisle

Heavy Duty Racking

2014/15

About Us

Online at www.storage-design.ltd.uk Our website offers easy navigation and greater product choice.

Call us on 01446 772 614, our experienced Customer Service Team will be happy to assist in any way and provide additional support and knowledge.

E-Mail us on [email protected]

Fax us your Order on 01446 774 770

Mail to Storage Design Limited, Primrose Hill, Cowbridge, South Wales, CF71 7DU.

Ways to order:

Call us today

Email, fax and post

We accept major debit and credit cards through our secure payment system.

We can take payment by cheque or BAC’s.

Over 90% of the products in the Storage Design Catalogue come directly to you from UK manufacturers, bringing all the benefits of value for money, quality and robust workmanship, meeting all British Standards. Delivery times for all of our products are available on request – please call: 01446 772 614 for details. Delivery is free on orders over £150 to UK mainland (except the north of Scotland and Cornwall). On orders under £150 there is a £12 administration charge. Some of our products may carry a surcharge, in which case you will be informed when we receive your order.

Easy ways to pay

Delivery

£

Storage Design Limited are a registered distributor of the Storage Direct product range. We are one of the largest European manufacturers of racking, shelving, storage systems and equipment and our famous name brands of APEX and Linvar are synonymous in the industry.

We can provide a comprehensive range of storage and handling solutions

We provide a comprehensive service. This includes evaluating your storage and handling needs, designing the right solutions and then manufacturing and installing the racking and shelving systems required.

STORAGE DESIGNDelivery

Order online

Warehouse Environment 40 - 69

Cabinets & Lockers 130 - 157

Shelving & Racking 2 - 39

Access & Handling 98 - 129

Storage Containers & Bins 70 - 79

Workplace Equipment 158 - 189

Index 190 - 192

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing

CONTENTS

CAT_2014 01_Sh p0_C.indd 3 26/08/2014 08:59

STORAGE DESIGN LTD Storage Direct Catalogue 2014-2015

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 [email protected] www.storage-design.ltd.uk

SHELVING & RACKINGWe ensure all our shelving and racking is of the highest quality

and with the majority being manufactured in the UK or Europe. With this promise comes with the knowledge that you can guarantee all products have gone through extensive testing and adhere to safety & equipment regulations.

No job is too big or too small. We try and make it easy for you to order with clear look up comparison guides and tips to help you buy the product most suited to your requirements.

If you need more help or advice please call or visit our website.

SHELVING & RACKING

What do you want to store?

Consider the load capacities and the size of the

Where are you storing your product – are there any

HOME AND OFFICE SHELVING

Shelf Loading (kg)

Decks Colour

No. of Heights

No. of Widths

No. of Depths

Shelf Levels Office Garage Stockroom Sheds Schools Hospitals Retail Other

Bolted Shelving 35 - 100 Steel 3 1 1 4 x x x x x x Factories

Boltless Shelving 60 - 100 Steel 3 1 1 3 x x x x x x Workshop

Spur Shelving 170 White Steel 7 1 4 3 x x x xMuseums

& Libraries

Lever Arch Filing Storage 100 Chipboard 3 1 1 5 x x x xMuseums

& Libraries

Workplace Shelving 80 Grey Steel 1 2 5 6 x x x x

INDUSTRIAL SHELVINGShelf

Loading (kg)Decks Colour

No. of Heights

No. of Widths

No. of Depths

Level Bays Warehouse Workshops Storeroom Office GaragesArchive Store

Museum Other

Light Duty 100 Steel 2 1 4 5 x x x x

Medium Duty 125 Chipboard 1 1 3 3 x x x x x x

Heavy Duty 150 Steel 2 1 4 5 x x x x x

Boxed Industrial Shelving 100 Steel 2 1 2 5 x x x x x

Pre-Packed Shelving Sets 150 Steel 1 1 3 4 x x x x x x

Stockroom Shelving 200 - 900 Chipboard 2 2 3 3 x x x x Light Industrial

WAREHOUSE RACKING & SHELVING

Shelf Loading (kg)

Decks Colour

No. of Heights

No. of Widths

No. of Depths

Levels WarehouseBulk

StoragePicking Wholesale

Steel Storage

Archive Store

Timber Yard

Other

Medium Duty 500 Steel 2 2 3 3 x x x x x


Cantilever Racking 250-1000 Steel 3 3 3 3 x x x x

Extra Heavy Duty Frames & Beams

1000 Steel 3 3 3 N/A x x x x x

SPECIALIST SHELVINGShelf


No. of Heights

No. of Widths

No. of Depths

Levels Bays Warehouse Factories Garages Kitchens Storerooms RetailSteel

Storage

Chrome Catering 80 Chrome 1 3 4 4 x x x x

Garment Shelving 100 Steel 1 1 1 3 x x x x

Tyre Shelving 150 Steel 2 2 1 4 x x x x

Bar and Sheet Storage 1000 Steel 5 5 4 x x x x

Loadall 55 Back 1 1 1 x x x x x

Chrome Shelving & Linbins 80-150 Chrome 1 1 1 4 x x x x

Light Industrial - See Page 10-11

product you are planning to store

special issues to consider – sprinkler system, cold storage environment, unique location?

When you are making your choice ask yourself the following questions:

Longspan gets its name from its use of beams that allow a wide span of shelving. It is very rigid and versatile and doesn’t need a bottom shelf.

Longspan needs to be bolted to a floor to ensure safety

Racking is normally used where forklifts are operating and needs planning – please refer to our Project Section on page 32 Boltless means just that – easy to assemble no nuts or bolts and good for general purpose use in garages, home storage and small businesses

Other things to remember

V2Shelving_Racking_Divider_draft_02.07.14.indd 2 26/08/2014 12:57



SHELVING & RACKING

In this section

Bolted Shelving 4

Boltless Shelving 5

Spur Shelving 6-7

Workplace Shelving 8-9

Medium Duty Shelving 10

Heavy Duty Shelving 11

Light Industrial Shelving 13

Stock Room Shelving 14-15

Medium Duty 10

Heavy Duty 11

Extra Heavy Duty 16-21

Cantilever Racking 20

Chrome Catering Shelving 22-25

Garment Shelving 26

Tyre Shelving 27

Shelving & Container Kits 28

Archive Shelving 29

Bar & Sheet Storage 30-31

Pallet Racking 32-33

Specialist Pallet Racking 34-35

Shelving 36-37

Rack Safety & Mezzanine Floors 39

Home & Office Shelving

HOME AND OFFICE SHELVING

Shelf Loading (kg)

Decks Colour

No. of Heights

No. of Widths

No. of Depths

Shelf Levels Office Garage Stockroom Sheds Schools Hospitals Retail Other

Bolted Shelving 35 - 100 Steel 3 1 1 4 x x x x x x Factories

Boltless Shelving 60 - 100 Steel 3 1 1 3 x x x x x x Workshop

Spur Shelving 170 White Steel 7 1 4 3 x x x xMuseums

& Libraries

Lever Arch Filing Storage 100 Chipboard 3 1 1 5 x x x xMuseums

& Libraries

Workplace Shelving 80 Grey Steel 1 2 5 6 x x x x

INDUSTRIAL SHELVINGShelf


No. of Heights

No. of Widths

No. of Depths

Level Bays Warehouse Workshops Storeroom Office GaragesArchive Store

Museum Other

Light Duty 100 Steel 2 1 4 5 x x x x

Medium Duty 125 Chipboard 1 1 3 3 x x x x x x


Boxed Industrial Shelving 100 Steel 2 1 2 5 x x x x x

Pre-Packed Shelving Sets 150 Steel 1 1 3 4 x x x x x x

Stockroom Shelving 200 - 900 Chipboard 2 2 3 3 x x x x Light Industrial

WAREHOUSE RACKING & SHELVING

Shelf Loading (kg)

Decks Colour

No. of Heights

No. of Widths

No. of Depths

Levels WarehouseBulk

StoragePicking Wholesale

Steel Storage

Archive Store

Timber Yard

Other

Medium Duty 500 Steel 2 2 3 3 x x x x x


Cantilever Racking 250-1000 Steel 3 3 3 3 x x x x

Extra Heavy Duty Frames & Beams

1000 Steel 3 3 3 N/A x x x x x

SPECIALIST SHELVINGShelf


No. of Heights

No. of Widths

No. of Depths

Levels Bays Warehouse Factories Garages Kitchens Storerooms RetailSteel

Storage

Chrome Catering 80 Chrome 1 3 4 4 x x x x

Garment Shelving 100 Steel 1 1 1 3 x x x x

Tyre Shelving 150 Steel 2 2 1 4 x x x x

Bar and Sheet Storage 1000 Steel 5 5 4 x x x x

Loadall 55 Back 1 1 1 x x x x x

Chrome Shelving & Linbins 80-150 Chrome 1 1 1 4 x x x x

Light Industrial - See Page 10-11

Tyre Racking - See Page 27

Steel Shelving - See Page 16-21

Industrial Shelving

Warehouse Shelving

Specialist Shelving

Projects

V2Shelving_Racking_Divider_draft_02.07.14.indd 3 26/08/2014 12:57



SHELVING & RACKINGHOME & OFFICE SHELVING

4 For our full range of products and additional items please visit our website

Economy Bolted ShelvingZamba ® Value shelving units are designed for domestic and light commercial applications. They benefit from a rust resistant galvanised finish and adjustable shelves which simply bolt in place. These units should be bolted back to back or wall fixed for additional stability.

• Shelves may be inverted to use as trays• 4 and 5 tier have 2 piece uprights• Made in the UK and tested to British standards

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10VZLDBLG3 780 700 300 3 35 £33.19 £25.93 £21.78VZLDBLG4 1500 700 300 4 35 £43.58 £34.05 £28.60VZLDBLG5 1500 700 300 5 35 £48.70 £38.04 £31.96VZLDBLP3 780 700 300 3 35 £36.67 £28.65 £24.06VZLDBLP4 1500 700 300 4 35 £49.21 £38.45 £32.29VZLDBLP5 1500 700 300 5 35 £55.75 £43.55 £36.58

Bulk order discounts available

PERFECT FOR ✓Shed and Greenhouse ✓Garages ✓Workshop ✓Understair Cupboard ✓ Janitorial Cupboards ✓Hobby Room

Zamba ® Supreme Bolted ShelvingZamba ® Supreme medium duty shelving will take a maximum load of 75kg UDL capacity per level to all levels simultaneously. The strong adjustable bolted construction has corner braces for stability. This is ideal for schools, hospitals and other institutions where removable shelves pose a risk. Supplied in individual retail packs as standard, this product is also available in bulk at vastly reduced prices.

• Scratch resistant powder coated finish• Six tier can also be installed as two 3 tiers• Full range of dividers and side and back cladding available

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10VZMDBL5 1900 900 400 5 75 £99.69 £87.84 £73.79VZMDBL6 1900 900 310 6 75 £98.73 £85.70 £71.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Office ✓Warehouse ✓Stock Room ✓Store Room ✓Parts Store ✓Workshop

Zamba ® Medway Heavy Duty Bolted ShelvingZamba ® Medway heavy duty shelving offers 100kg UDL per level with traditional bracing and uprights. Shelf levels are easily adjusted. Other colours are available by special order.

• Made in the UK• Scratch resistant powder coated finish• Braced frames

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10VZHDBL55 2000 1000 500 6 100 £159.99 £136.49 £114.49


PERFECT FOR ✓Workshop ✓Garages ✓Archive Store ✓Schools ✓Factory ✓Museum

from only

£71.99

from only

£36.67

from only

£114.49


CAT_2014 01_Sh p4_5.indd 4 26/08/2014 09:08



5See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing


Economy Boltless ShelvingZamba ® Standard duty boltless steel shelving is ideal for offices and is easy assembled with a rubber mallet. Shelf levels are designed to take standard A4 files at fixed positions. Video assembly instructions available online. Load capacity 60kg UDL per shelf.

• Strong boltless shelving• Scratch resistant powder coated finish• UK Made and tested to British standards

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10VZLDBP3 760 700 300 3 60 £41.40 £32.34 £27.17VZLDBP4 1400 700 300 4 60 £55.68 £43.50 £36.54VZLDBP5 1500 700 300 5 60 £65.96 £51.53 £43.28

PERFECT FOR ✓Office ✓Library Store ✓Garages ✓Archive Store ✓Utility Rooms ✓Workshop

Multi Purpose Boltless ShelvingZamba ® Big Value shelving comes with a galvanised finish with split legs. Strong and easy to assemble with 5 shelf levels to give a quick and convenient storage solution for offices, workshops, sheds and garages. No tools required for assembly.

• Manufactured from rust resistant galvanised steel• Chipboard shelves• Easy to assemble, big value shelving

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10VZMDFU5GV 1690 850 350 80 £72.68 £56.78 £47.69


PERFECT FOR ✓Garages and Sheds ✓Warehouse ✓Archive Store ✓Stock Rooms ✓Workshops ✓Hobby Room

Mighty Fast Assembly Shelving

The Zamba ® Mighty range slots together without the use of tools. The finished units benefit from strong chipboard shelving panels and powder coated frame work. Suitable for domestic and commercial applications alike. Tall units should be bolted back to back or wall fixed for stability.

• Made in the UK• Scratch resistant powder coated finish• Easy to assemble with rolled

safe edges to uprights

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Shelves Each 5 10VZHDF2 940 950 450 100 2 £62.29 £48.67 £40.88VZHDF3 940 950 450 100 3 £81.59 £63.74 £53.54VZHDA4 1315 1320 450 100 4 £123.49 £105.49 £88.36VZHDF5 1880 950 450 100 5 £131.99 £112.49 £94.42

PERFECT FOR ✓Office ✓Store Rooms ✓Factories ✓Sheds ✓Workshop ✓Garages

from only

£27.17

from only

£40.88


from only

£47.69

CAT_2014 01_Sh p4_5.indd 5 26/08/2014 09:08




from only

£52.32

Spur® 3 Shelf KitsSpur® Steel-Lok wall mounted shelving kits are world renowned for their strength and longevity. The height of the shelves may be easily adjusted to suit your requirements by moving the brackets up or down on the upright. These packs come complete with 2 uprights, 3 shelves, 6 adjustable brackets and 6 spring rod book ends.

• Made in the UK for over 60 years• Scratch resistant powder coated finish• High strength quality steel

Bulk order discounts

PERFECT FOR ✓Office ✓Hospitals ✓Libraries ✓Schools ✓Garages ✓Museum

Spur® Steel-Lok Shelves Pack of 4The Spur® steel shelves fit into the Steel-Lok brackets. Easy clean and fully adjustable. Available in seven depths as listed. Special lengths are available, please call for details.

• Superb value for money• World renowned design• Full range of colours available, call for details

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Each 4 10ZZSL15S1000W 1000 150 166 £21.74 £15.14 £13.04ZZSL22S1000W 1000 220 150 £23.20 £16.16 £13.92ZZSL27S1000W 1000 270 120 £24.50 £17.06 £14.70ZZSL32S1000W 1000 320 110 £26.50 £18.46 £15.90ZZSL37S1000W 1000 370 144 £27.90 £19.43 £16.74ZZSL47S1000W 1000 470 170 £34.70 £24.17 £20.82ZZSL61S1000W 1000 610 150 £40.47 £28.18 £24.28

Spur® Steel-Lok UprightsSpur® Steel-Lok individual uprights. Available in eight standard heights. Special lengths can be made to order.

Code Height (mm) Each 10 50ZZSLU0SW 170 £1.35 £0.87 £0.54ZZSLU052W 520 £4.28 £2.75 £1.71ZZSLU071W 710 £5.19 £3.33 £2.07ZZSLU100W 1000 £6.66 £4.28 £2.67ZZSLU150W 1500 £8.92 £5.73 £3.57ZZSLU122W 1220 £7.93 £5.10 £3.17ZZSLU198W 1980 £12.83 £8.25 £5.13ZZSLU220W 2200 £14.04 £9.02 £5.61


SHELVING & RACKINGSPUR SHELVING

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10VZTS3KIT220 1000 1000 220 3 150 £99.66 £62.29 £52.32VZTS3KIT270 1000 1000 270 3 120 £104.49 £65.12 £54.70VZTS3KIT320 1000 1000 320 3 110 £118.49 £73.89 £62.07VZTS3KIT370 1000 1000 370 3 144 £123.49 £108.49 £64.81

CAT_2014 01_Sh p6_7.indd 6 22/08/2014 17:22




Spur® BracketsGenuine Spur® Steel-Lok brackets clip into the twinslot upright. To be used with our steel or wood shelves. Available in a variety of sizes and load capacities as listed.

• Made in the UK for over 60 years• Scratch resistant powder coated finish• 1.5mm thick quality steel

Code Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Each 10 75ZZSLBH15W 145 83 £1.82 £1.17 £0.73ZZSLBH22W 220 75 £2.37 £1.52 £0.95ZZSLBH27W 270 60 £2.64 £1.70 £1.06ZZSLBH32W 320 55 £2.84 £1.83 £1.14ZZSLBH37W 370 100 £4.47 £2.88 £1.79ZZSLBH47W 470 72 £5.75 £3.70 £2.30ZZSLBR47W 470 85 £10.18 £6.54 £4.07ZZSLBR61W 610 75 £13.09 £8.42 £5.24

from only

£40.57

Spur® Steel-Lok Bookends (Pair)The original Spur® Spring Rod Bookends clip into the twinslot Steel-Lok uprights. Available in three sizes as listed and packed in pairs.

Code Depth (mm) Each 10 75ZZSLSR15W 150 £3.45 £2.22 £1.38ZZSLSR20W 200 £4.40 £2.83 £1.76ZZSLSR25W 250 £5.43 £3.49 £2.17


PERFECT FOR ✓Office ✓Hospitals ✓Libraries ✓Schools ✓Garages ✓Museum

Lever Arch File Storage UnitLow cost Lever Arch file storage ideal for filing rooms and offices. Simple to assemble. Three tier units can be extended to five tiers with a two tier extension pack. Five tier units should be wall fixed for stability.

• Made in the UK• Scratch resistant powder coated finish• Easy to assemble

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10VZRBFU2 980 1065 305 2 100 £56.66 £48.29 £40.57VZRBFU3 1020 1065 305 3 100 £72.62 £61.89 £51.99VZRBFU5 2000 1065 305 5 100 £129.49 £110.49 £92.55


VZRBFU5

VZRBFU2

VZRBF05

CAT_2014 01_Sh p6_7.indd 7 22/08/2014 17:22



Workplace Shelving - Open Bays

Starter Bays Add on BaysHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Code Each Code Each

1830 900 300 6 VMS18900300OST £97.01 VMS18900300OEX £79.651830 900 350 6 VMS18900350OST £105.49 VMS18900350OEX £86.131830 900 400 6 VMS18900400OST £113.49 VMS18900400OEX £92.471830 900 450 6 VMS18900450OST £123.49 VMS18900450OEX £99.891830 900 600 6 VMS18900600OST £159.49 VMS18900600OEX £129.991830 1000 300 6 VMS181000300OST £99.71 VMS181000300OEX £82.361830 1000 350 6 VMS181000350OST £108.49 VMS181000350OEX £89.101830 1000 400 6 VMS181000400OST £116.99 VMS181000400OEX £95.971830 1000 450 6 VMS181000450OST £126.99 VMS181000450OEX £103.491830 1000 600 6 VMS181000600OST £164.49 VMS181000600OEX £134.99

Bays can carry up to 600kg per bay

SHELVING & RACKINGOFFICE SHELVING


from only

£79.65

Workplace ShelvingThis stylish shelving system offers a wide range of accessories making it a flexible and affordable option for all your storage needs. Available as open or fully clad bays.

• New hard wearing, anti-bacterial, powder coating make this system suitable for clean environments. • Shelves are clipped for quick and easy assembly with a 100kg load • Quality engineered to provide a sturdy and robust shelving system

that will give many years of service. Bay capacity of 600kg

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Rooms ✓Office ✓Schools

CAT_2014 01_Sh p8_9.indd 8 26/08/2014 09:09



Workplace Shelving - Closed Bays

Starter Bays Add on BaysHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Code Each Code Each

1830 900 300 6 VMS18900300CST £116.99 VMS18900300CEX £99.231830 900 350 6 VMS18900350CST £124.99 VMS18900350CEX £105.991830 900 400 6 VMS18900400CST £132.99 VMS18900400CEX £112.491830 900 450 6 VMS18900450CST £142.99 VMS18900450CEX £119.491830 900 600 6 VMS18900600CST £178.99 VMS18900600CEX £149.491830 1000 300 6 VMS181000300CST £119.99 VMS181000300CEX £102.491830 1000 350 6 VMS181000350CST £127.99 VMS181000350CEX £108.991830 1000 400 6 VMS181000400CST £136.99 VMS181000400CEX £115.991830 1000 450 6 VMS181000450CST £146.49 VMS181000450CEX £123.491830 1000 600 6 VMS181000600CST £184.49 VMS181000600CEX £154.49

Bays can carry up to 600kg per bay


SHELVING & RACKINGOFFICE SHELVING

Workplace Shelving - AccessoriesThere are a wide range of accessories available for our workplace shelving including:

Door Sets

Pull Out Shelves

Pull Out Cradles

Lateral Rails

Shelf Dividers

Please call for details

from only

£99.23

CAT_2014 01_Sh p8_9.indd 9 26/08/2014 09:09



SHELVING & RACKINGMEDIUM DUTY INDUSTRIAL SHELVING


Starter Bay Add BayType Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Code Each Code Each

Starter Bay 2000 1000 300 5 ME201030SM £86.41 ME201030XM £67.89Starter Bay 2000 1000 400 5 ME201040SM £86.97 ME201040XM £71.26Starter Bay 2000 1000 500 5 ME201050SM £93.70 ME201050XM £77.43Starter Bay 2000 1000 600 5 ME201060SM £103.99 ME201060XM £85.85Starter Bay 2500 1000 400 5 ME251040SM £104.99 ME251040XM £80.24Starter Bay 2500 1000 500 5 ME251050SM £112.49 ME251050XM £86.97Starter Bay 2500 1000 600 5 ME251060SM £124.49 ME251060XM £95.95

All load capacities based on uniformly distributed load and on runs of three or more bays

Medium Duty Industrial ShelvingVersatile shelving system for workshop, warehouse, storerooms and office environments. Easy to assemble boltless system. All frames are delivered knock down - rapid assembly without tools.

• 100kg Shelf load UDL with Bay load capacity up to 1100kg • Shelves adjustable at 25mm vertical centres • Pre-galvanised finish as standard

PERFECT FOR ✓Workshops ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Office Environments

Medium Duty Industrial Shelves• All shelves are galvanised finished with a 100kg Load• Perforation at 50mm centre for multiple accessories• Shelf clips included

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) EachVME86967 1000 300 100 £12.33VME86968 1000 400 100 £13.46VME86969 1000 500 100 £15.14VME86970 1000 600 100 £16.82


from only

£67.89

from only

£12.33

Bay load capacity up to 1100kg

CAT_2014 01_Sh p10_1.indd 10 26/08/2014 09:10




SHELVING & RACKINGHEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL SHELVING

Starter Bay Add BayType Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Code Each Code Each

Starter Bay 2000 1000 300 5 ME201030S £95.95 ME201030X £75.75Starter Bay 2000 1000 400 5 ME201040S £96.51 ME201040X £79.11Starter Bay 2000 1000 500 5 ME201050S £104.49 ME201050X £86.41Starter Bay 2000 1000 600 5 ME201060S £115.99 ME201060X £95.39Starter Bay 2500 1000 400 5 ME251040S £116.99 ME251040X £89.21Starter Bay 2500 1000 500 5 ME251050S £124.99 ME251050X £96.51Starter Bay 2500 1000 600 5 ME251060S £138.49 ME251060X £106.99

Discounts are available for large order quantities

Heavy Duty Industrial ShelvingHeavy Duty shelving system with a pre-galvanised finished, suitable for industrial applications, warehouses and storerooms. Easy to assemble boltless system. All frames are delivered knock down - rapid assembly without tools.

• Bay load capacity up to 1380 kg • Shelves adjustable on a 25mm vertical pitch • 150 kg shelves with perforation for full use of accessories


Heavy Duty Industrial ShelvesAll shelves are galvanised finished with a 150kg Load

• Closed shelf edge for higher stability • Shelf clips included

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load EachVME94756 1000 300 150 £14.02VME94757 1000 400 150 £15.14ME94758 1000 500 150 £16.82VME94759 1000 600 150 £18.51


from only

£75.75

from only

£14.02

Bay load capacity up to 1380kg

* Bays shown are 5 tier (5 shelves including top & bottom)

CAT_2014 01_Sh p10_1.indd 11 26/08/2014 09:10



SHELVING & RACKINGINDUSTRIAL SHELVING ACCESSORIES


Medium Duty Industrial Shelves

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) EachVME86967 1000 300 100 £12.33VME86970 1000 600 100 £16.82VME86969 1000 500 100 £15.14VME86968 1000 400 100 £13.46

Industrial Boltless Shelving AccessoriesOur Industrial Shelving has a wide range of accessories allowing you to create a bespoke solution for your needs. This is only a small range of the accessories we offer. Please contact us for more information or to discuss your requirements.

Heavy Duty Industrial Shelves

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) EachME94757 1000 400 150 £15.14ME94758 1000 500 150 £16.82ME94759 1000 600 150 £18.51

Industrial Shelving DividersThese pre-galvanised freestanding dividers are ideal to segment shelving to help with product identification.

• Easily fitted to existing slots in the shelves• Pre-Galvanised finish as standard

Code Height (mm) Depth (mm) EachME81004 150 300 £3.92ME95957 150 400 £4.48ME91034 150 500 £4.48ME95958 150 600 £5.60

Industrial Shelving BracingCross Bracing is required to support the shelving bays. Available for starter or add on bays.

• Pre-Galvanised finish as standard

Code Type EachMEBRACES For Starter Bay £3.92MEBRACEX For Add Bay £2.23

Industrial Shelving Back MeshBack mesh cladding with all fixings

• Pre-Galvanised finish as standard

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) EachME14903 1900 900 £21.86

Pre-Packed Industrial Shelving SetsVersatile shelving system for workshop, warehouse, store room and office with bay load capacity up to 1260kg.

• Easily assembled boltless system - simply clip shelves into the assembled frames

• Pre-packed kits allow for ease of transport • Shelves adjustable at 25mm vertical centres

Starter Bay Add BayHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Code Each Code Each

2000 1000 400 4 V94952L £94.10 V94953L £68.102000 1000 500 4 V94954L £100.99 V94955L £75.822000 1000 600 4 V94956L £113.49 V94957L £84.54


from only

£12.33

from only

£68.10

Shelf/bay loads based on uniformly distributed loads (UDL) and on runs of 3 bays or more

CAT_2014 01_Sh p12_3.indd 12 26/08/2014 09:11




SHELVING & RACKINGEASY ORDER INDUSTRIAL SHELVING BAYS

Zamba ® Light Industrial ShelvingZamba ® Warehouse shelving is a patented British design offering great value for money. Built as individual bays or simply fixed together in runs. This shelving is ideal for many applications be it a retail stock room or warehouse. Bespoke and volume enquiries welcomed. Capacity 500Kg per bay 125Kg per shelf.

• Chipboard shelves• Rolled safety edges to uprights with scratch resistant powder coated finish• Patented British design

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Stock Room ✓Store Room ✓Archive Store ✓Museum ✓Garages

Starter Bay Add BayHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Code Each Code Each

1800 1000 400 800kg 4 100 V98278 £110.99 V98279 £78.911800 1000 300 800kg 5 80 V98280 £102.99 V98281 £92.74900 1000 300 400kg 3 80 V98282 £73.87 V98283 £55.14


from only

£88.74

from only

£55.14Boxed Industrial Shelving BaysReady packed units designed for ease of transport. Simple assembly without tools. Shelves are adjustable at 25mm heights, making this shelving highly flexible to suit your storage needs.

• Packs specifically designed for safe transportation of parts • Type 1 - Pre-galvanised for industrial applications • Type 2 & 3 powder coated light grey finish for office applications

Type 1Type 2Type 3

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10

VZLI412 1880 1200 450 125 £130.99 £118.99 £88.74VZLLI4126 1880 1200 600 125 £147.99 £134.49 £100.49VZLI415 1880 1500 450 125 £144.49 £131.49 £97.88VZLI418 1880 1800 450 125 £171.49 £155.99 £116.49

CAT_2014 01_Sh p12_3.indd 13 26/08/2014 09:11



SHELVING & RACKINGSTOCKROOM SHELVING


Our medium duty modular stockroom shelving is a versatile and adaptable shelving bay for commercial or domestic use. Fully boltless assembly means it is quick and simple to build. Bays come complete with assembled frames and 3 fully adjustable chipboard shelf levels. All shelves come complete with galvanised step beams and 25mm chipboard which simply slots into the beams. Shelf loads vary from 200kg UDL up to 900kg UDL - please ensure you purchase the correct bays with a shelf load to suit your needs.

• Bay prices include 2 frames, 6 beams and 3 sets of 25mm chipboard

• Choice of 2 heights, 3 widths and 3 depths• Bays can carry up to 4200kg

Note: All loading are calculated with a maximum height to first beam level of 1000mm. We recommend that all frames are bolted to the floor. 2400 x 450mm bay includes floor fixings.

Stockroom Shelving Bays

PERFECT FOR ✓Stockrooms ✓Storerooms ✓Light industrial ✓Domestic

1200mm Wide Bays

Starter Bay Add Bay

Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Code Each 3 5 Code Each 3 5

1800 1200 450 3 929 CM18412S £155.49 £147.99 £140.49 CM18412A £125.49 £119.49 £112.491800 1200 600 3 533 CM18612S £179.99 £141.49 £156.99 CM18612A £148.99 £142.49 £123.491800 1200 900 3 211 CM18912S £203.99 £180.49 £164.99 CM18912A £171.49 £149.49 £131.992400 1200 450 3 929 CM24412S £178.49 £170.49 £155.49 CM24412A £140.99 £134.49 £118.992400 1200 600 3 533 CM24612S £203.99 £185.99 £171.49 CM24612A £166.49 £150.49 £132.492400 1200 900 3 211 CM24912S £233.99 £193.49 £179.99 CM24912A £194.99 £155.99 £138.49

1500mm Wide Bays

Starter Bay Add Bay



from only

£112.49

CAT_2014 01_Sh p14_5.indd 14 26/08/2014 09:12



1800mm Wide Bays

Starter Bay Add Bay




SHELVING & RACKINGSTOCKROOM SHELVING

Stockroom Shelving AccessoriesFloor bolts offer additional structural support to your bays and levelling plates balance on uneven floors.

Code Type EachLLP2UN 2mm Levelling Plate £0.66LLP3UN 3mm Levelling Plate £0.79VBLTBFF Holding Down Bolt £0.62

from only

£29.38

Stockroom Shelving Shelf LevelsThese easy to order shelf sets come complete with 2 galvanised beams and 25mm chipboard. Simply drop the chipboard into the beams to create a sturdy and secure shelf level. For use with our stockroom shelving bays.

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) EachCS124 1200 450 929 £29.38CS126 1200 600 533 £35.62CS129 1200 900 211 £39.71CS154 1500 450 745 £40.15CS156 1500 600 666 £44.96CS159 1500 900 263 £49.50CS184 1800 450 622 £37.89CS186 1800 600 622 £45.65CS189 1800 900 316 £68.24

CAT_2014 01_Sh p14_5.indd 15 26/08/2014 09:12



1500mm Wide Bays

Starter Bay Add BayHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each 3 5 Code Each 3 5

1800 1500 450 MD18415S £185.49 £181.49 £167.99 MD18415A £155.49 £147.99 £139.991800 1500 600 MD18615S £204.99 £195.49 £184.49 MD18615A £173.99 £165.99 £150.991800 1500 900 MD18915S £249.49 £224.49 £215.49 MD18915A £216.99 £193.49 £179.992400 1500 450 MD24415S £208.49 £198.99 £188.49 MD24415A £170.99 £162.99 £147.492400 1500 600 MD24615S £228.99 £209.99 £198.49 MD24615A £191.49 £173.99 £157.992400 1500 900 MD24915S £279.99 £242.49 £230.49 MD24915A £240.49 £199.99 £187.49

SHELVING & RACKINGMEDIUM DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING


1200mm Wide Bays



Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving BaysOur fully modular medium duty industrial shelving is perfect for every application from hand loading to sophisticated picking systems. It is supremely strong with each bay taking up to a 4200kg load; it’s extremely versatile with height adjustable shelf levels. Our fully steel shelving bays come complete with 3 steel shelf levels with each level able to take up to 500kg (UDL). Our grey powder coated frames with galvanised bracing are delivered fully assembled so you simply have to lock the beams into the frames.

• All shelf levels come complete with orange beams and galvanised steel decks - additional shelf levels are available.

• Choice of 2 heights,4 widths and 3 depths• Easy to assemble - Beams simply lock into frames, steel

decks fit neatly over beams creating a smooth finishNote: All loading are calculated with a maximum height to first beam level of 1000mm. We recommend that all frames are bolted to the floor.

PERFECT FOR ✓Archiving ✓Warehouse ✓Bulk Storage

from only

£126.99

CAT_2014 01_Sh p16_7.indd 16 26/08/2014 09:13



2400mm Wide Bays



1800mm Wide Bays



Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving LevelsThese easy to order shelf sets come complete with 2 orange beams and steel decks which fit neatly over the beams creating a smooth finish. For use with our Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving Bays.

• 500kg Shelf Load UDL

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachMS124 1200 450 £34.59MS126 1200 600 £38.53MS129 1200 900 £47.92MS154 1500 450 £40.38MS156 1500 600 £45.31MS159 1500 900 £81.27MS184 1800 450 £45.11MS186 1800 600 £50.53MS189 1800 900 £62.28MS244 2400 450 £57.82MS246 2400 600 £65.04MS249 2400 900 £80.70


SHELVING & RACKINGMEDIUM DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING

Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving AccessoriesFloor bolts offer additional structural support to your bays and levelling plates balance on uneven floors.


from only

£34.59

CAT_2014 01_Sh p16_7.indd 17 26/08/2014 09:13



SHELVING & RACKINGHEAVY DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING


Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving BaysOur versatile heavy duty warehouse shelving is perfect for organising your busy warehouse by creating large volume storage quickly and simply. Our sturdy steel shelving bays come complete with 3 steel shelf levels with each level able to take up to 750kg (UDL). All shelf levels come complete with orange beams and galvanised steel decks. Additional shelf levels are available. Each bay can carry up to 4200kg.

• Fully assembled bolted frames with grey powder coated posts and galvanised bracing

• Choice of 3 heights, 3 widths and 3 depths• Easy to assemble - Beams simply lock into

frames, steel decks fit neatly over beams creating a smooth finish

Note: All loading are calculated with a maximum height to first beam level of 1000mm. We recommend that all frames are bolted to the floor. 2400 x 450mm and 3000 x 600mm bays include floor fixings.

from only

£204.99

1500 mm Wide Bays


1800 1500 600 HD18615S £204.99 £195.49 £184.49 HD18615A £173.99 £165.99 £150.991800 1500 900 HD18915S £261.49 £235.99 £228.49 HD18915A £228.99 £204.99 £192.991800 1500 1200 HD181215S £312.99 £280.49 £266.49 HD181215A £277.49 £239.99 £227.992400 1500 600 HD24615S £228.99 £209.99 £198.49 HD24615A £191.49 £173.99 £157.992400 1500 900 HD24915S £291.99 £256.49 £243.49 HD24915A £252.49 £211.49 £200.492400 1500 1200 HD241215S £349.99 £297.99 £282.99 HD241215A £307.49 £248.99 £235.993000 1500 600 HD30615S £254.99 £241.99 £214.99 HD30615A £209.99 £198.99 £173.493000 1500 900 HD30915S £310.49 £268.49 £240.99 HD30915A £263.99 £224.49 £197.993000 1500 1200 HD301215S £371.49 £300.49 £281.99 HD301215A £320.99 £252.49 £226.99

1800 mm Wide Bays



PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓ Industrial ✓Commercial Units

from only

£150.99

CAT_2014 01_Sh p18_9.indd 18 26/08/2014 09:13




SHELVING & RACKINGHEAVY DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING

Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving LevelsThese easy to order shelf sets come complete with 2 orange beams and steel decks which fit neatly over the beams creating a smooth finish. For use with our Warehouse Shelving Bays.

• 750kg Shelf Load UDL

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load EachHDS156 1500 600 750 £45.31HDS159 1500 900 750 £61.08HDS1512 1500 1200 750 £74.24HDS186 1800 600 750 £53.65HDS189 1800 900 750 £67.75HDS1812 1800 1200 750 £88.37HDS246 2400 600 750 £71.80HDS249 2400 900 750 £88.89HDS2412 2400 1200 750 £109.99

Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving AccessoriesFloor bolts offer additional structural support to your bays and levelling plates balance on uneven floors.


from only

£45.31

2400 mm Wide Bays



CAT_2014 01_Sh p18_9.indd 19 26/08/2014 09:14



SHELVING & RACKINGCANTILEVER RACKING


Designed for the safe and effective storage of long length items such as packs of timber, metal and plastics. Comes with black uprights and yellow arms as standard

• Single or double sided racking• Arm capacity from 20kg - 2000kg UDL• Adjustable arm heights - standard adjustment pitch 150mm

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Load (kg) Arm Length (mm) Arm Load (kg) EachVCLDS1 Double Sided 2700 1000 4500 600 250 £702.99VCMSS1 Single Sided 4500 1200 3000 900 500 £859.99VCMDS1 Double Sided 4500 1200 6000 900 500 £947.99VCHSS1 Single Sided 6000 1500 3000 1200 1000 £1195.99VCHDS1 Double Sided 6000 1500 6000 1200 1000 £1351.99VCLSE1 Single Sided 2700 1000 2250 600 250 £379.99VCLDE1 Double Sided 2700 1000 4500 600 250 £419.99VCMSE1 Single Sided 4500 1200 3000 900 500 £513.49VCMDE1 Double Sided 4500 1200 6000 900 500 £565.49VCHSE1 Single Sided 6000 1500 3000 1200 1000 £710.99VCHDE1 Double Sided 6000 1500 6000 1200 1000 £803.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Timber storage ✓Pipe Storage ✓Steel storage

Cantilever Arms• Arm capacity from 20kg - 2000kg UDL • Adjustable arm heights - standard adjustment pitch 150mm • Racking is available in fully galvanised finish, please enquire for details

Code Arm Length (mm) Arm Load (kg) EachVCLA2 600 250 £16.00VCMA2 900 500 £24.00VCHA2 1200 1000 £34.67

Cantilever Retaining PinsRetaining Pins hold bulky items on to the arms ensuring safer storage of products. Pins are available as Light or Heavy duty. Please purchase the right type of pins for your requirements.

• Minimum order of 10 pins

Code Type EachVCLP10 Light Duty Pin £9.33VCHP10 Heavy Duty Pin £12.00

from only

£379.99

Cantilever Racking KitsDesigned for the safe and effective storage of long length items such as packs of timber, metal and plastics. Comes with black uprights and yellow arms as standard

• Single or double sided racking• Arm capacity from 20kg - 2000kg UDL• Adjustable arm heights - standard adjustment pitch 150mm

Starter Bay Extension BayType Height (mm) Width (mm) Load (kg) Arm Length (mm) Arm Load (kg) Code Each Code Each

Single Sided 2700 1000 2250 600 250 VCLSS1 £634.99 VCLSE1 £379.99Double Sided 2700 1000 4500 600 250 VCLDS1 £702.99 VCLDE1 £419.99Single Sided 4500 1200 3000 900 500 VCMSS1 £859.99 VCMSE1 £513.49

Double Sided 4500 1200 6000 900 500 VCMDS1 £947.99 VCMDE1 £565.49Single Sided 6000 1500 3000 1200 1000 VCHSS1 £1195.99 VCHSE1 £710.99

Double Sided 6000 1500 6000 1200 1000 VCHDS1 £1351.99 VCHDE1 £803.99

Starter Bay (2 uprights + bracing)

Extension Bay (1 upright + bracing)

CAT_2014 01_Sh p20_1.indd 20 26/08/2014 09:14




SHELVING & RACKINGEXTRA HEAVY DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving FramesOur Extra Heavy Duty Longspan is perfect for bulky items and really heavy loads with each level able to take up to 1000kg (UDL). Simply select the number of frames you require and the number of shelf levels required up to a maximum of 4 per bay. All shelf levels come complete with orange beams and galvanised steel decks. Each bay can carry up to 4200kg.

• Fully assembled bolted frames with grey powder coated posts and galvanised bracing

• Easy to assemble - Beams simply lock into frames, steel decks fit neatly over beams creating a smooth finish

• Choice of 3 heights, 3 widths and 2 depths

Code Height (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) Each 5 10EHLF186 1800 600 4000 £41.77 £38.62 £37.42EHLF189 1800 900 4000 £47.60 £44.38 £43.13EHLF246 2400 600 4000 £51.07 £47.63 £46.25EHLF249 2400 900 4000 £58.62 £55.09 £53.66EHLF306 3000 600 4000 £60.37 £56.64 £55.09EHLF309 3000 900 4000 £69.66 £65.83 £64.21

How to order1. Select the size and quantity of frames you require (to create a bay you require 2 frames, to create a

run of 2 bays you only require 3 frames and then 1 each thereafter)

2. Choose the number of orange shelf levels required

3. If in doubt call for support

PERFECT FOR ✓Bulk Storage ✓Wholesale ✓Warehouse ✓Factory ✓Picking

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Shelf Levels• Easy to assemble - Beams simply lock into frames, steel decks fit neatly over beams creating a smooth finish

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10EHSS186 1800 600 1000 £69.66 £51.47 £49.90EHSS189 1800 900 1000 £74.14 £69.74 £67.77EHSS246 2400 600 1000 £74.69 £70.21 £68.19EHSS249 2400 900 1000 £93.49 £88.42 £86.03EHSS306 2700 600 1000 £81.90 £77.16 £74.98EHSS309 2700 900 1000 £103.49 £97.64 £95.05

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving AccessoriesFloor bolts offer additional structural support to your bays and levelling plates balance on uneven floors.


from only

£37.42

from only

£49.90

Note: All loading are calculated with a maximum height to first beam level of 1000mm. We recommend that all frames are bolted to the floor.

CAT_2014 01_Sh p20_1.indd 21 26/08/2014 09:14



SHELVING & RACKINGCHROME CATERING SHELVING


Chrome Wire ShelvingThe ultimate multi purpose shelving system, applications for multiple industries from Medical, Catering and Electronics plus many more

• Superior strength to weight ratio - up to 300kg shelf loads, fully adjustable every 25mm• Improved product visibility and air circulation, less moisture and dust accumulation• Complete 1625mm high units with 4 standard shelves & posts

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachChrome Extra Shelves

Code EachVEC32 1625 760 305 £80.00 VEC1230 £12.80VEC37 1625 915 305 £83.20 VEC1236 £13.60VEC38 1625 1220 305 £92.80 VEC1248 £16.00VEC35 1625 760 355 £83.20 VEC1430 £13.60VEC36 1625 915 355 £89.60 VEC1436 £15.20VEC30 1625 1220 355 £108.99 VEC1448 £20.00VEC43 1625 760 460 £89.60 VEC1830 £15.20VEC44 1625 915 460 £99.20 VEC1836 £17.60VEC45 1625 1220 460 £121.99 VEC1848 £23.20VEC46 1625 1520 460 £147.49 VEC1860 £29.60VEC52 1625 1820 460 £169.99 VEC1872 £35.20VEC47 1625 760 610 £111.99 VEC2430 £20.80VEC48 1625 915 610 £124.99 VEC2436 £24.00VEC49 1625 1220 610 £143.99 VEC2448 £28.80VEC50 1625 1520 610 £169.99 VEC2460 £35.20VEC55 1625 1820 610 £191.99 VEC2472 £40.80

Anti-Bacterial Wire ShelvingEclipse Epoxy coated Perma Plus shelving gives you all of the benefits of our standard chrome shelving but with an Anti-bacterial finish

• Anti-Bacterial coating fights germs • 10 year Anti-Corrosion Guarantee • Improved product visibility and air circulation,

less moisture and dust accumulation

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachAnti-Bacterial Extra Shelves

Code EachVEPP32 1625 760 305 £80.00 VEPP1230 £12.80VEPP37 1625 915 305 £86.40 VEPP1236 £14.40VEPP38 1625 1220 305 £96.00 VEPP1248 £16.80VEPP35 1625 760 355 £86.40 VEPP1430 £14.40VEPP36 1625 915 355 £96.00 VEPP1436 £16.80VEPP30 1625 1220 355 £115.49 VEPP1448 £21.60VEPP43 1625 760 460 £89.60 VEPP1830 £15.20VEPP44 1625 915 460 £105.99 VEPP1836 £19.20VEPP45 1625 1220 460 £127.99 VEPP1848 £24.80VEPP46 1625 1520 460 £147.49 VEPP1860 £29.60VEPP52 1625 1820 460 £166.49 VEPP1872 £34.40VEPP47 1625 760 610 £111.99 VEPP2430 £20.80VEPP48 1625 915 610 £121.99 VEPP2436 £23.20VEPP49 1625 1220 610 £143.99 VEPP2448 £28.80VEPP50 1625 1520 610 £169.99 VEPP2460 £35.20VEPP55 1625 1820 610 £195.49 VEPP2472 £41.60

PERFECT FOR ✓Freezers ✓Walk-in Cold Rooms

from only

£80.00

1) Snap plastic collar onto post and it locks in position

2) Slide shelf over post until it rests on the collar.

3) Tap shelf with rubber mallet to locate shelves firmly.

from only

£80.00

CAT_2014 01_Sh p22_3.indd 22 26/08/2014 09:15




SHELVING & RACKINGCHROME SHELVING ACCESSORIES

Chrome Lipped shelfSpecial shelf similar design to our excellent standard chrome wire shelf but with a 25mm lip to keep stock on the shelves securely

Code Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVELS1836 460 915 £17.60VELS1848 460 1220 £23.20

Chrome Sloping ShelfSpecial slopping shelf for excellent display and easy viewing of stored products

Code Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVSLT1224/27 305 610 £16.00VSLT1836/27 460 915 £23.20VSLT1848/27 460 1220 £28.80

Chrome Wine ShelfSpecial shelf for wine storage

Code Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVW1436 355 915 £14.40

Chrome Shelving Shelf LedgesShelf ledges run around the edge of the shelf to keep stock securely in place and stop products falling through the uprights

Code Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVSL30 115 760 £3.05VSL48 115 1220 £4.40VSL60 115 1520 £5.45VSL72 115 1820 £6.00

Chrome Shelf DividersDividers run across the shelf (back to front) to create picking locations or designated storage areas.

Code Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVSD12 170 305 £3.60VSD14 170 355 £4.00VSD18 170 460 £4.40VSD24 170 610 £5.60

Castors for Chrome ShelvingFor the safe movement of goods. (A wide range of castors can be fitted to make the trolleys and carts.)

• Braked or Un-braked version• 70 - 100kg load capacity

Code Type Load (kg) EachVR75BR Braked - 75mm 70 £8.00VR120BR Braked - 120mm 100 £11.20VR75UB Un-braked - 75mm 70 £7.20VR120UB Un-braked - 120mm 100 £9.60

Accessories 1 Post

2 Shelf

3 Shelf Panel

4 Shelf Divider

5 Shelf Ledge

6 Back Grid

7 Half Moon Shelf

8 End Shelf

9 Garment Rail

10 Utility Rail

1

2

3

4 5

6

7

8

9

10

from only

£17.60

from only

£7.20

from only

£16.00

CAT_2014 01_Sh p22_3.indd 23 26/08/2014 09:15



SHELVING & RACKINGCHROME TROLLEYS


All-purpose Chrome TrolleysOur good looking general purpose trolleys are available in a range of sizes for all sorts of use.

• Trolleys 990mm High • 150kg overall capacity • Four 75mm non marking castors

Chrome Euro Container Box CartsModular box cart trolleys designed for the transportation of a range of Euro size (600 x 400) boxes. Flat packed for quick assembly.

• Chrome finish • 150kg overall capacity • Four 75mm non marking castors 2 of braked

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVEBC2325 2 Tier - 325mm High Euro Containers 1200 480 610 £97.60VEBC4325 4 Tier - 325mm High Euro Containers 1750 480 610 £116.99VEBC6220 6 Tier - 220mm High Euro Containers 1750 480 610 £135.99VEBC3220 3 Tier - 220mm High Euro Containers 1200 480 610 £107.49VEBC10120 10 Tier - 120mm High Euro Containers 1750 480 610 £174.49VEBC6120 6 Tier - 120mm High Euro Containers 1200 480 610 £135.99VEBC8120 8 Tier - 120mm High Euro Containers 1450 480 610 £155.49

Euro Containers NOT included

PERFECT FOR ✓Storerooms ✓Hospitals ✓Domestic


See pages 86-87 for our range of Euro containers

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVET1824/2 2 Shelves 610 460 £86.40VET1830/2 2 Shelves 762 460 £91.20VET1836/2 2 Shelves 914 460 £96.00VET1842/2 2 Shelves 1070 460 £102.49VET2424/2 2 Shelves 610 610 £99.20VET2430/2 2 Shelves 762 610 £105.99VET2436/2 2 Shelves 914 610 £111.99VET2442/2 2 Shelves 1070 610 £118.49VET1824/3 3 Shelves 610 460 £99.20VET1830/3 3 Shelves 762 460 £106.49VET1836/3 3 Shelves 914 460 £113.99VET1842/3 3 Shelves 1070 460 £123.49VET2424/3 3 Shelves 610 610 £116.99VET2430/3 3 Shelves 762 610 £126.49VET2436/3 3 Shelves 914 610 £135.99VET2442/3 3 Shelves 1070 610 £145.99

CAT_2014 01_Sh p24_5.indd 24 26/08/2014 09:16



Chrome Wall Shelving UnitsCreate a cantilever wall unit in those tight spaces where a full bay wont fit with our chrome wall units. Each kit includes:

• 2 x 610mm high wall posts and fixing brackets• Shelf/Shelves• 2 support arms for each shelf


SHELVING & RACKINGCHROME WIRE SHELVING

from only

£36.80

Security Cage UnitCreates an easy to order complete bay of secure storage. It includes a complete bay of shelving with the added security cage kit. Castors sold separately (see page 23 for details). Units delivered fully assembled.

• Secure Storage with good visibility of stock. Ideal to keep check on small items of value

• Chrome finish • Comes Ready assembled

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVESC31836 3 Tier - No Castors 1625 915 460 £319.99VESC31848 3 Tier - No Castors 1625 1220 460 £363.99VMSC31836 3 Tier - Castors 1770 915 460 £361.99VMSC31848 3 Tier - Castors 1770 1220 460 £405.99VESC41836 4 Tier - No Castors 1625 915 460 £337.99VESC41848 4 Tier - No Castors 1625 1220 460 £387.49VMSC41836 4 Tier - Castors 1770 915 460 £379.49VMSC41848 4 Tier - Castors 1770 1220 460 £428.99


from only

£319.99

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVCW30076/1 1 Shelf 760 305 £36.80VCW30091/1 1 Shelf 915 305 £37.60VCW30122/1 1 Shelf 1220 305 £40.00VCW35076/1 1 Shelf 760 355 £44.00VCW35091/1 1 Shelf 915 355 £45.60VCW35122/1 1 Shelf 1220 355 £50.40VCW46076/1 1 Shelf 760 460 £47.20VCW46091/1 1 Shelf 915 460 £49.60VCW46122/1 1 Shelf 1220 460 £55.20VCW30076/2 2 Shelves 760 305 £60.80VCW30091/2 2 Shelves 915 305 £62.40VCW30122/2 2 Shelves 1220 305 £67.20VCW35076/2 2 Shelves 760 355 £75.20VCW35091/2 2 Shelves 915 355 £78.40VCW35122/2 2 Shelves 1220 355 £88.00VCW46076/2 2 Shelves 760 460 £81.60VCW46091/2 2 Shelves 915 460 £86.40VCW46122/2 2 Shelves 1220 460 £97.60

CAT_2014 01_Sh p24_5.indd 25 26/08/2014 09:16



SHELVING & RACKINGGARMENT SHELVING


Garment ShelvingGarment shelving for hanging of clothing and garments in the retail stockroom. Ideal storage solution when a mixture of hanging and folded garments need to be stored.

• Easily assembled boltless system • Shelves adjustable at 25mm vertical centres • Additional rails available

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Hanging Rails Each91275 Starter Bay 2000 1000 600 3 100 1 £129.9991271 Add Bay 2000 1000 600 3 100 1 £88.3753599 Extra Rail n/a 1000 600 1 70 1 £15.91

PERFECT FOR ✓Stockroom ✓Warehouse ✓Storeroom

Garment Racking TrolleyIdeal for distribution of hanging garments with adjustable centre rail with three positions. They are fully nestable to improve return load efficiency

• Reinforced robust nestable design with adjustable mid rail• 4 swivel 125mm castors• Capacity: 350kg

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Colour Weight (kg) Load (kg) Each19.GR3 1600 450 1830 Yellow 25 350 £66.0819.GR4 1600 450 1830 Blue 25 350 £66.08

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Distribution

from only

£88.37

from only

£66.08

CAT_2014 01_Sh p26_7.indd 26 26/08/2014 09:17




SHELVING & RACKINGSPECIALIST STORAGE

Tyre ShelvingSimple and cost effective tyre storage from the smallest garage to the largest tyre distributor. Each level can take up to 150kg UDL.

• Easily assembled boltless system • Level Load 150kg UDL• Adjustable at 25mm vertical centres

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) No. of Levels Each95902 Starter Bay 2000 1000 400 3 £111.9995903 Add Bay 2000 1000 400 3 £72.5696641 Starter Bay 2000 1300 400 3 £116.9996642 Add Bay 2000 1300 400 3 £77.42

PERFECT FOR ✓Garages ✓Mechanics ✓Stock Rooms

LoadAllMobile trolley for transporting large sheets of board. Saves space everywhere in the yard, on the delivery truck or even on site. Designed for storing and transporting plasterboard and other large sheets of material. Only product on UK market which can fold down and stack when not in use.

• No detachable sections prevents any parts from being lost• A-Frame design means load is leaning into centre• Can carry 24 sheets of plasterboard, 60% more than other similar products

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Weight kg EachLA1000 1400 1200 750 Black 55kg £454.49

from only

£72.56

from only

£454.49

CAT_2014 01_Sh p26_7.indd 27 26/08/2014 09:17



SHELVING & RACKINGSHELVING & CONTAINER KITS


Chrome Shelving & LinbinsUsing our bestselling Linbins and Chrome shelving these kits provide you with everything you need to create a perfect small parts storage unit. • Complete kit includes shelving and premium quality Linbins with labels

• Simple self-assembly boltless chrome shelving

Chrome Shelving Linbin Kit 1• Chrome Shelving Bay - H1625 x W915 x D355mm• Bin Combination: 8 x no. 7 & 4 x no. 8 Linbins

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVCLK1BLK 12 Black Linbins 1625 915 355 £182.49VCLK1GR 12 Grey Linbins 1625 915 355 £197.49VCLK1BL 12 Blue Linbins 1625 915 355 £197.49

VCLK1COLA 12 Black/Yellow Linbins 1625 915 355 £189.99VCLK1COLB 12 Blue/Yellow Linbins 1625 915 355 £197.49

Chrome Shelving Linbin Kit 2• Chrome Shelving Bay - H1625 x W915 x D355mm• Bin Combination: 16 x no. 7 Linbins

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVCLK2BLK 16 Black Linbins 1625 915 355 £189.99VCLK2GR 16 Grey Linbins 1625 915 355 £204.99VCLK2BL 16 Blue Linbins 1625 915 355 £204.99

VCLK2COL 16 Black/Blue Linbins 1625 915 355 £197.49

Industrial Shelving & LinbinsThe strength of Linbins combined with sturdy shelving to create off the shelf kits. Our industrial shelving kits are versatile and tough - just what you need to store all of your components.

• Complete kit includes shelving and premium quality Linbins with labels• Save money by choosing ready-made kits• Simple self-assembly boltless shelving

Industrial Shelving Linbin Kit 1• Industrial Shelving Bay H900 x W1000 x D300mm• Bin Combination: 18 x no. 5 Linbins

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVMIK1BLK 18 Black Linbins 900 1000 300 £106.49VMIK1GR 18 Grey Linbins 900 1000 300 £114.99VMIK1BL 18 Blue Linbins 900 1000 300 £114.99

Industrial Shelving Linbin Kit 3• Industrial Shelving Bay H2000 x W1000 x D400mm • Bin Combination: 32 x no.7 Linbins

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVMIK3BLK 32 Black Linbins 2000 1000 400 £217.49VMIK3GR 32 Grey Linbins 2000 1000 400 £247.49VMIK3BL 32 Blue Linbins 2000 1000 400 £247.49

VMIK3COL 32 Black/Blue Linbins 2000 1000 400 £232.49

from only

£106.49

from only

£217.49

• Save money on these ready-made kits

from only

£182.49

from only

£189.99

CAT_2014 01_Sh p28_9.indd 28 26/08/2014 09:17




SHELVING & RACKINGARCHIVE SHELVING

from only

£145.00

Medium Duty Archive ShelvingIdeal for short term archive storage. Strong, lightweight and easily assembled.

• Bay capacity of 900kg• 15 boxes included

from only

£205.99

Heavy Duty Archive ShelvingIdeal for Longer term bulk storage of documents

• Available with Chipboard or Galvanised decks• Starter bays come complete with 2 frames and

3 shelf levels, ad bays only have 1 end frame and 3 beam levels.

• Boxes double stacked to maximise storage space and reduce costs

Archive Boxes

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) EachLSS18901CS Chipboard Starter Bay - Including 30 boxes 1800 1800 900 3 380 £247.99LSS18901CX Chipboard Add Bay - Including 30 boxes 1800 1800 900 3 380 £352.49LSS18451CS Chipboard Starter Bay - Including 60 boxes 1800 1800 450 3 500 £309.99LSS18451CX Chipboard Add Bay - Including 60 boxes 1800 1800 450 3 500 £416.99LSS24451CS Chipboard Starter Bay - Including 48 boxes 1800 2400 450 3 396 £205.99LSS24451CX Chipboard Add Bay - Including 48 boxes 1800 2400 450 3 396 £285.99LSS24901CS Chipboard Starter Bay - Including 96 boxes 1800 2400 900 3 380 £267.99LSS24901CX Chipboard Add Bay - Including 96 boxes 1800 2400 900 3 380 £371.49LSS18901DS Galvanised Deck Starter Bay - Including 30 boxes 1800 1800 900 3 500 £311.49LSS18901DX Galvanised Deck Add Bay - Including 30 boxes 1800 1800 900 3 500 £416.99LSS18451DS Galvanised Deck Starter Bay - Including 60 boxes 1800 1800 450 3 500 £374.49LSS18451DX Galvanised Deck Add Bay - Including 60 boxes 1800 1800 450 3 500 £512.49LSS24451DS Galvanised Deck Starter Bay - Including 48 boxes 1800 2400 450 3 500 £268.99LSS24451DX Galvanised Deck Add Bay - Including 48 boxes 1800 2400 450 3 500 £371.49LSS24901DS Galvanised Deck Starter Bay - Including 96 boxes 1800 2400 900 3 500 £332.49LSS24901DX Galvanised Deck Add Bay - Including 96 boxes 1800 2400 900 3 500 £466.99

Code Pack Quantity

Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each

VABPK 10 330 330 430 £15.50

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Shelves Load (kg) Shelf Load

(kg) Each

VECA15CB 1625 1220 460 5 900 100 £145.00

CAT_2014 01_Sh p28_9.indd 29 26/08/2014 09:17



SHELVING & RACKINGBAR & SHEET STORAGE


Multipurpose RackKeep your valuable stock clean, tidy and safe from damage during the storage and manufacturing process.

• Distance between uprights: 305mm, Height from base to central support beam: 575mm

• Pre-drilled holes to allow for floor bolting (bolts not supplied)

• Finish: Blue epoxy

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) EachVFHSR 1220 1080 1015 53 £267.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Factory ✓Warehouse ✓Stores

Vertical Storage RackFully welded steel construction with steelbase.

• 600mm x 250mm storage bays • Pre-drilled for floor fixing • Blue epoxy finish

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) EachVVSR4 1500 1200 600 84 £250.49VVSR6 1500 1800 600 108 £311.49VVSR8 1500 2400 600 135 £375.99


from only

£267.99

from only

£250.49

CAT_2014 01_Sh p30_1.indd 30 26/08/2014 09:18




SHELVING & RACKINGBAR & SHEET STORAGE

Multi-Height Plate RackIdeal for off cuts and other variable sizes of sheet and plate.

• Support bar heights 400mm to 1000mm • Distance between bars 160mm • Sheet steel base, pre-drilled for floor fixing

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) EachVVHSR1 1000 1400 800 75 £244.49


Stacking Bar CradlesFor storing varying lengths of bar, tube, flats and angles.

• 1000kg capacity • 127mm pallet feet

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) EachVBCR1 470 790 385 21 £87.22VBCR2 625 790 385 24 £92.11VBCR3 470 1095 385 25 £93.76VBCR4 625 1095 385 28 £99.16


from only

£87.22

from only

£244.49

CAT_2014 01_Sh p30_1.indd 31 26/08/2014 09:18



PROJECTSPALLET RACKING


The weight capacity for Pallet Racking varies according to its configuration and components. Different sizes and types of vertical uprights and horizontal load beams have different load capacities. Pallet Racking configured with more horizontal space between the uprights and more vertical space between the beams will hold less weight than one with less space between the uprights and beams.

We can offer bespoke design, installation and project management for any size racking project.

Capacity it normally quoted in terms of the bay capacity. Bay capacity is the total weight between 2 uprights. This is key so to avoid the dangers of overloading a rack. To calculate the weight tolerance of each horizontal level, you need to know the weight of the rack components and any accessories, and divide the remaining weight by the number of levels on the rack.

• Weight capacities assume evenly distributed loads. Often loads will be seen as heavier as weight is not evenly distributed.

• Sometimes local building codes place more restrictions on Pallet Racking weight loads.

• The beam level is dictated by the height of your palletized load. The height of your palletized load is the sum of the height of your goods and the pallet itself.

• The height of the building determines how high you can store your goods.

• The height of the top beam should not exceed the maxi-mum reach of your forklift truck.

• When deciding the height of the top beam, make sure there is enough space between the uppermost pallet and electrical conduits, pipes, sprinkler heads and light fixtures underneath the ceiling.

• For sprinkler systems, it is recommended that at least 300mm clearance should be left so that water can be thrown far enough to extinguish fire.

• The aisle width is the distance between racks. In real case, we always have to consider the “working aisle” width which is the clearance between palletized goods after put on the racking.

• The aisle width is determined by the turning radius of the forklift truck. Counter balance forklift trucks require wider aisles than reach trucks. Manufacturers of forklifts normally have recommendations on the minimum aisle width. For actual layout design, it is advisable to increase that figure by approximately at least 200mm. Generally speaking, a counter balance forklift of 3.0t capacity needs approximately 3500mm to operate.

• The aisle width is also affected by pallet size. The bigger the pallet, the bigger the aisle required.

How to design

What capacity?

How heavy?

How high? How wide?

Why rack inspections?

Our Experts can determine what is, and what is not assessed as actionable in storage areas, taking into account not just the racking but also the environment, systems of work, palletised loads, MHE operator behaviour and even seasonal aspects that can affect levels of damage and associated dangers

By carrying out these inspections and identifying any safety issues, we can also show how companies can reduce lifetime costs associated with pallet racking maintenance.

• A legal requirement under Health and Safety Regulations• Help Reduce insurance premiums and maintenance costs• Avoid costly accidents• Damage reports can help improve operating methods• Avoid the consequences of failing to comply with HSE

PALLET_RACKING_PROJECTS_SP.indd 2 26/08/2014 12:44




PROJECTSPALLET RACKING

PALLET RACKING ACCESSORIES

Pallet Support Bars Upright Protector

Code Size (mm) EachPGKS300OR 300 £32.49PGKS450OR 450 £39.49

Upright Protector Kits300mm & 450mm High

Code Size (mm) EachPPS0900GR 900 £15.99PPS1100GR 1100 £16.99

Pallet Support BarsTwo depths available

Size (mm) Each300 £0.99

Holding Down BoltExpanding floor bolt Code Each

PBL £0.49

Beam Locks

Code Size (mm) EachPLP2UN 2 £0.99PLP3UN 3 £1.49

Levelling Plates

Code Size (mm) EachPGKS300OR 300 £32.49PGKS450OR 450 £39.49

Row SpacersFor back to back bays

Beam Locks Beam Locks




PROJECTS???


VERY NARROW AISLE RACKING

Storage of palletised & non-palletised loads• Provides the right space for using forklift trucks

• Narrow Aisle Racking

• Adjustable beam means flexible pallet storage

• Good for stock rotation & floor space

• Good use of cube and floor space

• Narrow aisles to suit specialists very narrow aisle trucks

• Floor guidance required

• Good accessibility and stock rotation

WIDE AISLE RACKING HIGH BAY RACKING

Suitable for automated or semi-automated stacker cranes• Excellent use of cube and floor space

• Stacking heights are higher than very Narrow Aisle Racking

• Aisles marginally narrow than VNAE

• Needs floor and top guidance

PROJECTSSPECIALIST RACKING

34





SHELVING & RACKING???

PALLET LIVE RACKING

• Provides flow levels to improve productivity and ergonomics

• Allows for loading and picking to be from seperate aisles

• Pallet move unassisted to the packing face

PUSH BACK RACKING

• Pallets stored on sloping rollers supported on racking

• Pallets are pushed and retrieved from one side only

• This can work with mixed variety types

DRIVE IN RACKING

• High Density storage with retrieval from only side

• Suitable with cold and chill storage

• Suitable for low stock rotation

• Only for drive through applications

PROJECTSSPECIALIST RACKING

35




PROJECTS???


MOBILE SHELVING

• 2 to 4 tier configurations in office, archive, store or warehouse

• Storage of valuable objects or documents

• Greatly increases capacity

• Ideal for locations where space is at a premium

• Uses little floor space and a good look in office locations

PROJECTSSHELVING

36

MULTI TIER SHELVING

• Free standing with no fixings to cause floor damage

• Easily moveable so can be re-located

• Can be electrical or manual

• Makes maximum use of cubic space

• Goods and people movement can be automated






PROJECTSSHELVING

37

SINGLE TIER SHELVING

• Brace free for flexible access

• Boltless construction

• Very flexible and adaptable

• Can be extended to multi-tier at a later dated

• High Density Storage

• Specially designed for the industry

• Effective organisation of inventory

AUTOMOTIVE PARTS STORAGE

• Protection of high value stock items

• Versatile and easily re-configured




PROJECTS???


PROJECTSRACK NETTING

38

RACK NETTING

• Back of Rack Safety Netting• Prevents Accidents and stock damage• Withstands a full pallet impact at 1000kg• Available in a choice of 6 colours• Faster installation than traditional methods• Essentially for new installations but can be retro-fitted

MEZZANINE HANDRAIL NETTING

• Prevents items falling from a Mezzanine Floor• Retains the use of the handrail• Available in a choice of 6 colours• For new installations but can be retro-fitted






39

PROJECTSMEZZANINES

Mezzanines are a great way to get more out of your warehouse without adding to your ground rent. Indeed we see increased use of mezzanines in Retail locations. It is a great way of avoiding the costs of re-location.

• Floors are manufactured to order and need to be tailored to use and environment.

• We will design a bespoke floor installation that suits your current requirements and gives you scope to grow

• We provide all the associated products – staircases, firewalls, carpets, electrics, safety rails

• Our mezzanines are suitable for offices, to house racking and shelving, including conveyor layouts, extra floors space in retail outlets

• Floors are manufactured to order and need to be tailored to use and environment.

• We will design a bespoke floor installation that suits your current requirements and gives you scope to grow

• We provide all the associated products – staircases, firewalls, carpets, electrics, safety rails

• Mezzanines are a great way to get more out of your warehouse without adding to your ground rent. Indeed we see increased use of mezzanines in Retail locations. It is a great way of avoiding the costs of re-location.

MEZZANINE FLOORS




WAREHOUSEENVIRONMENT

WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENT SECTION

Safety is key to working in any Warehouse and Storage Environment. The Main causes of accidents in warehouses are:

SLIPS

Safety in the Warehouse

Slips & tripsManual handlingWorking at height

Slips normally happen on wet or contaminated floors. Normally slips result from the spilling of water, oil, cleaning products, foodstuffs, and dry powders. Also other items such as stretch wrapping, label backing and plastic bags can cause slips. Trips normally result from uneven surfaces or objects on the floor, waste packing, banded strapping loops and pallets are often the cause of trips.

PREVENTION• Try to stop the floor getting contaminated

• Maintain all equipment

• Deal with any contamination immediately

• Ensure the correct footwear is used at all times

• Keep floors and traffic routes free from obstructions

• Always check floor surfaces and fill in any holes

• Ensure there is always good lighting

MANUAL HANDLING

Try to avoid tasks that could cause injury and result

in lower back and neck pain. Always consider:

• The task

• The load

• The working environment

• The individual

PREVENTION• Consider redesigning the task to avoid the movement of

• Review the mechanical handling devices. for suitability

• Provide training that can encourage and complement a safe

WORKING AT HEIGHT

All working at height needs to be planned and properly supervised and carried out. The selection of the correct equipment is key. Stepladders and ladders often cause injury. They should be used when the task is low risk and of short duration. Never climb on racking or shelving. Ensure appropriate training for use of all access equipment.

Vehicles In and Around the Warehouse

Visiting drivers should be given advanced booking slots to ensure their own safety and that of others. Think about how you communicate with drivers who have limited English. You may find it better to use pictures and flow charts.

MANAGING DELIVERIES & VISITORS

Consider the complete separation of vehicles and pedestrians. If this separation is not possible ensure suitable control measures are employed.

PEDESTRIAN SAFETY

Vehicles in and around the warehouseMoving or falling objectsMissuse of mechanical equipment

loads manually

working environment

PREVENTION• Avoid overloading ladders

• Try not to over reach on ladders or stepladders

• Ensure equipment is suitable, stable and strong enough for

• Always check that a ladder is resting against a strong surface

• Ensure the environment where the work is carried out is safe and there are no hazards

the job

Warehouse_Environment_divider.indd 2 26/08/2014 09:40



WAREHOUSEENVIRONMENT

Temporary Barriers 42-43

Column Protection 44-47

Industrial Matting 48-49

Indentification & Labelling 50-55

Safety & Protection

Workbenches

Economy Workbenches 56

Packing Stations 57

Height Adjustable Benches 57

Assembly Workbenches 58-59

Medium Duty Workbenches 60

Heavy Duty Workbenches 61

Extra Heavy Duty Workbenches 62

Stainless Steel Workbenches 63

Anti-Static Workbenches 64

Adjustable Height Workbenches 66

Infinite Modular Workbenches 67

Scales

Bench Scales 68

Floor Scales 69

In this section

PREVENTION• Try to stop the floor getting contaminated

• Maintain all equipment

• Deal with any contamination immediately

• Ensure the correct footwear is used at all times

• Keep floors and traffic routes free from obstructions

• Always check floor surfaces and fill in any holes

• Ensure there is always good lighting

When designing routes consider:• Vehicles being used• Minimise the need for reversing• Avoidance of sharp bends and blind corners• Don’t allow potholes or anything that can effect load stability• Keep pedestrians away from areas where reversing takes place• Encourage reversing sensors and CCTV on all vehicles • Ensure that trailers are coupled and uncoupled safely• Focus on the safety of employee when unloading or loading vehicles• Develop a check system before any vehicle drives off

TRAFFIC ROUTES & VEHICLE BEHAVIOUR

Moving or falling objects

Storage areas should be clearly marked. The layout of storage and handling areas should avoid tight corners, badly placed doors and pillars and changes in gradient.

FALLING OBJECTS

Take steps to prevent people being injured by falling objects. If areas in the warehouse are at greater risk they should be marked clearly and unauthorised personnel should not be allowed to enter.

MECHANICAL HANDLING

Mechanical Handling equipment needs to be suitable for the job and properly main-tained. Lift trucks should be regularly maintained as indicated by the manufacturer. This should be done by a competent person. You should have:

• A documented pre-shift check

• A system for reporting defects and ensuring remedial work is carried out

• A planned routine maintenance system

• A thorough safety inspection regime for each truck

Storage Systems

Ensure pallets are in good condition and empty pallets for use in the racking aren’t being struck by vehicles. Ensure the following inspection:

• Immediate reporting of damage and

defects

• Visual inspection at regular intervals

• Expert inspections carried out at

regular intervals

Further Reading

Warehousing and Storage: A guide to health and safety HSG76 (second edition)

HSE Books 2007 ISBN 978 07176 6225 8

PREVENTION• Avoid overloading ladders

• Try not to over reach on ladders or stepladders

• Ensure equipment is suitable, stable and strong enough for

• Always check that a ladder is resting against a strong surface

• Ensure the environment where the work is carried out is safe and there are no hazards

Warehouse_Environment_divider.indd 3 26/08/2014 09:40



WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTTEMPORARY BARRIERS


Note: The units will still be provided with a standard tape end and wall clip unless otherwise requested.

Zinc Wall ClipWarehouse Rack Mount

Removable (semi-permanent)

Clamp Glass Mount Magnetic Mount

Wall mounted barriers - mounting optionsThese additional mounting options can be used to fix any standard Wall Mounted Barrier to any surface your needs require.

Code Type Size (m) EachV897R Removable Fixing 4.6 £14.59

V897HCR Removable Fixing 7.7 £14.59V897C Clamp Fixing 4.6 £14.59

V897HCC Clamp Fixing 7.7 £14.59V897M Magnetic Fixing 4.6 £23.35

V897HCM Magnetic Fixing 7.7 £23.35V897G Glass Mount Fixing 4.6 £11.67

V897HCG Glass Mount Fixing 7.7 £11.67V897W Warehouse Rack Fixing 4.6 £14.59

V897HCW Warehouse Rack Fixing 7.7 £14.59V540-L Additional Zinc Wall Clip 15mm £12.57

Standard Text Includes;

• Caution - Do Not Enter• No Entry• Cleaning in Progress• Lift Out of Service• Danger Forklift Trucks• Authorised Access Only

Wall Mounted BarriersWall mounted units are ideal for closing off areas, walkways, lifts or escalators. Comes with a choice of 2.3m, 4.6m or 7.7m black body wall units and with 4 different webbing types.

• Available with black, red/white chevron, yellow/black chevron or standard text webbing.• Includes a zinc wall clip to attach the tape end directly to a wall • 4.6m and 7.7m wall units available with clamp, warehouse rack mount, glass mount, removable (semi-permanent) and magnetic mount.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Size Webbing Design EachV896-33S-B9 117 96 71 2.3m Unit Black £66.16

V897-33-33-B9 143 89 85 4.6m Unit Black £69.08V897HC-33-33-B9 184 118 110 7.7m unit Black £120.99

V896-33S-D3 117 96 71 2.3m Unit Red/White Chevron £66.16V897/33/33/D3 143 89 85 4.6m Unit Red/White Chevron £69.08

V897HC-33-33-D3 184 118 110 7.7m unit Red/White Chevron £120.99V896-33S-D4 117 96 71 2.3m Unit Yellow/Black Chevron £66.16

V897-33-33-D4 143 89 85 4.6m Unit Yellow/Black Chevron £69.08V897HC-33-33-D4 184 118 110 7.7m unit Yellow/Black Chevron £120.99

V896-33S-STD TEXT 117 96 71 2.3m Unit Standard Text £85.62V897-33-33-STD TEXT 143 89 85 4.6m Unit Standard Text £103.99

V897HC-33-33-STD TEXT 184 118 110 7.7m unit Standard Text £178.49

Please note: Mounting options must be ordered at the same time as the main unit so they can be built together.

CAT_2014 02_Wa p42_3.indd 42 26/08/2014 09:40




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTTEMPORARY BARRIERS

from only

£78.80

Popular PostThis cost-effective, practical post is ideal for areas with high traffic levels. The Popular Post is a functional, self-assembly post with Cast Iron Base and 2.3m of Webbing. The UPVC post is available in a range of colours; black, red, white and yellow.

• Each post features 2.3m of Webbing• Add a Heavy Duty sign frame for directional signage.

Code Type Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Post Colour

Webbing Design Each

V875-33-B9 2.3m 975 64 354 Black Black £78.80V875-21-D3 2.3m 975 64 354 Red Red/White £78.80V875-32-D3 2.3m 975 64 354 White Red/White £78.80V875-35-D4 2.3m 975 64 354 Yellow Yellow/Black £78.80

Heavy Duty PostPerfect for indoor or outdoor use, the Heavy Duty post features a UPVC moulded base and plastic post which can be removed.

• Removable base • The base has a handle to allow easy carrying

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Colour Webbing Design Each

V886-M-21-D3 975 64 483 Red Red/White Chevron £92.43V886-M-35-D4 975 64 483 Yellow Yellow/Black Chevron £92.43

from only

£47.67

A4 Post Top Sign• Direct, promote and inform with a difference • A4 portrait orientation • Full Frame Sign Holder

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Finish Each

VTB-SHA4P-33S 297 210 80 Black £47.67VTB-SHA4P-1P 297 210 80 Chrome £68.10

TensaconeDesigned to fit most standard traffic cones, the Tensacone is a quick and effective way to restrict access internally or externally. Available as an individual unit or complete kit including Tensacone Kit comprising of 4 x Tensacone Units and 4 x 750mm Road Cones.

• 4 way connectivity allowing for flexibility and use where connecting to multiple units is required

• Available as an Orange unit with 3.65m of Red and White Chevron Webbing

• Easy to use with a robust and hard wearing construction


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Webbing Design Each

VTCKIT-30-D3 Kit 232 100 100 Red/White £153.99VTC114-30-D3 Single 232 100 100 Red/White £37.94

PERFECT FOR ✓Construction Sites ✓Maintenance ✓Warehouses ✓Highways Agencies

from only

£92.43

from only

£37.94

Supplied with Yellow and Black Chevron Webbing, Red and White Chevron webbing or Black.

Supplied with Yellow and Black Chevron Webbing, Red and White Chevron webbing or Black.

CAT_2014 02_Wa p42_3.indd 43 26/08/2014 09:40




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTRACK PROTECTION SYSTEMS

Monostrut Column ProtectionA light and economic system which offers protection against small pallet movers at low speeds. It can be radiused as low as 200mm and is suitable for both interior and exterior use. It can also be supplied to protect air-ducts and drainpipes in a space efficient manner.

• Standard column protectors • Price includes all fixings • The product available is 400mm in diameter

please call for other sizes and options

Code Diameter (mm) EachVMONOCOL1 400 £330.49

Heavy Duty Warehouse Column ProtectionStronger than the standard Monostrut column protector. The spring steel buffers, combined with the enclosed semi-circles offer strong protection from fork lift trucks at low speeds. The feet can be turned inwards to prevent a trip hazard or damage to tyres. Minimum size is 500mm internal diameter with heights of 610 or 1100mm as standard.

• Highly effective systems protect against vehicle impact damage • Price includes all fixings • Available online in 610mm high and 500mm and 750mm diameters.

Code Height (mm) Diameter (mm) EachVWARCOL1 610 500 £652.49VWARCOL2 610 750 £740.49

Crash Protection PostsThese posts can be used to safeguard building columns, doorways, building concerns, pedestrian areas and machinery.

Code Height (mm) Pack Quantity Diameter (mm) EachVPP102 750 2 89 £106.99VPP202 915 2 114 £119.99VPP302 1100 2 168 £193.49

Flexi BollardFlexi-bollards provide single point impact protection from vehicles of up to 5 tonnes. They are finished in a high visibility yellow. Rubber shock absorbers absorb much of the forces of impact. This brings savings in replacement and maintenance.

• Flexi Bollard protects doorways and loading areas • Price includes all fixings • Comes with 4 anchors

Code Height (mm) EachVA7050 1000 £367.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Carparks ✓Garages

from only

£330.49from only

£367.99

from only

£652.49from only

£106.99

CAT_2014 02_Wa p44_5.indd 44 26/08/2014 09:43





Upright ProtectorsPerfect product for reducing pallet racking damage caused by fork lift trucks. The guard is designed to hug the racking making it very difficult to detach. Installed in seconds and requires no fixing down. It also fits all types of pallet racking.

• High visibility colour makes the guard detectable to fork lift truck operative.

• Fork lift trucks impact is deflected away from the racking. • Soft inner foam diffuses impacts sending the force up

and down the racking rather than through it.

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Each 5 10VEUA Fits up to 87mm wide upright 600 100 £17.60 £17.12 £16.64VEUB Fits up to 100mm wide upright 600 100 £19.80 £19.26 £18.72VEUC Fits up to 127mm wide upright 600 100 £24.93 £23.80 £23.35

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Distribution Centres ✓Stores ✓Cold Storage ✓Freezer Rooms ✓Garages

from only

£186.99

Low Level Tubular

Code Height (mm) Length (mm) EachVB3S1 500 1250 £186.99VB3L1 500 2500 £219.99

Steel Barrier SystemsDesigned to suit all applications and can be tailor made to your specification

• Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included

• Standard lengths available on short lead time.• Alternative colours and finishes available

from only

£179.99

Low Level Channel


from only

£213.49

Twin Channel


from only

£226.99

Heavy Duty Rail


from only

£16.44

CAT_2014 02_Wa p44_5.indd 45 26/08/2014 09:43





Rubber Barrier Protection• Designed to complement the spring steel systems, and where

space is at a premium. Easy to fix, each rubber profile is designed to suit a particular application, from dock loading to simple wall corner protection. Ideal for use in loading docks as a positive stop for reversing vehicles.Simple and easy to fix

• Weather and abrasion resist• Fixings included

Tri-block 100 - Lorry Stops

Code Length (mm) EachVTRIBLOCK 1000 £157.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Carparks ✓Garages

from only

£92.75

Double D Section 6m coil

Code Height (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVD1008 60 30 6000 £92.75

from only

£172.49

Wall Guard section 3m


from only

£229.49

Rubber Barrier D Section


from only

£48.01

Tri-block 100 - Lorry Stops

Code Height (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVD1006-1 100 100 1200 £48.01

Material: EPDM Rubber

Fixing Method: Hammerfix anchors (13 no.) c/w washers @ 500mm centres


Fixing Method: 10mm dia expanding anchor bolts (8 no.) @ 400mm centres

Standard length 1200mm


Fixing with 8 screws

Price is per meter

Price is per meter

CAT_2014 02_Wa p46_7.indd 46 26/08/2014 09:43





Standard Steel BarriersUnique spring steel barrier system available in 2 heights - 235mm & 610mm. Designed to absorb shock load. These are best used when defending against lighter weight pallet movers at low speeds. Deflects and absorbs the impact load and returns to the original position. Available as initial and extension sections. Extensions use existing supports to create a continuous run.

• All buffer supports are supplied with appropriate base plates and anchor bolts as standard

• Standard duty 4 metre Rail Section with 4 x Buffer Supports. • All Buffers and metal Barrier Rails are supplied with

a Galvanised finish - minimal maintenance

Code Type EachVSDIR423 Initial 4000mm warehouse rail section with 4 x 235mm buffer supports £238.99VSDER423 Extension 4000mm warehouse rail section with 3 x 235mm buffer supports £207.49VSDIR461 Initial 4000mm warehouse rail section with 4 x 610mm buffer supports £273.49VSDER461 Extension 4000mm warehouse rail section with 3 x 610mm buffer supports £233.49VB3003 Joint section £11.97VB3005 90° bend section £74.66VB3006 Quarter Bend Terminal Section £59.98VB3004 Plastic End Cap £3.67

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Garages

Heavy Duty Steel BarriersDesigned for heavier frequent impact internally from head-on blow at low speeds. It deflects and absorbs the impact load and returns to the original position. Available as initial and extension sections.

• All buffer supports are supplied with appropriate base plates and anchor bolts as standard • Meet the impact requirements of BS6399• Extensions use existing supports to create a continuous run.

Code Type EachVHDIR32 3.2m Heavy Duty Rail Section with 3 Buffer Supports & all fixings £313.49VHDER32 3.2m Heavy Duty Rail Section with 2 Buffer Supports & all fixings £254.49VB2005 Flexible external corner £91.39VB2004 Heavy Duty Fish Tail End £37.13VB2006 Heavy Duty Visibility End Cap £10.20

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Garages

Quarter Bend Terminal 4 metre Warehouse Rail (160 x 40mm)

90° Corner

Fish End Tail

Plastic End Cap Barrier Rail

Plastic End Cap

from only

£313.49

from only

£238.99

CAT_2014 02_Wa p46_7.indd 47 26/08/2014 09:43



WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTINDUSTRIAL MATTING


Cushion TraxFor tough, slip resistant work area

• Top of the range Vinyl sponge matting with deck plate top for improved traction

• Vinyl top surface bonded to dense sponge base: enhances ergonomic benefit and worker comfort.

• Yellow edge option for safety awareness

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVDP2436B 610 14.3 910 £50.49VDP3660B 910 14.3 1520 £111.99VDP310B 910 14.3 3000 £215.49VDP320B 910 14.3 6000 £400.99

Please add colour suffix: Black (B) or Black & Yellow (BY)

PERFECT FOR ✓ Industrial ✓Dry Areas

Cushion Ease Solid TopFor comfort and heavy duty usage. Bevels also available to create a neat edge finish in black or yellow

• Mats can be interlocked to form the mat size and shape of your choice • Compatible with Cushion Ease Open Top • 19mm Deep Black- resilient standard rubber

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) Colour EachV57150 Mat 910 19 910 Black £71.45V57162 Edge Bevel 55 19 910 Black £20.27V57192 Edge Bevel 55 19 910 Yellow £20.27

Diamond InterlockFor tough slip resistance in dry areas. Provides easy relocatable continuous lengths, suitable for medium duty use.

• Available in Black 12.7mm deep sections• Trip resistant bevels on all sides • Deck plate design and moulded air pockets

provide traction and ergonomic benefits

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVDT1C Centre Tile 710 12.7 790 £35.06VDT1E End Tile 710 12.7 790 £35.06

Ergo TredFor anti fatigue comfort, suitable for heavy industrial use in dry areas

• Manufactured from 15mm deep heavy duty flexible rubber with bevelled yellow safety edges and suction cup backing

• Domed surface texture designed to improve circulation and provide comfortable massaging effect

• Suitable for heavy industrial use in dry areas

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVET3648 900 15 1200 £62.48

from only

£35.06

from only

£71.45

from only

£62.48

Wear Resistance ••• Slip Resistance ••• Anti-Fatigue •••

Wear Resistance •• Slip Resistance •• Anti-Fatigue ••

Wear Resistance ••• Slip Resistance ••• Anti-Fatigue •••

Wear Resistance •• Slip Resistance •• Anti-Fatigue •••

Performance Key: Good • Very Good •• Excellent •••

CAT_2014 02_Wa p48_9.indd 48 26/08/2014 09:45




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTINDUSTRIAL MATTING

PolyplushDurable polypropylene fibres are heat cured into a dense vinyl base to produce this hardwearing mat

• Dirt hiding tweed pattern is extremely popular and easy to clean• 7mm Deep• Budget priced all purpose decorative mat

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVPPV2436 610 7 910 £19.55VPPV3648 910 7 1220 £39.03VPPV3660 910 7 1520 £48.81VPPV310 910 7 3000 £85.40

VPPV4872 1220 7 1830 £73.89VPPV4896 1220 7 2440 £91.08

Please Suffix Colour Code: Red/Black (RB), Charcoal (C), Brown (B), Hunter Green (HG), or Navy Blue (NB)

PERFECT FOR ✓ Indoors ✓Reception ✓External Entrances

from only

£62.15

Interflex StandardThe benchmark for industrial and catering matting. Anti-fatigue Interflex Standard has an etched surface for anti-slip protection.

• Grid welded PVC matting is very hard wearing and allows dirt and spillages to drain away, leaving a clean top surface

• Oil, grease and chemical resistant • Available in 12.5mm deep black

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachV95050S60C Cut Length 600 12.5 1000 £62.15V95050S80C Cut Length 800 12.5 1000 £80.49V95050S100C Cut Length 1000 12.5 1000 £94.92V95050S60 10m Roll 600 12.5 10m £364.49V95050S80 10m Roll 800 12.5 10m £485.99V95050S100 10m Roll 1000 12.5 10m £607.49

PERFECT FOR ✓ Industrial ✓Leisure ✓Catering

Sof TredFatigue fighting mats with added safety edging. Recommended uses: Dry areas, light duty industrial and anti-fatigue. (Closed cell vinyl foam mat with pebble surface for traction).

• Safety awareness highlighted with bold yellow borders to each side • Bevel Edges • Available in 9.4mm deep Black &Yellow

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) EachVPS2436 Mats 600 9.4 910 £24.59VPS3660 Mats 910 9.4 1520 £55.25VPS310 Mats 910 9.4 3000 £96.72

VPS4872 Mats 1220 9.4 1830 £85.34VPS2418 60cm x 18m 600 9.4 18.3m £314.49VPS3618 91cm x 18m 910 9.4 18.3m £405.99VPS4818 122cm x 18m 1220 9.4 18.3m £564.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Dry Areas ✓Light Industrial

from only

£19.55

from only

£24.59

Wear Resistance •• Slip Resistance •• Anti-Fatigue •

Wear Resistance ••• Slip Resistance •• Anti-Fatigue ••

Wear Resistance • Slip Resistance • Anti-Fatigue ••

Performance Key: Good • Very Good •• Excellent •••

CAT_2014 02_Wa p48_9.indd 49 26/08/2014 09:45




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTIDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

from only

£0.96

Individual Self Adhesive Vinyl LabelsThese self adhesive letters and numbers are available to buy on individual sheets of identical characters.

• Suitable for industrial or office use• Easy peel-off self adhesive application• Clean and simple to remove

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Characters per sheet/card Each

VF1 9.5 6 168 £0.96VF2 12.5 8.5 90 £0.96VF3 19 14 36 £0.96VF4 38 21 12 £0.96VF5 56 21 12 £1.34VF6 90 38 6 £1.85VF7 130 45 5 £2.38VF8 230 140 1 £2.38

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store room ✓Workshops ✓office

from only

£24.89

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels - Letters (A-Z)Complete packs of self adhesive letters with one card of each letter. Quality removable self-adhesive labels available from stock. High visibility black on bright yellow identification.

• Easy peel-off self adhesive application • Clean and simple to remove • Supplied on sheets of identical characters

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity EachVF1-A-Z 9.5 6 Set of 26 cards £24.89VF2-A-Z 12.5 8.5 Set of 26 Cards £24.89VF3-A-Z 12.5 8 Set of 26 cards £24.89VF4-A-Z 38 21 Set of 26 cards £24.89VF5-A-Z 56 21 Set of 26 cards £34.77VF6-A-Z 90 38 Set of 26 cards £48.07VF7-A-Z 130 45 Set of 26 cards £61.81VF8 -A-Z 230 140 Set of 26 cards £61.81

from only

£9.57

Self-Adhesive Vinyl labels - Numbers (0-9)Complete packs of self adhesive numbers with one card of each number. Quality removable self-adhesive labels available from stock.

• Easy peel-off self adhesive application • Clean and simple to remove • Choose individual numbers or letter or complete sets

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity EachVF1-0-9 9.5 6 Set of 10 cards £9.57VF2-0-9 12.5 8.5 Set of 10 Cards £9.57VF3-0-9 19 14 Set of 10 Cards £9.57VF4-0-9 38 21 Set of 10 Cards £9.57VF5-0-9 56 21 Set of 10 Cards £13.37VF6-0-9 90 38 Set of 10 Cards £18.49VF7-0-9 130 45 Set of 10 Cards £23.77VF8-0-9 230 140 Set of 10 Cards £23.77

50

CAT_2014 02_Wa p50_1.indd 52 26/08/2014 09:46




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTIDENTIFICATION & LABBELING

from only

£31.50

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket HoldersOur range of magnetic ticket holders offers the flexibility to change locations quickly and is also suitable for use in cold stores. Commonly referred to as Magnetic EPOS strips and Magnetic Ticket Strips.

• Front pulls forward for card to be inserted • Quick and easy to update • Magnetic or self-adhesive backing

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store room ✓Workshops

from only

£29.72

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Label HoldersOur magnetic and self-adhesive label holders are supplied from stock in pre-cut lengths but special sizes can be supplied on request. Each holder is supplied with white card inserts and a cover strip. Pre-printed inserts can also be supplied for each of the holders incorporating barcodes and locations codes. Please contact our sales office for further details. Magnetic holders are ideal for applications where regular changes are required, they are easier and quicker to move than adhesive backed holders. They are also suitable for use in cold stores.

• Instant identification for steel racking and shelving • Individual cut labels, or cut your own size off the roll or strip • Magnetic (brown) or self-adhesive (white), protective transparent PVC strip included


Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity EachVTS210 25 100 100 £40.12VTS220 25 200 50 £38.33

VTS25-10 25 1000 10 £31.50VTS25-20 25 2000 10 £46.65VTS310 38 100 100 £43.38VTS320 38 200 50 £41.01

VTS38-10 38 1000 10 £36.25VTS38-20 38 2000 10 £54.38VTS510 54 100 100 £60.03VTS520 54 200 50 £54.38

VTS54-10 54 1000 10 £52.00VTS54-20 54 2000 10 £88.25VTS80-20 80 2000 10 £104.49VTS80-10 80 1000 10 £56.76VTS810 80 100 100 £65.37VTS820 80 200 50 £60.62

VTS210M 25 100 100 £70.43VTS220M 25 200 50 £55.87VTS310M 38 100 100 £74.29VTS320M 38 200 50 £59.73VTS510M 54 100 100 £88.25VTS520M 54 200 50 £79.64VTS810M 80 100 100 £95.39VTS820M 80 200 50 £86.77

Code Type Height (mm) Length (mm) Pack Quantity EachVAL18 Self-Adhesive 15 80 100 £38.04VAL38 Self-Adhesive 30 80 100 £51.70VAL58 Self-Adhesive 50 80 100 £63.89VAL1-10 Self-Adhesive 15 1m 10 strips £29.72VAL3-10 Self-Adhesive 30 1m 10 strips £40.41VAL5-10 Self-Adhesive 50 1m 10 strips £47.25

VML18 Magnetic 15 80 100 £31.20VML28X Magnetic 20 80 100 £35.36VML28 Magnetic 25 80 100 £38.33VML38 Magnetic 30 80 100 £42.49VML48 Magnetic 40 80 100 £56.16VML58 Magnetic 50 80 100 £69.24VML150 Magnetic 15 500 100 £40.12VML250 Magnetic 25 500 100 £47.84VML250X Magnetic 20 500 100 £44.57VML350 Magnetic 30 500 100 £52.30VML450 Magnetic 40 500 100 £65.67VML550 Magnetic 50 500 100 £84.69VMLR1 Magnetic 15 50m 1 Roll £135.49

VMLR2X Magnetic 20 50m 1 Roll £146.99VMLR2 Magnetic 25 50m 1 Roll £154.99VMLR3 Magnetic 30 50m 1 Roll £163.49VMLR4 Magnetic 40 50m 1 Roll £197.49VMLR5 Magnetic 50 50m 1 Roll £228.99

Magnetic

Self-Adhesive

Magnetic

Self-Adhesive

51

CAT_2014 02_Wa p50_1.indd 53 26/08/2014 09:46





Document PocketsIndustrial pockets with welded edges are ideal for when documentation needs to be kept clean, or simply for control of fast moving stock. Available in 7 sizes.

• Magnetic - along top edge • Self Adhesive - top and bottom edge (VMP7H/100 Top Only) • Horizontal or vertical

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity EachVMP1111-10 - 110 110 10 £20.21VMP1122-10 - 110 215 10 £24.96VMP3H-10 Horizontal A3 316 436 10 £55.27VMP3V-10 Vertical A3 436 316 10 £55.27VMP4H-10 Horizontal A4 215 310 10 £26.45VMP4V-10 Vertical A4 310 220 10 £21.69VMP5H-10 Horizontal A5 155 230 10 £21.69VMP5V-10 Vertical A5 215 160 10 £21.69VMP6H-10 Horizontal A6 110 155 10 £20.80VMP6V-10 Vertical A6 150 110 10 £20.80

VMP7H-100 Horizontal A7 60 110 100 £72.80VAP1111-10 - 110 110 10 £16.79VAP1122-10 - 110 215 10 £23.77VAP3H-10 Horizontal A3 316 436 10 £49.92VAP3V-10 Vertical A3 436 316 10 £49.92VAP4H-10 Horizontal A4 215 310 10 £18.13VAP4V-10 Vertical A4 310 220 10 £18.13VAP5H-10 Horizontal A5 155 230 10 £15.15VAP5V-10 Vertical A5 215 160 10 £15.15VAP6H-10 Horizontal A6 110 155 10 £20.21VAP6V-10 Vertical A6 150 110 10 £20.71

VAP7H-100 Horizontal A7 60 110 100 £54.97

from only

£0.89

Warehouse Information LabelsSelf adhesive or magnetic maximum uniformly distributed load labels printed to order. Highly visible black on yellow or white backgrounds.

• Printed with the text of your choice, available as magnetic or self adhesive• 70/90mm high labels may be printed on 2 lines• Printed in black on yellow or white background

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) EachVBL23 Self-Adhesive 25 200 £0.89VBL53 Self-Adhesive 50 300 £1.42VBL73 Self-Adhesive 70 300 £2.08VBL93 Self-Adhesive 90 300 £2.49

VBL23M Magnetic 25 200 £1.45VBL53M Magnetic 50 300 £2.76VBL73M Magnetic 70 300 £3.68VBL93M Magnetic 90 300 £4.61

Please add suffix: White (W) or Yellow (Y). Please note a minimum order value of £25 applies to this product range.

Code Width (mm) Length (m) EachMSR1 10 10 £12.48MSR15 15 10 £17.83MSR2 20 10 £21.40MSR3 30 10 £28.82MSR5 50 10 £44.28MSR7 70 10 £51.70MSR9 90 10 £59.73MSR10 100 10 £64.78

Frames4DocsFrames4docs are a unique range of colour coded frames designed for easy and prominent document display. Perfect for use in offices, shops, libraries and throughout the workplace to display all types of literature, certificates and information.

• Magnetic or Self-Adhesive fixing in 5 colours• To fit: A3, A4 and A5• Can be placed vertically or horizontally

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Workshops ✓Office

Code Type Pack Quantity EachVSFD2/10 A2 Self-Adhesive 10 £134.49VSFD3/10 A3 Self-Adhesive 10 £82.01VSFD4/10 A4 Self-Adhesive 10 £53.49VSFD5/10 A5 Self-Adhesive 10 £43.09VMFD2/10 A2 Magnetic 10 £136.49VMFD3/10 A3 Magnetic 10 £84.09VMFD4/10 A4 Magnetic 10 £55.27VMFD5/10 A5 Magnetic 10 £44.57

Please add colour suffix when ordering: Blue (B), Black (BK), Green (G), Red (R) or Yellow (Y)

52

CAT_2014 02_Wa p52_3.indd 58 26/08/2014 09:47





from only

£18.57

Magnetic Numbers & LettersSheets of letters or number sheets suitable for adherence to any steel surface.

• Available in White and Yellow • Available in either 23 or 43mm high. • Letters are A-Z and Numbers are 0-9

Self-Adhesive Magnetic StripOur Magnetic strip is supplied in three widths, each backed with a strong permanent self-adhesive for mounting items onto steel surfaces. This magnetic strip is ideal for many jobs in the factory or warehouse, eliminating the need for drilling or other methods of fixing.

• Strong permanent self-adhesive, locates on any steel surface • Makes anything magnetic • Eliminates the need for drilling

Code Width (mm) Length (mm) Pack Quantity EachVMSSA/13 13 30 30m Roll £64.19VMSSA/20 20 10m 10m Roll £34.17VMSSA/50 50 10m 10m Roll £53.19

Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking StripSticks to any steel surface, but removes instantly if need be. Simply cut to length. Five colour options:- White, Yellow, Red, Blue or Green.

• Cost effective• Write on - Wipe off • Easily cut to size

Add colour suffix when ordering: Blue (B), Red (R), Yellow (Y), White (W) or Green (G)

Magnetic Location MarkersWhite magnetic location markers supplied in single sized markers. Use a wet-wipe marker pen, write on, update and move when required. These pre-cut markers offer a quick and easy high visibility system of identifying locations, products or stock quantity’s.

• Locates on steel surfaces• Write on – Wipe off• Quick and easy relocation

Code Width (mm) Length (mm) Pack Quantity EachVLM28W 20 80 100 £20.65VLM38W 30 80 100 £26.74VLM58W 50 80 100 £39.52VLM219W 90 210 10 £16.05VLM1015 100 150 100 £104.49


Code Type Height (mm) Colour EachM23MIXW/N Numbers 23 White £18.57M23MIXY/N Numbers 23 Yellow £18.57M23MIXW/L Letters 23 White £18.57M23MIXY/L Letters 23 Yellow £18.57

M43MIXW/N Numbers 43 White £18.57M43MIXY/N Numbers 43 Yellow £18.57M43MIXW/L Letters 43 White £18.57M43MIXY/L Letters 43 Yellow £18.57

Code Width (mm) Length (m) EachMSR1 10 10 £12.48MSR15 15 10 £17.83MSR2 20 10 £21.40MSR3 30 10 £28.82MSR5 50 10 £44.28MSR7 70 10 £51.70MSR9 90 10 £59.73MSR10 100 10 £64.78

53

CAT_2014 02_Wa p52_3.indd 59 26/08/2014 09:47





Angled Aisle MarkerOur range of robust end of aisle identification markers are available in various sizes and designs for instant product and aisle locating. Suitable for use in the factory, warehouse or office environments. Custom made markers can also be produced to show company logos, various colours, different sizes and markers for external use.

• Provides clear identification • Magnetic marker is suitable for cold-store warehouses • Price includes up to three digits

Flat Aisle MarkersOur range of robust end of aisle identification markers are available in various sizes and designs for instant product and aisle locating.

• Prices include printing of required characters up to the maximum allowed• Markers in white or yellow (unless specified), please confirm colour and digits required• Supplied pre-drilled unless stated

from only

£2.38

Magnetic & Self-Adhesive Bay MarkersOur high visibility Bay Markers offer clear identification throughout the warehouse. A formed aluminium section with either a magnetic or self-adhesive edge, enables the marker to be easily mounted onto steel racking without drilling. When locations need to be changed the magnetic marker can simply be lifted and relocated.

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) EachVBA1 One digit Self-Adhesive 260 167 £16.05VBA2 Two digit Self-Adhesive 260 310 £22.88VBM1 One digit Magnetic 260 167 £16.05VBM2 Two digit Magnetic 260 310 £22.88VF8 Individual Character Self-Adhesive 230 140 £2.38

Individual Self-adhesive characters are sold separately, please order marker and character, specifying the characters required.

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Storeroom ✓Workshops ✓Office

from only

£6.39

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) EachVAM1F Self-Adhesive Flange c/w up to 3 digits 95 130 £6.90

VAM1FM Magnetic Flange c/w up to 3 digits 95 130 £7.28VAMIT Angled Aisle Marker 95 130 £10.85

VAMITM Angled Aisle Marker 95 130 £12.48

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) EachVAM1 Aisle Marker c/w up to 3 digits 95 160 £6.39

VAM2/1 Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit 220 270 £9.10VAM2/2 Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits 220 270 £12.48VAM3/1 Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit 220 450 £9.72VAM3/2 Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits 220 450 £13.67VAM3/3 Aisle Marker c/w 3 digits 220 450 £17.09VAM3X/1 Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit 300 300 £9.72VAM3X2 Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits 300 300 £13.67VAM4 Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit 660 343 £18.27

VAM6/1 Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit 600 600 £44.87VAM6/2 Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits 600 600 £70.13

54

CAT_2014 02_Wa p54_5.indd 64 26/08/2014 09:48





Warehouse Floor SignalsThese hi-visibility graphic floor signs are printed on the underside of a clear PVC film, then laminated on the back surface with an aggressive permanent adhesive, making them not only ideal for the floor but also for use on walls or anywhere a tough permanent sign is required.

• Permanent adhesive • Graphic printed on underside of clear PVC film • Designed to withstand rigours of warehouse traffic

Pallet Floor MarkersTough PVC with aggressive adhesive backing. Mark block stack pallet areas quickly and effectively. Designed to withstand rigours of warehouse traffic. Suitable for clean dry flat surfaces.

• L' to mark corners, Circles for walkways • T' between pallets, Directional arrows • '+' for centre pallet positions. Available in 6 colours

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity EachVFS-+ Cross (+) 300 300 10 £19.61VFS-L L 200 200 10 £13.37VFS-T T 200 300 10 £13.37VFS-A A 90 90 100 £31.05VFS-F Foot 300 100 10 £13.37VFS-O Circle (O) 90DIA 100 £31.05

Please Suffix Colour Code when ordering: Blue (BL), Green (GR), Yellow (YE), Black (BK), Red (RD) & White (WH)

RacksackWaste management problems are easily solved with the racksack. Suitable for most warehouse racking systems, the Racksack quickly fixes to the end of your racking frame.

• Hard-wearing and re-usable • Easy collection and segregation of waste with a range of colour coded designs• Easy to fix, easy to remove

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity EachVRSB1 1060 940 1 £20.21VRSB5 1060 940 5 £93.90VRSB10 1060 940 10 £175.99

Please use relevant VFM code stated under the image when ordering

from only

£20.21

Please Suffix Colour Code when ordering: Blue (BL), Green (GR) Special print incuding coloured logos available upon request

Code Width (mm) Each 5 10

VFM01 - VFM33 430 £17.68 £17.05 £16.32

from only

£16.32

55

CAT_2014 02_Wa p54_5.indd 65 26/08/2014 09:48




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTWORKBENCHES

Light Duty WorkbenchThis workbench is ideal for storing your tools/stock while having a large surface area to work on. The unit is flat packed and can be assembled in minutes.

• Epoxy coated steel frame with chipboard shelves• 2 or 3 shelf options• Strong shelves, load 100kg UDL

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Shelves Load

(kg) Each 5 10

VZHDF2 940 950 450 2 100 £62.29 £48.67 £40.88VZHDF3 940 950 450 3 100 £81.59 £63.74 £53.54

PERFECT FOR ✓Post room ✓Packing area ✓Hobby room ✓Garage ✓Shed ✓Pick & Pack

from only

£91.06

Medium Duty WorkbenchThis low cost bench is suitable for packing and light assembly tasks. The unit is flat packed and can be assembled in minutes. Ideal for packing or light assembly.

• Strong shelves, load 150kg UDL• Cross bracing for additional strength• Epoxy coated steel frame with chipboard shelves

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Shelves Load

(kg) Each 5 10

VZMDBU 938 1320 500 2 150 £91.06 £71.14 £59.76

Folding Work PlatformDurable workbench for use as temporary platform. The surface is manufactured from pressed timber and designed to be long lasting, making it easy to attach vices, pipe threaders etc.

• Folding legs so easy to store when not in use• Easy to move around site• Legs have Velcro strap to hold them in place when folded

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) Each 5BH1080 820 1080 750 30 £223.99 £198.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Contractors ✓Construction Sites ✓Temporary platform

from only

£62.29

56

CAT_2014 02_Wa p56_7.indd 50 26/08/2014 09:48





from only

£204.99

Packing StationsA range of modular workstations designed for packing areas. Standard packing stations can be used as individual units or coupled together to form complete integrated assembly and packing areas.

• Height adjustable feet for easy levelling.• Full range of worktops available.• Delivered in knock-down form.

SIzeWorktops

MDF Worktop MFC Worktop Laminate Worktop Hardwood WorktopHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each

840 1200 750 BP841275MXXX £217.49 BP841275GXXX £225.99 BP841275PXXX £237.49 BP841275HXXX £204.99840 1200 900 BP841290MXXX £221.49 BP841290GXXX £229.99 BP841290PXXX £268.99 BP841290HXXX £236.49840 1500 750 BP841575MXXX £277.49 BP841575GXXX £285.99 BP841575PXXX £306.99 BP841575HXXX £274.49840 1500 900 BP841590MXXX £281.99 BP841590GXXX £290.49 BP841590PXXX £356.49 BP841590HXXX £323.99840 1800 750 BP841875MXXX £283.49 BP841875GXXX £291.99 BP841875PXXX £312.99 BP841875HXXX £280.49840 1800 900 BP841890MXXX £291.49 BP841890GXXX £299.99 BP841890PXXX £366.49 BP841890HXXX £333.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Mail Rooms ✓Post Offices ✓Post Rooms

Packing Station Accessories

Height Adjustable WorkbenchesHeight adjustable workstation suitable for general use in assembly, light engineering and laboratories. No more banged knuckles - desk can even be adjusted when positioned flush against a wall.

• Adjustable in height from 730mm to 950mm.• Powder Coated dark grey framework.• Removable adjustment handle.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachDA796060PLXX 730 600 600 £285.49DA791260PLXX 730 1200 600 £329.49DA791275PLXX 730 1200 750 £344.49DA791860PLXX 730 1800 600 £377.99DA791875PLXX 730 1800 750 £386.99

PERFECT FOR ✓ Industrial work areas

from only

£285.49

Code Type Width (mm) Each

BGPAR12AXXXX Above Bench Paper Roll Holder, to fit: 1200mm 1200 £23.90BGPAR15AXXXX Above Bench Paper Roll Holder, to fit: 1500mm 1500 £28.80BGPAR18AXXXX Above Bench Paper Roll Holder, to fit: 1800mm 1800 £35.66BGPAR12BXXXX Below Bench Paper Roll Holder, to fit: 1200mm 1200 £21.13BGPAR15BXXXX Below Bench Paper Roll Holder, to fit: 1500mm 1500 £23.93BGPAR18BXXXX Below Bench Paper Roll Holder, to fit: 1800mm 1800 £27.18BGSPARECONES Spare Cones for Roll Holder n/a £125.49BGCUTKNIXXXX Cutting Knife n/a £448.49

57

CAT_2014 02_Wa p56_7.indd 51 26/08/2014 09:48





from only

£252.99

Square Framed Workbenches

SIzeWorktops

Laminate Square Edged Laminate Hardwood Edge Vinyl Anti-staticHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each

840 1200 600 VA420MT1 £252.99 VA420MT2 £252.99 VA420MT3 £288.49 VA420MT5 £282.99840 1200 750 VA426MT1 £263.49 VA426MT2 £263.49 VA426MT3 £301.49 VA426MT5 £291.49840 1200 900 VA430MT1 £278.99 VA430MT2 £278.99 VA430MT3 £311.99 VA430MT5 £299.99840 1500 600 VA520MT1 £264.99 VA520MT2 £264.99 VA520MT3 £304.49 VA520MT5 £297.49840 1500 750 VA526MT1 £294.49 VA526MT2 £294.49 VA526MT3 £318.49 VA526MT5 £312.49840 1500 900 VA530MT1 £325.99 VA530MT2 £325.99 VA530MT3 £329.99 VA530MT5 £322.49840 1800 600 VA620MT1 £298.49 VA620MT2 £298.49 VA620MT3 £320.49 VA620MT5 £317.49840 1800 750 VA626MT1 £329.49 VA626MT2 £329.49 VA626MT3 £332.49 VA626MT5 £341.99840 1800 900 VA630MT1 £354.49 VA630MT2 £354.49 VA630MT3 £344.99 VA630MT5 £352.99

Cantilever Framed Workstations

SIzeWorktops

Laminate Square Edged Laminate Hardwood Edge Vinyl Anti-staticHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each

840 1200 600 VC420MT1 £303.49 VC420MT2 £303.49 VC420MT3 £339.49 VC420MT5 £333.49840 1200 750 VC426MT1 £313.49 VC426MT2 £313.49 VC426MT3 £351.49 VC426MT5 £341.49840 1200 900 VC430MT1 £329.49 VC430MT2 £329.49 VC430MT3 £362.99 VC430MT5 £350.99840 1500 600 VC520MT1 £322.49 VC520MT2 £322.49 VC520MT3 £362.49 VC520MT5 £354.99840 1500 750 VC526MT1 £352.49 VC526MT2 £352.49 VC526MT3 £376.49 VC526MT5 £370.49840 1500 900 VC530MT1 £383.99 VC530MT2 £383.99 VC530MT3 £387.99 VC530MT5 £379.99840 1800 600 VC620MT1 £357.99 VC620MT2 £357.99 VC620MT3 £379.99 VC620MT5 £377.49840 1800 750 VC626MT1 £387.99 VC626MT2 £387.99 VC626MT3 £391.49 VC626MT5 £400.99840 1800 900 VC630MT1 £412.49 VC630MT2 £412.49 VC630MT3 £402.99 VC630MT5 £410.99

Cantilever Framed WorkstationsMedium Duty construction Square Tube or Cantilever leg design, choice of worktops and accessories. All frames supplied fully welded.

• 300kg Capacity• Standard height 840mm, option of 750mm and 900mm heights at same price • Adjustable feet


from only

£303.49

Worktop Finishes:

MT1 - Laminate with plastic edge bonded to 18mm MDF

MT2 - Laminate Hardwood Edge, bonded to 18mm MDF

MT3 - Vinyl Hardwood Edge - Grey Vinyl bonded to 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping

MT5 - Anti-Static - (Black Fibre Board) MDF with wood edge lipping and earth connection cable, conductivity 104-106 ohms

58

CAT_2014 02_Wa p58_9.indd 56 26/08/2014 09:49




from only

£983.49


Workbench Accessories

Basic Workbench KitWe have created this kit to allow you a complete solution to your needs in one easy order. This kit includes the entire range of accessories available for the bench.

1

Accessory PostsRear support posts come in 2 sizes, short if you only want to add a rear panel and long if you want a top shelf and/or light frame.

Note: For above bench accessories you must have a short or long post to attach panels, lights and shelves to

1

Overhead LightTop light frames come complete with a fluorescent single tube fitting and diffuser.

Note: You must have 2 x long rear support posts to attach the light to

2

Upper ShelvesUpper shelves are 290mm deep and available in 3 widths to suit our standard benches

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVTSS4 1200 290 £65.18VTSS5 1500 290 £68.16VTSS6 1800 290 £72.20

Note: You must have 2 x long rear support posts to attach the shelf to

3

Louvre, Tool and Multi-panelsPanels are 450mm high and come complete with clips to attach to accessory posts.

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) EachVLPSS12 Louvre Panels 450 1200 £82.28VLPSS15 Louvre Panels 450 1500 £87.22VLPSS18 Louvre Panels 450 1800 £92.23VTPSS12 Tool Panels 450 1200 £82.28VTPSS15 Tool Panels 450 1500 £87.22VTPSS18 Tool Panels 450 1800 £92.23VMPSS12 Multi Panels 450 1200 £82.28VMPSS15 Multi Panels 450 1500 £87.22VMPSS18 Multi Panels 450 1800 £92.23

Note: You must have 2 x long or short rear support posts to attach the panels to

6

Electrical ConsolesElectrical consoles include 2 x 13amp twin sockets (not wired) Note: Wiring and earth grounding not included

5Cupboards and DrawersLockable door and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame. This allows them to be fitted or changed at any time.

• Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVRA Single drawer unit 140 410 430 £91.02VRE Double drawer unit 280 410 430 £139.49VRH Triple drawer unit 420 410 430 £182.49VRK 4 drawer unit 560 410 430 £278.49VRC Small cupboard 420 410 430 £96.36VRD Large cupboard 560 410 430 £98.49

4

2

3

5

6

4

Tool Panel Multi PanelLouvre Panel

Code Type Each

VSES Short £43.72VTES Long £55.15

Code Width EachVTLF4 1200 £89.44VTLF5 1500 £98.95VTLF6 1800 £102.99

Code Width EachVRSD4 1200 £70.90VRSD5 1500 £76.15VRSD6 1800 £81.39

Complete kit contains: 1 x Bench 1 x Laminate worktop with wood edge 1 x Large accessory post 1 x Single multi panel 1 x Upper shelf 1 x Overhead light 1 x Consoled trunking with 2 x Power Points

Linbins not included


Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Load (kg) Each

VRTKT16 Laminate Worktop 840 1500 750 300 £983.49

Please state left or right positioning with order

59

CAT_2014 02_Wa p58_9.indd 57 26/08/2014 09:49




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTMEDIUM DUTY WORKBENCHES

Medium & Heavy Duty Workbenches - 450/750kg capacityChoose the frame size and worktop type from the selection below. Then just add any accessories that you may require.

• Fully welded construction (no assembly needed) • Standard height 840mm, option of 750mm and 900mm heights at same price• Durable


Medium Duty Workbenches - 450kg capacity

SIzeWorktops

Steel Vinyl Laminate MDFHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each

840 1200 600 VM420HT1 £218.99 VM420HT2 £250.99 VM420HT3 £214.99 VM420HT4 £192.49840 1200 750 VM426HT1 £225.49 VM426HT2 £261.49 VM426HT3 £222.99 VM426HT4 £197.49840 1200 900 VM430HT1 £235.49 VM430HT2 £270.99 VM430HT3 £237.99 VM430HT4 £205.49840 1500 600 VM520HT1 £228.49 VM520HT2 £266.49 VM520HT3 £226.49 VM520HT4 £199.49840 1500 750 VM526HT1 £236.99 VM526HT2 £276.99 VM526HT3 £252.99 VM526HT4 £207.49840 1500 900 VM530HT1 £245.49 VM530HT2 £284.99 VM530HT3 £281.49 VM530HT4 £216.99840 1800 600 VM620HT1 £239.99 VM620HT2 £279.49 VM620HT3 £257.99 VM620HT4 £213.99840 1800 750 VM626HT1 £248.99 VM626HT2 £288.49 VM626HT3 £284.99 VM626HT4 £220.49840 1800 900 VM630HT1 £265.49 VM630HT2 £302.49 VM630HT3 £311.99 VM630HT4 £231.99

Benchtop Steel UpstandProtect expensive tools and equipment with these strong steel welded upstands - factory fitted to the rear and side of the worktop.

Code Type Height (mm) EachVRS1 Rear 100 £23.19VRS3 Rear & Sides 100 £45.06

Steel Vice PlatesAn essential accessory when fitting vices and equipment to the benchtop. Vice plates can be fitted to any bench.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVVP 5 230 230 £13.67

from only

£23.19from only

£13.67

from only

Medium Duty Workbench Kit

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Load (kg) Each

VRTKT8 840 1500 750 450 £498.99

Complete with 2 drawers and 1 cupboard

• 2mm Steel Worktop• Durable electrostatic paint finish • Fully welded construction

(no assembly needed)

Workbenches Accessories

Choose your selection of accessories to create a tailored bench. All accessories for the medium & heavy duty benches are factory fitted so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fitting)

£498.99

60

CAT_2014 02_Wa p60_1.indd 56 26/08/2014 09:53




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTHEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

Heavy Duty Workbench KitComes with 3 sided upstand, base shelf, large cupboard and single drawer.

• Available in 2 Widths• 750kg Loading • 25mm MDF worktop

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) EachVRTKT10 840 1500 750 750 £286.49VRTKT11 840 1800 750 750 £539.99

Heavy Duty Angle Workbenches - 750kg capacity

SIzeWorktops

Steel Vinyl Laminate MDFHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each

840 1200 600 750 £238.49 VH420HT2 £257.49 VH420HT3 £228.99 VH420HT4 £204.49840 1200 750 750 £249.49 VH426HT2 £271.49 VH426HT3 £240.49 VH426HT4 £213.99840 1200 900 750 £259.99 VH430HT2 £280.49 VH430HT3 £253.99 VH430HT4 £221.49840 1500 600 750 £250.99 VH520HT2 £274.99 VH520HT3 £242.99 VH520HT4 £214.99840 1500 750 750 £266.49 VH526HT2 £290.49 VH526HT3 £272.99 VH526HT4 £226.49840 1500 900 750 £278.49 VH530HT2 £300.49 VH530HT3 £303.49 VH530HT4 £237.49840 1800 600 750 £263.49 VH620HT2 £287.99 VH620HT3 £272.99 VH620HT4 £228.49840 1800 750 750 £279.99 VH626HT2 £301.49 VH626HT3 £304.49 VH626HT4 £239.49840 1800 900 750 £293.49 VH630HT2 £310.99 VH630HT3 £326.99 VH630HT4 £249.49

from only

£286.49Worktop Finishes:

Laminate - bonded with 18mm infilled core and hardwood edge

Vinyl - Grey vinyl bonded to 18mm in filled core and hardwood edge

MDF Hardwood edge - 25mm MDF with varnished finish and hardwood edge

Steel - 2mm thick steel

25mm worktops available on request

from only

£70.90

Electrical ConsolesElectrical consoles include 2 x 13amp twin sockets (not wired) Note: Wiring and earth grounding not included

Cupboards and DrawersA full range of cupboards and drawers are available to suit either Medium or Heavy duty workbenches.

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVM11 Single drawer unit 140 410 430 £91.02VM13 Double drawer unit 280 410 430 £139.49VM14 Triple drawer unit 420 410 430 £182.49VM121 Cupboard left fitting 600 410 430 £99.69VM1 Cupboard right fitting 600 410 430 £99.69

Underbench Steel ShelfDouble your storage area with a factory fitted steel underbench shelf. Available in a range of depths to suit our standard bench sizes.

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVMLS420S 1200 600 £51.35VMLS426S 1200 750 £54.91VMLS430S 1200 900 £58.50VMLS520S 1500 600 £55.57VMLS526S 1500 750 £59.84VMLS530S 1500 900 £64.16VMLS620S 1800 600 £59.75VMLS626S 1800 750 £64.82VMLS630S 1800 900 £69.84

Choose your selection of accessories to create a tailored bench. All accessories for the medium & heavy duty benches are factory fitted so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fitting)

Code Width EachVRSD4 1200 £70.90VRSD5 1500 £76.15VRSD6 1800 £81.39

61

CAT_2014 02_Wa p60_1.indd 57 26/08/2014 09:53



WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTEXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES


from only

£242.99

Extra Heavy Duty WorkbenchHeavy duty bench suitable for heavy duty applications such as engineering and manufacturing. Fully Welded construction for extra strength with a powder coated dark grey framework.

• 1200kg Load• Steel plate, birch hardwood, linoleum and laminate worktop options.• Standard bench height of 840mm (760mm or 920mm heights available on request)

SIzeWorktops

Steel Plate Worktop 2mm Thick 20mm Linoleum Worktop 25mm Hardwood Worktop 20mm Laminate Worktop Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each

840 1200 600 BJ841260SKXX £242.99 BJ8412608KXX £288.99 BJ841260HKXX £290.99 BJ841260PKXX £288.99840 1200 750 BJ841275SKXX £269.99 BJ8412758KXX £299.49 BJ841275HKXX £309.49 BJ841275PKXX £299.49840 1200 900 BJ841290SKXX £276.99 BJ8412908KXX £333.49 BJ841290HKXX £339.49 BJ841890PKXX £333.49840 1500 600 BJ841560SKXX £277.99 BJ8415608KXX £346.99 BJ841560HKXX £372.99 BJ841290PKXX £346.99840 1500 750 BJ841575SKXX £329.49 BJ8415758KXX £372.49 BJ841575HKXX £454.49 BJ841560PKXX £372.49840 1500 900 BJ841590SKXX £336.49 BJ8415908KXX £424.99 BJ841590HKXX £461.99 BJ841575PKXX £424.99840 1800 600 BJ841860SKXX £295.49 BJ8418608KXX £371.49 BJ841860HKXX £390.99 BJ841590PKXX £371.49840 1800 750 BJ841875SKXX £346.99 BJ8418758KXX £382.49 BJ841875HKXX £465.49 BJ841860PKXX £382.49840 1800 900 BJ841890SKXX £359.99 BJ8418908KXX £440.99 BJ841890HKXX £479.49 BJ841875PKXX £440.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Engineering ✓ Industrial Factory ✓Manufacturing

Extra Heavy Duty Workbench Lower Shelves

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachBXLS1206XXXX 1200 600 £61.45BXLS1207XXXX 1200 750 £73.54BXLS1209XXXX 1200 900 £73.54BXLS1506XXXX 1500 600 £71.52BXLS1507XXXX 1500 750 £84.62BXLS1509XXXX 1500 900 £84.62BXLS1806XXXX 1800 600 £81.59BXLS1807XXXX 1800 750 £92.67BXLS1809XXXX 1800 900 £92.67

Extra Heavy Duty Workbench Drawers

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachBXDR04021 Single Drawer 220 420 420 £127.49BXDR04043 Double Drawer 435 420 420 £218.99BXCU04051 Cupboard Unit 560 420 420 £139.49

Add colour suffix: Grey (LXX), Green (GXX), Blue (BXX) or Red (RXX)

Extra Heavy Duty Workbench Retaining Lip

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachBXRL1206XXXX 1200 600 £35.95BXRL1208XXXX 1200 750 £41.08BXRL1209XXXX 1200 900 £46.22BXRL1506XXXX 1500 600 £41.08BXRL1507XXXX 1500 750 £46.22BXRL1509XXXX 1500 900 £49.64BXRL1806XXXX 1800 600 £46.22BXRL1807XXXX 1800 750 £49.64BXRL1809XXXX 1800 900 £54.82

Extra Heavy Duty Workbench Vice Plate

Code EachBXVICEPLXXXX £16.12

Extra Heavy Duty Workbench Sliding Doors

Code Width (mm) EachBXSL1284XXXX 1200 £502.99BXSL1584XXXX 1500 £524.99BXSL1884XXXX 1800 £562.99

A

B C

A

B

C

from only

£127.49

62

CAT_2014 02_Wa p62_3.indd 60 26/08/2014 09:54




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTSTAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES

Stainless Steel WorkbenchesStainless steel worktables are ideal for food preparation, hospitals and any other environment where hygiene is essential.

• A range of accessories is available including drawers, cupboards and upper and lower shelves.

• Adjustable levelling feet for uneven surfaces.• Made from 1.5mm thick steel.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Type EachBT841260XSXX 840 1200 600 Bench £453.49BT841275XSXX 840 1200 750 Bench £488.99BT841290XSXX 840 1200 900 Bench £524.49BT841590XSXX 840 1500 900 Bench £581.49BT841575XSXX 840 1500 750 Bench £569.49BT841590XSXX 840 1500 900 Bench £581.49BT841890XSXX 840 1800 900 Bench £660.99BT841875XSXX 840 1800 750 Bench £616.99BT841860XSXX 840 1800 600 Bench £581.49BT841260JSXX 840 1200 600 Bench & Shelf £605.99BT841275JSXX 840 1200 750 Bench & Shelf £648.49BT841290JSXX 840 1200 900 Bench & Shelf £686.49BT841560JSXX 840 1500 600 Bench & Shelf £693.99BT841575JSXX 840 1500 750 Bench & Shelf £753.49BT841590JSXX 840 1500 900 Bench & Shelf £765.49BT841860JSXX 840 1800 600 Bench & Shelf £764.99

from only

£814.49

Stainless Steel Workbench & Lower Shelf

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachBT841875JSXX 840 1800 750 £814.49BT841890JSXX 840 1800 900 £858.49

Stainless Steel Drawer

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachBRDRAWERXXXX 150 420 420 £262.49

Stainless Steel Upper Shelves

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachBRUS123SXXXX 300 1200 300 £152.49BRUS153SXXXX 300 1500 300 £177.99

BRUS1836SXXXX 300 1800 300 £196.49BRUS126DXXXX 600 1200 300 £231.99BRUS155DXXXX 600 1500 300 £252.49BRUS186DXXXX 600 1800 300 £284.49

Stainless Steel Cupboard

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachBRCUPBRDXXXX 435 420 420 £266.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Food preparation ✓Hospitals ✓Environment where hygiene is essential

from only

£453.49

6163

CAT_2014 02_Wa p62_3.indd 61 26/08/2014 09:54




Upper shelf

Back Panel

Service Duct

Rail SupportFluorescent Light

Support Posts

WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTANTI-STATIC WORKBENCHES

from only

£501.99

Express Delivery Anti-Static Workbenches General workbench with static dissipative properties. Suitable for use as an assembly or repair bench in the electrical and electronics industry.

• A leg in each corner gives firm support• Only available in Lamstat worktop• Full range of accessories available including drawers,

cupboards, shelves, louvre panels and service ducts.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachBQ841575LLXX 840 1500 750 £501.99BQ841590LLXX 840 1500 900 £521.99BQ841875LLXX 840 1800 750 £530.49BQ841890LLXX 840 1800 900 £552.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Electronic workshop ✓Electronics Industries

from only

£107.99

Express Delivery Anti-Static Workbench Drawers & Cupboards

from only

£47.22

Express Delivery Anti-Static Workbench Accessories

Code Type EachBEUS1200LXXX Upper shelf 300mm for Lamstat for 1200mm bench £106.99BEUS1800LXXX Upper shelf 300mm for Lamstat for 1800mm bench £149.49BESP760SXXXX 760mm Rear Support Posts £51.08BESP1180XXXX 1180mm Rear Support Posts £62.09BERS1200XLXX Light/Tool Rail Support for 1200mm bench £53.39BERS1500XLXX Light/Tool Rail Support for 1500mm bench £57.42BERS1800XLXX Light/Tool Rail Support for 1800mm bench £59.44BELF1200XLXX Fluorescent Light £30.22BELO4812ZXXX Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1200mm bench £102.99BELO4815ZXXX Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1500mm bench £113.99BELO4818ZXXX Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1800mm bench £126.99BESDWT122XXX Worktop Service Duct for 1200mm bench £82.60BESDWT15XXXX Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm bench £84.62BESDWT18XXXX Worktop Service Duct for 1800mm bench £88.65BEMONARMFLSC Flat Screen Support arm £47.22

64


Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Colour Each

BEDR04021KXX Single 220 420 420 Dark grey £120.49BEDR04021GXX 3 Drawer 220 420 420 Green £120.49BEDR04021BXX Cupboard 220 420 420 Dark Blue £120.49BEDR04021RXX Single 220 420 420 Red £120.49BEDR04043KXX 3 Drawer 435 420 420 Dark Grey £228.99BEDR04043GXX Cupboard 435 420 420 Green £228.99BEDR04043BXX Single 435 420 420 Dark Blue £228.99BEDR04043RXX 3 Drawer 435 420 420 Red £228.99BECU04041KXX Cupboard 435 420 420 Dark Grey £107.99BECU04041GXX Single 435 420 420 Green £107.99BECU04041BXX 3 Drawer 435 420 420 Dark Blue £107.99BECU04041RXX Cupboard 435 420 420 Red £107.99

CAT_2014 02_Wa p64_5.indd 62 26/08/2014 09:55




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTEXPRESS DELIVERY WORKBENCHES

Express Delivery Square Tube Workbenches General workshop bench suitable for use in assembly, production and light engineering. Complete with height adjustable feet, powder coated light grey finish and laminate worktops.

• Full range of accessories available including drawers, cupboards and shelves• Delivered in knock-down form

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) EachBQ841590PLXX 840 1500 900 250 £342.49BQ841575PLXX 840 1500 750 250 £292.99BQ841890PLXX 840 1800 900 250 £351.99BQ841875PLXX 840 1800 750 250 £298.99

from only

£319.99

Express Delivery Cantilever WorkbenchesCantilever construction allows for maximum leg room. Available with a laminate worktop. Suitable for use in assembly, production and light engineering.

• Full range of accessories available including drawers, cupboards, shelves, louvre panels and service ducts.

• Delivered in knock-down form

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) EachBC841590PLXX 840 1500 900 250 £319.99BC841575PLXX 840 1500 750 250 £317.49BC841890PLXX 840 1800 900 250 £381.99BC841875PLXX 840 1800 750 250 £328.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Production ✓Light Engineering ✓Assembly

Express Delivery Square Tube Workbenches

64

CAT_2014 02_Wa p64_5.indd 63 26/08/2014 09:55



WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTHEIGHT ADJUSTABLE WORKBENCHES


from only

£589.99

Cantilever WorkbenchStepless height adjustable columns with retractable crank handle operating spindles and gears for smooth and precise adjustment from 770mm to 1260mm working height. Manufactured from formed 2mm Sheet steel with 50 x 25mm cross members.

• 300kg Load• Finished in light grey and black

epoxy with choice of worktops.• Above and below bench

accessories are available


from only

£320.49

Bolt Adjustable Height Workbench

Height adjustable 4 leg bench using a simple bolt system. Stepless height adjustable pillars formed from 2 sheet move from 650 to 950mm high.

• 300kgs Load• Above and below bench

accessories are available.

SIzeWorktops

Laminate MDF Stainless Steel Steel VinylHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each

650 - 950 1200 600 VBHB1-LA £349.99 VBHB1-M £320.49 VBHB1-SS £457.99 VBHB1-S £389.49 VBHB1-V £385.99650 - 950 1800 90 VBHB2-LA £360.99 VBHB2-M £327.49 VBHB2-SS £472.99 VBHB2-S £400.49 VBHB2-V £399.49650 - 950 1200 750 VBHB3-LA £375.49 VBHB3-M £335.99 VBHB3-SS £488.99 VBHB3-S £409.49 VBHB3-V £408.99650 - 950 1200 900 VBHB4-LA £362.99 VBHB4-M £327.99 VBHB4-SS £476.49 VBHB4-S £406.99 VBHB4-V £402.99650 - 950 1500 600 VBHB5-LA £391.49 VBHB5-M £335.99 VBHB5-SS £497.99 VBHB5-S £419.49 VBHB5-V £415.49650 - 950 1500 750 VBHB6-LA £420.49 VBHB6-M £345.99 VBHB6-SS £508.99 VBHB6-S £426.49 VBHB6-V £423.99650 - 950 1500 900 VBHB7-LA £395.99 VBHB7-M £343.99 VBHB7-SS £493.49 VBHB7-S £426.49 VBHB7-V £417.99650 - 950 1800 600 VBHB8-LA £427.49 VBHB8-M £351.99 VBHB8-SS £517.49 VBHB8-S £440.49 VBHB8-V £430.99650 - 950 1800 750 VBHB9-LA £451.99 VBHB9-M £374.49 VBHB9-SS £557.49 VBHB9-S £452.49 VBHB9-V £441.99

Worktop Finishes:

• Laminate - 1.3mm grey laminate on 18mm MDF with wood lipping • MDF with wood edge lipping. • Vinyl - Grey vinyl bonded to 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping.

• Stainless Steel - 1.2mm stainless steel on 18mm MDF. • Steel - 1.5mm steel on 18mm MDF.

SIzeWorktops

Laminate MDF Stainless Steel Steel VinylHeight (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each

770 - 1260 1200 600 VAHB1-LA £589.99 VAHB1-M £562.49 VAHB1-SS £697.49 VAHB1-S £629.49 VAHB1-V £625.99770 - 1260 1200 750 VAHB2-LA £599.99 VAHB2-M £568.49 VAHB2-SS £711.49 VAHB2-S £638.99 VAHB2-V £637.99770 - 1260 1200 900 VAHB3-LA £611.49 VAHB3-M £573.49 VAHB3-SS £724.99 VAHB3-S £645.49 VAHB3-V £644.99770 - 1260 1500 600 VAHB4-LA £606.99 VAHB4-M £574.99 VAHB4-SS £720.49 VAHB4-S £650.99 VAHB4-V £646.99770 - 1260 1500 750 VAHB5-LA £634.99 VAHB5-M £583.49 VAHB5-SS £741.49 VAHB5-S £662.49 VAHB5-V £658.99770 - 1260 1500 900 VAHB6-LA £661.99 VAHB6-M £590.99 VAHB6-SS £750.49 VAHB6-S £667.99 VAHB6-V £665.99770 - 1260 1800 600 VAHB7-LA £640.99 VAHB7-M £591.49 VAHB7-SS £738.49 VAHB7-S £671.49 VAHB7-V £662.49770 - 1260 1800 750 VAHB8-LA £672.49 VAHB8-M £601.49 VAHB8-SS £762.49 VAHB8-S £685.49 VAHB8-V £675.99770 - 1260 1800 900 VAHB9-LA £691.49 VAHB9-M £614.49 VAHB9-SS £793.49 VAHB9-S £692.49 VAHB9-V £681.99

CAT_2014 02_Wa p66_7.indd 66 26/08/2014 09:56




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTINFINITE WORKBENCHES

from only

£320.99

Infinite Modular WorkbenchFramework is constructed from fabricated steel section with welded leg supports and bolt in multi-position cross rails which can be assembled in a variety of combinations to suit individual applications. Start off with starter bench, then add extension benches and accessories. Unlimited combinations available.

• Capacity: 1000kgs UDL• Adjustable height from 840 to 940mm in 25mm increments.• 25mm thick MDF or laminate worktop options, plain cut 18mm thick lower shelf irrespective of worktop selection.

Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm)MDF Laminate

Code Each Code EachStarter bench 840 - 940 2000 700 IM1-M £320.99 IM1-LA £406.99

Starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 700 IM1-MBS £390.49 IM1-LABS £476.99Starter bench 840 - 940 2000 1200 IM2-M £365.49 IM2-LA £475.49

Starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 1200 IM2-MBS £470.49 IM2-LABS £580.49MDF starter bench 840 - 940 2000 1400 IM3-M £395.99 IM3-LA £508.49

MDF starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 1400 IM3-MBS £505.99 IM3-LABS £618.49MDF starter bench 840 - 940 3000 700 IM4-M £507.49 IM4-LA £641.49

MDF starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 3000 700 IM4-MBS £642.99 IM4-LABS £747.99MDF starter bench 840 - 940 3000 1200 IM5-M £560.99 IM5-LA £700.99

MDF starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 3000 1200 IM5-MBS £699.99 IM5-LABS £840.49MDF starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 3000 1400 IM6-M £580.99 IM6-LA £789.99MDF starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 3000 1400 IM6-MBS £732.49 IM6-LABS £941.49

MDF starter bench 840 - 940 2000 700 IM7-M £220.49 IM7-LA £308.49MDF starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 700 IM7-MBS £289.99 IM7-LABS £378.49

MDF add bench 840 - 940 2000 1200 IM8-M £259.49 IM8-LA £369.99MDF add bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 1200 IM8-MBS £364.49 IM8-LABS £474.99

MDF add bench 840 - 940 2000 1400 IM9-M £280.99 IM9-LA £394.49MDF add bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 1400 IM9-MBS £390.99 IM9-LABS £503.99


from only

£673.99

Infinite Modular Starter Bench

Starter Kit complete with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer and leg socket.

from only

£803.99

Infinite Modular Easy Order Workbench

Workbench kit with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, combined cabinet and drawer unit.

Infinite Modular Workbench Accessories

Combine with easy add accessories

from only

£13.50

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each

VIM-EOB1 840-940 2000 700 £673.99

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each

VIM-EOB2 840-940 3000 1200 £803.99

Code Type Width (mm) EachVUS2000 2000mm Upper Shelf 2000 £108.99VUS3000 2000mm Upper Shelf 3000 £150.49VSRDSO 13amp socket N/A £18.50

CAT_2014 02_Wa p66_7.indd 67 26/08/2014 09:56




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTSCALES

from only

£164.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Workshops ✓Warehouse ✓Catering ✓Office ✓Shops ✓Storeroom

Bench & Floor ScaleA self contained industrial scale with optional RS-232 interface for simple weighing applications. Check weighing and totalising allows the number of weighings and the total amount of weight to be stored and recalled.

• Large backlight LCD display indicator is mains or battery powered (rechargeable in built)

• Internal battery with UK AC adapter included

Calibration certificates if required are chargeable at £30.00 per machine and must be requested at time of order

Visit our website for more options

Basic Weighing ScalesA very versatile, quickly changing from one application to another, with an easy to read LED display. A wipedown plastic cover comes standard to protect the display, keyboard and housing from dust and food particles.

• Easy to read LED, Capacity�6 kg / 12 lb and 15 kg / 30 lb

• AC and rechargeable battery for portability, 20 hours battery life between charges

• ABS plastic housing, stainless steel weight platform

Code Type Height (mm) Platform Width (mm) Platform Length (mm) Each405 6kg X 1g 110 215 245 £98.54

Weighing & Counting ScalesAdvanced higher accuracy counting scale with bright LED display. The 30kg / 60lb capacity functions either as a counting or coin counter. Lightweight and portable ideal for stocktaking.

• High quality and easy to use• Rugged ABS plastic base with

stainless steel weight platform• 12V mains adaptor with 20 hours

battery life between charges

Code Type Platform Width (mm) Platform Height (mm) Platform Length (mm) EachB140 6kg x 0.2g 292 13 222 £164.99B1401 15kg x 0.5g 292 13 222 £164.99B1402 30kg x 1g 292 13 222 £164.99



Visit our website for more options

• Versatile scale with seven simple to use, large keys

Code Type Height (mm) Platform Width (mm) Platform Length (mm) EachS133 60kg x 10g 850 420 520 £344.99

CAT_2014 02_Wa p68_9.indd 68 26/08/2014 09:57




WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENTSCALES

Floor Scale SystemThis ruggedly constructed High Capacity floor scale is ideal for many applications including shipping, counting, totalizing and check weighing functions.

• Thick safety tread top plate with heavy duty welded wide channel supports

• AC power adapter (included) and In built rechargeable battery

• Indicator Functions include check weighing, count, weight, total and print.

Code Type Platform Width (mm) Platform Height (mm) Platform Length (mm) EachDSB914 1250kgs x 0.2kg 915 102 915 £570.49DSB1219 2500kgsx0.5kg 1220 102 1220 £712.49DSB1500 2500kgs x 0.5kg 1500 102 1500 £788.99DSB12191 5000kg x 1kg 1220 102 1220 £775.49DSB15001 5000kg x 1kg 1500 102 1500 £847.49

Light Capacity Platform ScalesThis stainless steel platform scale is ideal for hygienic purposes and general weighing. The scales feature auto zero tracking to automatically compensate for small fluctuations in zero such as a build up of material on the platform. Weight displayed via Linked Indicator.

• Stainless steel platform top and display pod• Four full load bridge load cells with self-

leveling, anti-slip feet to give a solid base in use.

Code Type Platform Width (mm) Platform Height (mm) Platform Length (mm) EachWS300-55 300kg x 50g 550 60 550 £262.49WS300-90 300kg x 50g 900 60 550 £305.99

WS500 500kg x 100g 915 60 915 £373.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Workshops ✓Warehouse ✓Storeroom ✓Office ✓Garages ✓Animal Weighing

Heavy Duty Weigh BeamsThis system is comprised of two robust mild steel shear beams linked to an indicator, Beams fitted with handles to easily carry and install. Mains and battery powered for full portability. This highly portable scale system is designed with simplicity in mind. In just a few minutes the entire scale is setup and ready to weigh.

• Easy-to-read LCD with adjustable brightness• Fully portable scale system with waterproof

stainless steel enclosed indicator and stainless steel mounting bracket

• Ideal for weighing pallets, long loads and installations underconveyors, tanks and hoppers

Code Type Platform Width (mm) Platform Height (mm) Platform Length (mm) EachWB-521 2500kg x 0.2kg 100 60 1200 £637.49WB-521 5000kg x 0.5kg 100 60 1200 £680.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Workshops ✓Warehouse ✓Garages ✓Storeroom ✓Distribution


from only

£637.49

from only

£262.49

from only

£570.49

Calibration certificates if required are chargeable at £30.00 per machine and must be requested at time of order. Ramp options available online


CAT_2014 02_Wa p68_9.indd 69 26/08/2014 09:57



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINS


Type Uses

Tray Storage

Bin Storage

Antistatic Bin Storage

Mobile Trolleys

Functional Tray Storage

Twin Bin Storage

Small Parts Storage Cupboard

Louvre Panels for wall mounting bins

Schools, Personal Products

Industrial & Warehouse

Specifically for electrical products

Can be used with trays and bins

For medical and laboratory

Easy picking with feeder

Keep product in lock up location

Can be moveable, colour coded for picking

Euro Containers

Attached Lid Containers

Lidded Containers

Industrial Folding Boxes

Maximum capacity and strength, often used in catering and

Often used for removals or storage

Stack when full and nest when empty, saving up to 75%

Space saving, robust when stacked up or closed

Palletised Storage Boxes

Collapsible Plastic Pallet Box

Pallet Boxes are extra large, heavy duty bulk containers with pallet footings. Pallet Boxes are forkliftable and come with either feet, castors or skids

Collapsible / foldable pallet boxes are very convenient and save on storage space when not in use, they can even be stacked upon each other when fully collapsed

Do your containers have to be stackable?

Do your containers have to have lids or not?

Do you want to put your containers in trolleys or cupboards?

Do you want your containers to have hinged lids?

What should I consider when making my choice?

In this section you will find a wide range of plastic containers for use in the home, the office, the shop floor, the warehouse and many other locations. This section is arranged SMALLEST TO LARGEST to make it easy for youto find what you need.

Do you need nestable containers?

Do you want to use recycled material?

Do you need to have food grade quality?

Do your bins need to be anti-static?

Linbins & Louvre Panels, page 82

Linbins, page 76

Small Parts Storage

Storage Containers

Pallet Boxes

Dividers page 77

Plastics.indd 2 26/08/2014 10:15




Clear Storage Cabinets 72-73

Steel Storage Bin Cabinets 74

Tilt Storage Bins 75

Linbins 76-77

ESD Protected Bins 78

Linbin Picking Trays 79

Gratnells Trays & Frame Sets 80-81

Wall Mounted Louvre Panel 82-83 & Kits

Louvre Panel Trolleys & Kits 84

Freestanding Louvre Panel & Kits 85

Small Parts Storage

Euro Stacking Containers 86-87

Attached Lid Containers 88-89

Stack & Nest Containers 90-91

Dollies 92

Clear Useful Plastic Containers 93

Gratnells Smart Case 93

Type Uses

Tray Storage

Bin Storage

Antistatic Bin Storage

Mobile Trolleys

Functional Tray Storage

Twin Bin Storage

Small Parts Storage Cupboard

Louvre Panels for wall mounting bins

Schools, Personal Products

Industrial & Warehouse

Specifically for electrical products

Can be used with trays and bins

For medical and laboratory

Easy picking with feeder

Keep product in lock up location

Can be moveable, colour coded for picking

Euro Containers

Attached Lid Containers

Lidded Containers

Industrial Folding Boxes

Maximum capacity and strength, often used in catering and

Often used for removals or storage

Stack when full and nest when empty, saving up to 75%

Space saving, robust when stacked up or closed

Palletised Storage Boxes

Collapsible Plastic Pallet Box

Pallet Boxes are extra large, heavy duty bulk containers with pallet footings. Pallet Boxes are forkliftable and come with either feet, castors or skids

Collapsible / foldable pallet boxes are very convenient and save on storage space when not in use, they can even be stacked upon each other when fully collapsed

Storage Containers

Pallets & Pallet Boxes

Plastic Pallets 94

Box Pallets 95

Folding Plastic Box Pallets 96

Hypacages 97

Retention Units 97

In this sectionIs there an industry anywhere in the world not using Linbins? We don’t know one! Order Linbins and you get a better bin. It’s the original and it’s still the best. It comes in a bigger range of sizes; it’s stronger and lasts far longer. Linbins allow you to sort items, label the bins and keep an accurate inventory count for all small items that are essential to the operation of your business.

The Linbins are made of heavy plastic and as such are able to handle large weight loads. By combining size with usage, you can place Linbins on shelves or in cupboards so that you won’t need to lift heavy bins down from higher shelves.

Linbins come in various bright colours so you can place items of one size in the first colour bin, while similar items in a different size could be placed in a bin of a different colour.

This year we are also proud to introduce Black 100% Recycled Bins, with the same ruggedness and toughness of our other Linbins,these are portable, stackable and stylish.

engineering stores

valuable storage space.

Page 77

Plastics.indd 3 26/08/2014 10:15



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSCLEAR STORAGE CABINETS


290mm High Range

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Ext. drawer dimensions: L x W x H Each

V296-3 4 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 277 x 59 £29.38V297-3 6 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 138 x 81 £29.38V292-3 12 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 138 x 37 £29.38V294-3 12 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 92 x 59 £29.38

V290C-3 16 Mixed Drawer 290 310 180 *Mixed Compartment £29.38V291-3 24 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 69 x 37 £29.38V290-3 30 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 55 x 37 £29.38

*Mixed Drawers - (LxWxH) - 12 no. 175 x 69 x 37mm, 3 no. 175 x 92 x 59mm, 1 no. 175 x 277 x 59mm

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Workshop ✓Commercial ✓Education

550mm High Range

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Ext. drawer dimensions: L x W x H Each

V556-3 8 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 275 x 59 £52.27V557-3 12 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 138 x 81 £52.27V552-3 24 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 138 x 37 £52.27V554-3 24 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 92 x 59 £52.27

V550C-3 32 Mixed Drawer 550 310 180 *Mixed compartment £52.27V551-3 48 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 69 x 37 £52.27V550-3 60 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 55 x 37 £52.27

Mixed Drawers - (LxWxH) - 24 no. 175 x 69 x 37mm, 6 no. 175 x 92 x 59mm, 2 no. 175 x 277 x 59mm

from only

£52.27

from only

£29.38

290mm High RangeThese versatile cabinets can be used as free standing units, hung on walls or mounted on a space saving turntable, stands or trolley.

• Two heights and seven drawer options• Grey frame and galvanized steel shelves; with crystal clear drawers• Handles recessed for protection in transport

CAT_2014 03_St p72_3.indd 72 26/08/2014 10:16




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSCLEAR STORAGE CABINETS

Turntables for 550mm High RangeNeeding only 0.25 square meters of floorspace, this free-turning assembly holds twelve 550mm visible storage cabinets in three layers. Each layer contains four cabinets. Stores up to 4320 different items.

• 400kg Load • Ball bearing base • Easy assembly. No tools required

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Type EachV12-550 1730 500 500 Empty £180.99

V12-550KIT 1730 500 500 Kit £760.49


from only

£225.99

Cabinet Stands for 550mm High RangeStylishly designed space saving storage. Can be used with any combination of our 550mm high cabinets.

• Space saving storage • Single stand holds four cabinets, double holds eight • Epoxy powder coated steel frame

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVBS550L Single Stand 1585 760 420 £225.99VBS550T Double Stand 1585 760 600 £237.99VBT550 Double Trolley 1700 760 600 £281.99

Cabinets ordered separately


from only

£180.99

Kit includes 12x cabinets as in picture

CAT_2014 03_St p72_3.indd 73 26/08/2014 10:16



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSSTEEL BIN CABINETS


300mm Deep Range

Code Colour Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

External Bin Size (mm) Type Each

V0830-1 Clear 395 400 300 H82 x W186 x D300 8 Bins £86.46V0830-5 Red 395 400 300 H82 x W186 x D300 8 bins £86.46V0830-6 Blue 395 400 300 H82 x W186 x D300 8 Bins £86.46V0830-3 Grey 395 400 300 H82 x W186 x D300 8 Bins £86.46V1630-1 Clear 395 400 300 H82 x W92 x D300 16 Bins £95.30V1630-5 Red 395 400 300 H82 x W92 x D300 16 Bins £95.30V1630-3 Grey 395 400 300 H82 x W92 x D300 16 Bins £95.30V1630-6 Blue 395 400 300 H82 x W92 x D300 16 Bins £95.30

PERFECT FOR ✓Stores ✓Warehouse ✓Workshop

400mm Deep Range

Code Colour Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

External Bin Size (mm) Type Each

V0840-1 Clear 395 400 400 H82 x W186 x D400 8 Bins £96.28V0840-5 Red 395 400 400 H82 x W186 x D400 8 Bins £96.28V0840-6 Blue 395 400 400 H82 x W186 x D400 8 Bins £96.28V0840-3 Grey 395 400 400 H82 x W186 x D400 8 Bins £96.28V1640-1 Clear 395 400 400 H82 x W92 x D400 16 Bins £110.49V1640-5 Red 395 400 400 H82 x W92 x D400 16 Bins £110.49V1640-6 Grey 395 400 400 H82 x W92 x D400 16 Bins £110.49V1640-3 Blue 395 400 400 H82 x W92 x D400 16 Bins £110.49

Steel Cabinet Turntable KitsCompact storage systems for use in service, workshop, production and storage areas. Units hold 16 cabinets of 300 or 400mm depth. 800kg Load

• Easy assembly. No tools required• Ball bearing base and dividers for 4 layers with each layer containing 4 cabinets • Turntable Kits: Include 8 x 8 drawer and 8 x 16 drawer cabinets as shown.

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Type Each

V16-300 1680 700 700 Empty Turntable for 300mm Cabinets £378.49V16-300-KIT 1680 700 700 Turntable with 16 x 300mm Bin Cabinets £1722.49

V16-400 1680 800 800 Empty Turntable for 400mm Cabinets £414.99V16-400-KIT 1680 800 800 Turntable with 16 x 400mm Bin Cabinets £1941.49


Steel Bin Cabinet Retaining BarsGalvanised steel retaining bars for storage bin cabinets

• Set of 4• Allows storage bin cabinet to be used in vehicles• Supplied flat packed

Code EachV-A400 £10.61

Steel Bin Cabinet Drawer DividersCross dividers subdivide and segregate drawers. 300mm Range hold up to 4 per bin and 400mm Range hold up to 6 per bin.

• Pack of 10• Clear Plastic

Code Pack Quantity Type EachVD-10 10 For 92mm Wide Bin £3.81VD-20 10 For 186mm Wide Bin £6.58


Storage CabinetsFrom complete turntable kits to bin cabinets that can be wall mounted if required, finding and storing small parts has never been so easy. 300 & 400mm Deep Storage bin cabinets with 8 or 16 bins within a steel frame.

• Cabinets can be wall hung or free standing • Can be vertically stacked • Can be turntable mounted for space saving

from only

£86.46from only

£96.28

from only

£10.61

from only

£3.81

from only

£378.49

CAT_2014 03_St p74_5.indd 74 26/08/2014 10:17



Tilt Bin TrolleyTrolley includes:

4 x Size 6 Bins

2 x Size 5 Bins

2 x Size 4 Bins

2 x Size 3 Bins

2 x Size 2 Bins

• Simple to assemble steel trolley• Maximum load capacity of each side is 80kgs


Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each

VTVB1 Double Trolley inc 12 Bins 1380 620 600 £761.49


STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSTILT BINS

Tilt Bin ContainersThe ultimate visible storage method. Tilt bins allow stock to be seen, easily accessed and quickly replenished. Tilt Bins are robust and scratch resistant and easily removed for transport and cleaning. Each unit is housed in a 600mm wide outer casing module.

• Stackable for use on desks, counters, shelving or workbenches• The tilt bins have fixing holes for wall mounting• Identification cards for the individual tilt bins are included


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Capacity* (L) Each

VSTVB9 Size 9 - 9 sections 75 601 51 0.1 £13.52VSTVB6 Size 6 - 6 sections 110 601 75 0.36 £16.37VSTVB5 Size 5 - 5 sections 160 601 110 1.05 £23.75VSTVB4 Size 4 - 4 sections 208 601 137 2.11 £33.33VSTVB3 Size 3 - 3 sections 243 601 163 4.15 £45.68VSTVB2 Size 2 - 2 sections 354 601 246 14 £103.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Medical supplies ✓Small parts storage ✓Fixings ✓Van storage

Retaining Bars for Tilt BinsOur retaining bars are manufactured from strong metal rods and keep boxes securely closed, especially good for when transporting product.

• Ideal for vans or mobile trolleys• Easily fitted to any casing set

Code Type EachVRTB326 For Size 3 - 6 Bins £2.89VRTB009 For Size 9 Bins £2.89

from only

£2.89

from only

£761.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Hospitals ✓Vans ✓Workshops

from only

£13.52

*Capacity is for individual bins

CAT_2014 03_St p74_5.indd 75 26/08/2014 10:17



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSLINBINS


from only

£17.63

Coloured LinbinsIs there an industry anywhere in the world not using Linbins? We don’t know one! Order Linbins and you get a better bin. It's the original and it's still the best. It comes in a bigger range of sizes; it's stronger and lasts far longer. There are many advantages to coloured Linbins. They brighten up your business and can help with speedy stock location

• Manufactured from tough polypropylene for long life - the toughest bin available• Reinforcing ribs - stack without distortion• Full width lip - secure fixing to louvre panel

Please add suffix when ordering: Red (RD), Blue (BL), Green (GN) or Yellow (YE)

Note: packs are in quantities stated - one colour per pack

PERFECT FOR ✓Factory ✓Storeroom ✓Workplace

from only

£14.54

Grey LinbinsGrey Linbins are exactly the same quality as our coloured range of Linbins they are made on the same moulds at the same time.

• Same top quality, same unique design, same high strength • Reinforcing ribs - stack without distortion• Linbins can be wall mounted using our louvre panels

Code Linbin Size Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) LBU Pack Quantity Load (kg) Each 5 10VPK01GR Size 1 50 105 105 1/2 40 2.3 £27.50 £26.21 £25.04VPK02GR Size 2 75 105 135 1 20 13.5 £15.97 £15.22 £14.54VPK03GR Size 3 75 105 190 1 20 13.5 £21.05 £20.06 £19.16VPK04GR Size 4 130 140 210 2 10 27 £21.84 £20.82 £19.88VPK05GR Size 5 130 140 280 2 10 27 £31.39 £29.91 £28.57VPK06GR Size 6 180 210 280 4 10 27 £45.48 £43.35 £41.41VPK07GR Size 7 180 210 375 4 10 36 £52.35 £49.90 £47.66VPK08GR Size 8 180 420 375 8 5 54 £44.04 £41.97 £40.09VPL09GR Size 9 230 455 210 5 5 54 £53.81 £51.29 £48.99VPK10GR Size 10 295 420 455 12 3 68 £45.35 £43.22 £41.29

Code Linbin Size Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) LBU Pack Quantity Load (kg) Each 5 10VPK01 Size 1 50 105 105 1/2 40 2.3 £28.92 £27.50 £26.21VPK02 Size 2 75 105 135 1 20 13.5 £17.63 £16.76 £15.98VPK03 Size 3 75 105 190 1 20 13.5 £23.47 £22.32 £21.27VPK04 Size 4 130 140 210 2 10 27 £24.17 £22.98 £21.90VPK05 Size 5 130 140 280 2 10 27 £34.15 £32.47 £30.95VPK06 Size 6 180 210 280 4 10 27 £55.67 £52.93 £50.45VPK07 Size 7 180 210 375 4 10 36 £57.29 £54.47 £51.92VPK08 Size 8 180 420 375 8 5 54 £47.36 £45.03 £42.92VPK09 Size 9 230 455 210 5 5 54 £56.59 £53.81 £51.29VPK10 Size 10 295 420 455 12 3 68 £49.17 £46.75 £44.56

CAT_2014 03_St p76_7.indd 76 26/08/2014 10:20




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSLINBINS

from only

£13.35

Recycled LinbinsOur new ranges of Black Linbins are made from 100% recycled plastic. They use the same moulds and so have the same high quality you expect from the Linbin brand. The savings are available due to the cost of recycled raw material being lower. This means we can pass these savings directly on to our customers.

• Manufactured from recycled tough polypropylene for long life • Still the toughest bin available • All the same features as the standard Linbins

PERFECT FOR ✓Production Lines ✓Warehouse ✓Hospitals

Linbin Divider PacksLinbin Dividers are ideal to segregate your Linbins� to create even more picking space for multiple items while still using the same space.

• Dividers will fit into most Linbins - some will accept two

Code For Linbin Size Pack Quantity Each 5 10VDKP2 Size 2 20 £8.90 £8.46 £8.06VDKP3 Size 3 20 £10.57 £10.05 £9.58VDKP4 Size 4 20 £15.57 £14.81 £14.11VDKP5 Size 5 10 £10.46 £9.94 £9.48VDKP6 Size 6 10 £16.71 £15.89 £15.15VDKP7 Size 7 5 £9.30 £8.84 £8.43VDKP8 Size 8 5 £9.30 £8.84 £8.43VDKP10 Size 10 3 £13.43 £12.77 £12.17

from only

£8.06

Clear LinbinsOur clearview linbin range is ideal for environments where hygiene is paramount and the requirement for visible stock levels at a glance. This includes hospitals, laboratories, research departments and the food industry. The dimensions are exactly the same as the successful coloured and grey Linbin range, therefore you can implement these clear Linbins into an existing environment of small parts storage using standard louvre panels.

• See stock levels at a glance • Durable and lightweight • Smooth easy-clean finish

PERFECT FOR ✓ Hospitals ✓ Laboratories ✓ Food industry

Code Linbin Size Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) LBU Pack Quantity Load (kg) Each 5 10

VPK02CL Size 2 75 105 135 1 20 13.5 £17.63 £16.76 £15.98VPK04CL Size 4 130 140 210 2 10 27 £24.17 £22.98 £21.90VPK06CL Size 6 180 210 280 4 10 27 £55.67 £52.93 £50.45VPK08CL Size 8 180 420 375 8 5 54 £47.34 £45.02 £42.91

Code Linbin Size Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) LBU Pack Quantity Load (kg) Each 5 10VPK01BLK Size 1 105 105 50 1/2 40 2.3 £27.30 £25.81 £24.47VPK02BLK Size 2 75 105 135 1 20 13.5 £14.89 £14.08 £13.35VPK03BLK Size 3 75 105 190 1 20 13.5 £18.61 £17.60 £16.69VPK04BLK Size 4 130 140 210 2 10 27 £19.54 £18.48 £17.52VPK05BLK Size 5 130 140 280 2 10 27 £27.92 £26.39 £25.03VPK06BLK Size 6 180 210 280 4 10 27 £40.63 £38.42 £36.43VPK07BLK Size 7 180 210 375 4 10 36 £45.60 £43.11 £40.88VPK08BLK Size 8 180 420 375 8 5 54 £35.98 £34.02 £32.26VPK09BLK Size 9 230 455 210 5 5 54 £47.77 £45.16 £42.83VPK10BLK Size 10 295 420 455 12 3 68 £38.99 £36.86 £34.96

from only

£15.98

CAT_2014 03_St p76_7.indd 77 26/08/2014 10:20



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSESD PROTECTED BINS


from only

£5.11

ESD Storage BinsSafeguard your electronic components and products from harmful ESD related problems with these useful small parts containers.

• Suitable for all standard shelves with a depth of 300-600mm• Corrugated base eases the picking of the smallest items• Bins stack securely

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachV3010-4ESD 82 92 300 £5.11V3020-4ESD 82 186 300 £7.07V4010-4ESD 82 92 400 £5.89V4015-4ESD 100 132 400 £7.96V4020-4ESD 82 186 400 £8.06V5010-4ESD 82 92 500 £7.56V5015-4ESD 100 132 500 £9.73V5020-4ESD 82 186 500 £10.41V6015-4ESD 100 132 600 £11.59V6020-4ESD 82 186 600 £11.89

PERFECT FOR ✓Workshop ✓Electronics

from only

£2.36

ESD Stacking BinsStacking bins can be used on louvre panels and rail systems

• The open front design gives great access to items• Corrugated base eases the picking of the smallest items


ESD Storage Bin dividersCross dividers to fit all ESD storage bins

• Made from semi-conductive polystyrene

Code Type EachVD-10-4ESD For use with V3010-4ESD/V4010-4ESD & V5010-4ESD £5.60VD-15-4ESD For use with V4015-4ESD/V5015-4ESD & V6015-4ESD £7.52VD-20-4ESD For use with V3020-4ESD/V4020-4ESD/V5020-4ESD & V6020-4ESD £9.82

ESD CabinetsThese cabinets combine a stylish design with practical accessories to provide a flexible and efficient ESD protection for small parts storage.

• Can be wall hung, mounted on turntables or freestanding on worktops• Available in 2 heights and 2 Drawer combinations

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachV294-4ESD 12 Drawers 290 310 180 £65.14V291-4ESD 24 Drawers 290 310 180 £65.14V554-4ESD 24 Drawers 550 310 180 £102.49V551-4ESD 48 Drawers 550 310 180 £102.49


These products come in packs of 10

from only

£5.60

from only

£65.14

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachV1015-4ESD 75 105 165 £2.36V1520-4ESD 105 149 192 £5.31V1525-4ESD 130 149 250 £7.07V1930-4ESD 156 186 300 £14.44V1940-4ESD 156 186 400 £16.21V1950-4ESD 182 186 500 £29.87V3050-4ESD 182 310 500 £34.09

CAT_2014 03_St p78_9.indd 78 26/08/2014 10:21




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSLINBIN TRAYS

from only

£48.64

Linbin TraysOur Linbin trays have all of the star quality of the famous Linbins plus a few of their own, like the ingenious end stop preventing travel beyond the shelf edge. These features can save a lot of wasted time, help with quicker access to stock and aid safety.

• Designed to fit automated carousel machines or close picking shelves • Manufactured from tough polypropylene for long life • Optional wire end stops to prevent travel beyond shelf edge

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Pack Quantity Each 5 10VT0PK1 80 94 400 20 £53.67 £51.03 £48.64VT0PK2 80 188 400 10 £39.96 £38.00 £36.21VT0PK3 115 188 400 10 £56.76 £53.97 £51.44VT0PK4 80 94 500 20 £61.57 £58.54 £55.80VT0PK5 80 188 500 10 £43.74 £41.59 £39.64VT0PK6 115 188 500 10 £59.12 £56.21 £53.58

Each pack supplied with 40 labels

PERFECT FOR ✓Automated picking systems ✓Factory ✓Storeroom ✓Workplace ✓ Hospitals ✓ Laboratories

from only

£5.78

Linbin Tray DividersLinbin Tray Dividers - Make better use of space. Linbin trays give more storage for a given space. The 400mm deep trays have provision for 6 dividers giving up to 7 separate storage compartments and the 500mm trays can be divided into as many as 9 individual compartments.

• Designed to fit Linbin trays. Each pack is supplied with 40 labels.

Code Type Pack Quantity Each 5 10VTPART1 Fits VT0PK1/VT0PK4 20 £6.45 £6.10 £5.78VTPART2 Fits VT0PK2/VT0PK5 10 £4.96 £4.69 £4.45VTPART3 Fits VT0PK3/VT0PK6 10 £6.20 £5.87 £5.56

Linbin Tray End StopsWire end stops hold the tray at a convenient angle for order picking and prevent the tray moving beyond the shelf edge.

Code Type Pack Quantity EachVESW1 VT0PK1, VT0PK4, Fit Trays VT0PK 20 £14.99VESW2 Fit Trays VT0PK2, VT0PK3, VT0PK5, VT0PK6 10 £7.49

from only

£7.49

Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6

CAT_2014 03_St p78_9.indd 79 26/08/2014 10:21



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSGRATNELLS TRAYS


Gratnells TraysDesigned for every storage need, and offer practibility, reliability and durability.

• Trays available in four heights and four colours• Designed to cope with heavy use year after year• All trays have a five year guarantee

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Pack Quantity EachF1 Shallow Tray 75 312 427 6 £18.36F2 Deep Tray 150 312 427 3 £16.24F25 Extra Deep Tray 225 312 430 3 £18.36F3 Jumbo Tray 300 312 430 3 £21.89

Please specify tray colour when ordering Silver (SL), Blue (BL), Black (BK) or Kiwi Jelly (KJ)

PERFECT FOR ✓Workshop ✓Warehouse ✓Office ✓Education ✓NHS

from only

£99.99

Gratnells Trolley & Tray SetsAdjustable trolleys are the flexible answer for moving equipment around any environment. Simply slide any four heights of trays into the trolleys and you are ready to go safely and efficiently.

• Market leading steel framed trolley tray storage units• Practical, safe and durable storage• Square steel tube frame with slots at 25mm intervals for fully adjustable system

Please specify tray colour when ordering: Black (BK), Silver (SL) & Kiwi Jelly (KJ)


from only

£18.36

1025S2025R

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Columns Each1025S 6 Shallow Trays 850 370 420 1 £141.04

2025R 10 Shallow Trays (Under bench) 725 710 420 2 £222.49

CAT_2014 03_St p80_1.indd 80 26/08/2014 10:22




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSGRATNELLS TRAYS

Gratnells Under Bench & Tray SetsSteel frame sets hold different depths of strong sturdy trays ensuring safe handling of laboratory material and equipment. Using our standard runner and tray system a wide range of storage combinations can be created. These sets are under bench height.

• The best choice for organising prep rooms and workshops• Market leading steel bench tray storage units• Practical, safe and durable storage

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Columns Colour Each3325NTMKJ 18 shallow trays 725 1055 420 3 Kiwi Jelly £249.993325NTMBK 18 shallow trays 725 1055 420 3 Black £249.993325NTMSL 18 shallow trays 725 1055 420 3 Silver £249.99

Gratnells Frames & Tray SetsSteel frame sets hold different depths of strong sturdy trays ensuring safe handling of products and equipment. Using our standard runner and tray system a wide range of storage combinations can be created.

• Totally integrated system - ensures optimum storage at all times.• Practical, safe and durable storage.• Square steel tube frame with slots at 25mm intervals for fully adjustable system



from only

£249.99

Kiwi Jelly

Silver

from only

£353.99

2625F1SET 3625F1SET

The 2625G also comes with 4 single shelves and 4 shelf clips.The 3625A also comes with 6 single shelves and 6 shelf clips.

3325NTM

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Columns Each2625G 18 Shallow and 2 Deep Black Trays 1850 710 420 3 £353.99

2625F1SET 34 Shallow Black Trays 1850 710 420 3 £388.493625A 18 Shallow and 9 Deep Black Trays 1850 1055 420 3 £533.49

3625F1SET 51 Shallow Black Trays 1850 1055 420 3 £476.99

CAT_2014 03_St p80_1.indd 81 26/08/2014 10:22



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSWALL MOUNTED LOUVRE PANELS


from only

£14.49

Wall Mounted Louvre PanelsTake an empty wall, screw on a louvre panel and you�ve got a valuable and versatile storage unit. With fixing holes at 100mm pitch so they can be interlinked for a continuous run with no wasteful or unsightly gaps making the best use of your space.

• 2 colour options - blue or grey• Strong pressed steel construction • Epoxy powder coated for a smart, durable finish

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) LBU EachVLP1 450 500 16 £14.49VLP2 900 500 32 £20.99VLP3 1400 500 52 £25.99VLP4 1800 500 68 £41.49

from only

£20.82

Wall Mounted Panel Kit 1• H450 x W500mm Louvre Panel• Bin Combination: 16 x No. 2 Linbins

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Office ✓Workshop ✓Store Room

from only

£23.67

Wall Mounted Panel Kit 2• H450 x W500mm Louvre Panel

• Bin Combination: 16 x No. 3 Linbins

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm) Colour Each 5 10

VWPKCBLK 900 500 Black £51.24 £46.10 £41.12VWPKCGR 900 500 Grey £57.75 £51.96 £46.34VWPKCBL 900 500 Blue £61.60 £55.20 £49.07

VWPKCCOL 900 500 Red/Blue £61.60 £55.20 £49.07

Code Height (mm)


VWPKEBLK 1400 500 Black £88.11 £79.27 £70.70VWPKEGR 1400 500 Grey £101.99 £91.51 £81.62VWPKEBL 1400 500 Blue £108.49 £97.23 £86.43

Code Height (mm)


VWPKBBLK 450 500 Black £29.50 £26.54 £23.67VWPKBGR 450 500 Grey £33.05 £29.73 £26.52VWPKBBL 450 500 Blue £35.25 £31.59 £28.08

VWPKBCRD 450 500 Red £35.25 £31.59 £28.08

Code Height (mm)


VWPKABLK 450 500 Black £25.95 £23.34 £20.82VWPKAGR 450 500 Grey £28.31 £25.47 £22.72VWPKABL 450 500 Blue £30.20 £27.06 £24.06VWPKARD 450 500 Red £30.20 £27.06 £24.06

Save money on these ready-made kits. With three Louvre panel sizes and multiple Linbin combinations we’re sure you’ll find a Linbin Kit to suit your needs. Not what you’re looking for - create your own combination from our extensive Linbin and Louvre panel range.

Wall Mounted Panel Kits

CAT_2014 03_St p82_3.indd 82 26/08/2014 10:23




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSWALL MOUNTED LOUVRE PANELS


from only

£50.38

Wall Mounted Panel Kit 3• H900 x W500 mm Louvre Panel• Bin Combination: 9 x no. 4 & 16 x no. 2 Linbins


from only

£41.12


Code Height (mm)


VWPKCBLK 900 500 Black £51.24 £46.10 £41.12VWPKCGR 900 500 Grey £57.75 £51.96 £46.34VWPKCBL 900 500 Blue £61.60 £55.20 £49.07

VWPKCCOL 900 500 Red/Blue £61.60 £55.20 £49.07

Code Height (mm)


VWPKDBLK 900 500 Black £62.78 £56.48 £50.38VWPKDGR 900 500 Grey £71.66 £64.47 £57.50VWPKDBL 900 500 Blue £76.43 £68.50 £60.88

VWPKDCOL 900 500 Red/Blue £76.43 £68.50 £60.88


Code Height (mm)


VWPKEBLK 1400 500 Black £88.11 £79.27 £70.70VWPKEGR 1400 500 Grey £101.99 £91.51 £81.62VWPKEBL 1400 500 Blue £108.49 £97.23 £86.43


Code Height (mm)


VWPKFBLK 1400 500 Black £96.09 £86.45 £77.11VWPKFGR 1400 500 Grey £110.99 £99.76 £88.98VWPKFBL 1400 500 Blue £118.49 £105.99 £94.22

VWPKFCOL 1400 500 Red/Blue £118.49 £105.99 £94.22

from only

£70.70

Code Height (mm)


VWPKBBLK 450 500 Black £29.50 £26.54 £23.67VWPKBGR 450 500 Grey £33.05 £29.73 £26.52VWPKBBL 450 500 Blue £35.25 £31.59 £28.08

VWPKBCRD 450 500 Red £35.25 £31.59 £28.08

from only

£77.11

CAT_2014 03_St p82_3.indd 83 26/08/2014 10:23



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSLOUVRE TROLLEYS


Louvre Panel TrolleysMoving stock or just topping up - a trolley is the answer. Just think about the possibilities a trolley offers, it's a mobile store, you can take stock to the production line, you can use it to pick stock, make up orders or replenish stock or you can use it as a mobile workbench - complete with tools and spares.

Alternatively you can simply order one of our ready built popular trolley packs. Either way they'll be a time saving and efficient addition to any business.

• Heavy duty frame accepts up to 250kg• Strong, quiet, free-running rubber castors, 2 braked castors fitted to all trolleys as standard• This product does not include Linbins, add your own choice of Linbins (use LBU values)

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) LBU Each 3 5VTRP1000 Trolley only 1100 600 1100 136 £382.49 £350.99 £319.49VTRP1400 No Linbins, Trolley only 1600 600 1600 344 £456.49 £419.49 £381.49

from only

£319.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Factory ✓Shop Floor ✓Workshops ✓Production lines

Louvre Panel Trolley Kit 1• Heavy duty frame accepts up to 250kg• Strong, quiet, free-running rubber castors, 2 braked

castors fitted to all trolleys as standard• Quickly assembled

16 x no. 2, 16 x no. 3, 36 x no. 4 & 4 no. 8 Linbins


Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Length (mm) Colour Each 3 5

VTRPKABLK 1100 600 1100 Black £496.49 £455.99 £414.99VTRPKAGR 1100 600 1100 Grey £520.49 £477.99 £434.99VTRPKABL 1100 600 1100 Blue £520.49 £477.99 £434.99

VTRPKACOL 1100 600 1100 Red/Blue £520.49 £477.99 £434.99

from only

£366.99

Louvre Panel Trolley Kit 2• Heavy duty frame accepts up to 250kg• Strong, quiet, free-running rubber castors, 2 braked

castors fitted to all trolleys as standard• Quickly assembled

30 x no. 4 & 16 x no. 2 Linbins


Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VTRPKBBLK 1100 600 1100 Black £439.49 £403.49 £366.99VTRPKBGR 1100 600 1100 Grey £451.49 £414.49 £376.99VTRPKBBL 1100 600 1100 Blue £451.49 £414.49 £376.99

VTRPKBCOL 1100 600 1100 Red/Blue £451.49 £414.49 £376.99

CAT_2014 03_St p84_5.indd 84 26/08/2014 10:24




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSFREESTANDING LOUVRE PANELS

Freestanding Louvre PanelsFree-standing Louvre Panels are the perfect way to organise your Linbins, with single or double sided louvre panels you can put anywhere. When it comes to adding extra panels - there's no waste, we've thought of that too. You simply bolt on the additional 'Add Bay' panel.

• Assemble in minutes• Provide a rock-steady home for a full set of Linbins• Strongest freestanding louvre panels on the market - 277kg Load

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) LBU Each 3 5VSSR1410I Single-sided louvre panel - Initial unit 1400 1000 135 £208.49 £191.49 £174.49VSSR1810I Single-sided louvre panel - Initial unit 1800 1000 153 £222.49 £204.49 £185.99VSSR1410A Single-sided louvre panel - Add Bay Panel 1400 1000 135 £158.99 £145.99 £132.49VSSR1810A Single-sided louvre panel - Add Bay Panel 1800 1000 153 £172.99 £158.49 £144.49VDSR1410I Double-sided louvre panel - Initial unit 1400 1000 270 £270.99 £248.49 £225.99VDSR1810I Double-sided louvre panel - Initial unit 1800 1000 306 £291.99 £267.99 £243.99VDSR1410A Double-sided louvre panel - Add Bay Panel 1400 1000 270 £206.99 £189.99 £172.99VDSR1810A Double-sided louvre panel - Add Bay Panel 1800 1000 306 £227.99 £209.49 £190.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Factory ✓Shop Floor ✓Workshops ✓Production lines

from only

£208.49

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VTRPKBBLK 1100 600 1100 Black £439.49 £403.49 £366.99VTRPKBGR 1100 600 1100 Grey £451.49 £414.49 £376.99VTRPKBBL 1100 600 1100 Blue £451.49 £414.49 £376.99

VTRPKBCOL 1100 600 1100 Red/Blue £451.49 £414.49 £376.99

Freestanding Panel Kit 1Our best selling free-standing louvre panel kits are the perfect way to organise your Linbins.

• Strongest freestanding louvre panels on the market - 277kg Load• Provide a rock-steady home for a full set of Linbins

• Adjustable levelling feet for absolute stability

16 x no. 2, 10 x no. 5, 10 x no. 6 & 4 x no. 8 Linbins


from only

£251.49

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Each 3 5VSTRPKABLK 1800 1000 540 Black £300.99 £276.49 £251.49VSTRPKAGR 1800 1000 540 Grey £320.99 £294.99 £268.49VSTRPKABL 1800 1000 540 Blue £320.99 £294.99 £268.49

VSTRPKACOL 1800 1000 540 Red/Blue £320.99 £294.99 £268.49

from only

£174.49

CAT_2014 03_St p84_5.indd 85 26/08/2014 10:24



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSEURO CONTAINERS


from only

£6.79

Euro Container CoversSolid Drop On Lids for Euro Containers

Code Colour Additional Code Each61020 Red or Grey For 400x300 Container £6.7961060 Red or Grey For 600x400 Container £10.7861087 Grey For 800x600 Container £17.11

For items available in Grey (G) or Red (R) Please add suffix when ordering.

PERFECT FOR ✓Domestic

from only

£10.90

Euro Container Snap Shut LidsComplete with 2 x snap locks to clip lid onto container

Code Colour Type Each61045 Grey For 600x400 Container £10.9061086 Grey For 800x600 Container £20.97

PERFECT FOR ✓Automotive ✓Warehouse ✓Food Distribution ✓Retail

from only

£7.40

Solid Euro Stacking ContainerModular inter-stacking containers with vertical sides for maximum internal volume. All models inter-stack to form a compact storage unit.

• Designed specifically for stacking, popular distribution choice due to their tough construction and Euro pallet-compatibility• Manufactured from light-grey, food-grade polypropylene• Ideal for heavy parts and components in Kan-ban and tracks side situations

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Colour Each21005 118 200 300 5L Red or Grey £7.4021006 74 300 400 6L Grey £10.5821008 50 400 600 8L Grey £10.0421013 75 400 600 12L Grey £11.1321010 118 300 400 10L Red or Grey £10.5921027 175 300 400 15L Red or Grey £12.3321020 235 300 400 20L Red or Grey £12.402A021 120 400 600 21L Red or Grey £11.4420028 150 400 600 28L Grey £13.7021030 319 300 400 30L Grey £15.7121033 175 400 600 34L Red or Grey £16.412A045 235 400 600 45L Grey £16.832A049 235 400 600 45L Grey £16.7621054 280 400 600 54L Grey £21.9321060 319 400 600 60L Red or Grey £21.9320085 400 400 600 75L Grey £30.2621090 235 600 800 87L Grey £32.8121136 319 600 800 125L Grey £37.1321162 412 600 800 162L Grey £41.32

For items available in Grey (G) or Red (R) Please add suffix when ordering.

CAT_2014 03_St p86_7.indd 86 26/08/2014 10:25




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSEURO CONTAINERS

Ventilated Euro ContainersModular inter-stacking containers with vertical sides for maximum internal volume. Constructed from food safe and industrial grade polypropylene. Compatible with most other standard euro containers extremely durable and built to last.

• All models inter-stack to form a compact storage unit• Ideal for use in fridges & freezers• Ventilated models promote air flow, speed cooling & help maintain a consistent temperature

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Colour Each21009 118 300 400 10L Red £10.4021014 75 400 600 12L Grey £10.3621026 235 300 400 20L Grey £12.762A022 120 400 600 21L Grey £10.8020029 150 400 600 28L Grey £14.952A044 235 400 600 45L Grey £16.5529049 260 366 550 50L Brown-Red £19.9621055 280 400 600 52L Grey £21.6821064 319 400 600 60L Grey £21.9920086 400 400 600 75L Grey £27.0221091 235 600 800 87L Grey £32.2921164 412 600 800 162L Grey £40.74

PERFECT FOR ✓Automotive ✓Warehouse ✓Food Distribution ✓Shops ✓Domestic

from only

£19.23

Euro Containers with Integral LidEuro stacking containers with integral lids are constructed from food safe and industrial grade polypropylene. Compatible with most other standard euro containers these boxes are extremely durable and built to last.

• Robust integral lid• Solid bases and solid sides• Interstackable with handles on the two short sides

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Colour Each20C10 129 300 400 10L Grey £19.2321C27 105 300 400 15L Grey £20.3321C20 246 300 400 20L Grey £21.1620C28 161 400 600 28L Grey £28.0521C30 330 300 400 30L Grey £25.6221C33 164 400 600 33L Grey £31.8121C45 246 400 600 45L Grey £37.0621C54 291 400 600 54L Grey £38.8620C85 423 400 600 75L Grey £50.68

PERFECT FOR ✓Automotive ✓Warehouse ✓Food Distribution ✓Retail ✓Domestic

from only

£10.36

CAT_2014 03_St p86_7.indd 87 26/08/2014 10:25



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSATTACHED LID CONTAINERS


from only

£9.50

Attached Lid ContainersOur attached lidded containers, also known as Toteboxes, are heavy duty plastic storage crates with lids that are hinged. Our attached lidded containers are made to stack when full and nest when empty to save valuable storage space.

• Reusable, reduce carbon footprint and nest to save return transport costs• Protect contents from dirt & moisture• Boxes stack with lids closed and nest when lids are open

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Each10005 130 200 300 4L £9.5010010 200 200 300 6L £10.4910020 252 300 400 20L £15.0710025 320 300 400 25L £15.6910040 250 400 600 40L £18.8810A5B 320 400 600 54L £19.5410A6B 365 400 600 64L £20.6810A83 368 460 710 80L £23.4510A82 368 460 710 80L £23.45

PERFECT FOR ✓Office ✓Warehouse ✓Transportation ✓Retail ✓Garages

Ecotote Attached Lid ContainerRecycled Black Ecototes provide a secure distribution solution with a robust structure and integral hinged lids. These are a slightly cheaper alternative to our standard containers made from virgin material as these are manufactured from recycled plastic.

• Not suitable for food transportation• Strong and durable design that is built to last• Tamper evident seals secure content

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Each10A5BREGRIND 320 400 600 54L £14.1810A6BREGRIND 365 400 600 64L £15.0210A82 REGRIND 368 460 710 80L £19.9210A83 REGRIND 368 460 710 80L £20.15


from only

£14.18

CAT_2014 03_St p88_9.indd 88 26/08/2014 10:26




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSATTACHED LID CONTAINERS

from only

£13.16

Kaiman Attached Lid ContainersManufactured from heavy-duty, food-grade polypropylene for both content protection and regular, intensive use. Stack securely for efficient distribution and nestable to save return transport costs. Reusable reducing carbon footprint.

• Tamper evident seals secure content• 51% height saving when nested• Suitable for hygienic areas, clean rooms and

commercial catering environments

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) EachAT432204 222 300 400 18L £13.16AT432604 264 300 400 22L £15.10AT433104 306 300 400 25L £15.90AT642604 264 400 600 48L £18.62AT643104 306 400 600 54L £19.25AT643604 365 400 600 65L £20.14AT644004 400 400 600 70L £22.29AT337104 360 480 1125 135L £53.87AT336104 615 575 675 160L £54.82


from only

£18.88Attached Lid ContainersWith the same benefits as our standard two tone green totes. These unique coloured Attached Lid Containers offer the ability to clearly segregate stock improving picking efficiency.

• Reusable, reduce carbon footprint and nest to save return transport costs• Protect contents from dirt & moisture• Boxes stack with lids closed and nest when lids are open

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Capacity (L) Colour Each

10040GY 250 400 600 40L Grey/Yellow £18.8810040GB 250 400 600 40L Grey/Blue £18.8810040GR 250 400 600 40L Grey/Red £18.8810A5BGY 320 400 600 54L Grey/Yellow £19.5410A5BGB 320 400 600 54L Grey/Blue £19.5410A5BGR 320 400 600 54L Grey/Red £19.54


CAT_2014 03_St p88_9.indd 89 26/08/2014 10:26



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSSTACK & NEST CONTAINERS


Coloured Attached Lid ContainersStacking and nesting containers with integral two piece lid. Carry handles on both short dimensions. 60 litre capacity. Ideal for a host of handling and distribution needs. Durable economical alternative to disposable packaging.

• All plastic construction with 2 piece folding lid.• Nestable - up to 75% space saving on return journey costs • Sealable with secure tamper evident seals

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Office ✓Distribution

from only

£11.98

Solid Stack & Nest ContainersIdeal for use in demanding environments, 180 degree stack-nest containers are strong & tough. Bi-colour models clearly identify stacking & nesting positions to prevent accidently crushing contents by stacking in the wrong orientation

• 70% height saving when nested• Handles incorporated into design of box• Strong and durable design that is built to last

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Colour Each11018GG 117 400 600 18L Grey/Grey £11.9811032GR 177 400 600 32L Grey/Grey £19.2211032GG 177 400 600 32L Grey/Red £19.2211051GG 300 400 600 50L Grey/Grey £21.9411051GR 300 400 600 50L Grey/Red £21.9411065GG 400 400 600 70L Grey/Grey £26.05

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Colour Pack Quantity EachPBN604025L 250 600 400 45L Blue 5 £73.10PBN604036L4 340 600 400 60L White body, Blue Lid 5 £78.20PBN604036L3 340 600 400 60L Green 5 £78.20PBN604036L2 340 600 400 60L Orange 5 £78.20

PBN604036L 340 600 400 60L Black body, Orange Lid 5 £78.20

CAT_2014 03_St p90_1.indd 90 26/08/2014 10:27




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSSTACK & NEST CONTAINERS

from only

£11.93

Ventilated Stack & Nest ContainersThese ventilated containers are ideal for parts washing applications, are easier to clean and allow more accurate temperature control and minimized cooling times. Manufactured in a high density polyethylene, are resistant to the damaging effects of oil, most chemicals, solvents, water and steam for an extended service life.

• 70% height saving when nested• Approved for direct food contact.• Designed for for maximizing space utilization

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Colour Each11020 117 400 600 18L Grey £11.9311034 177 400 600 32L Grey/Grey £18.9011052 300 400 600 50L Grey/Grey £25.4711066 400 400 600 70L Grey £25.47

PERFECT FOR ✓Manufacturing ✓Food Processing ✓Distribution

from only

£8.28

Maxinest ContainersMarket leading produce tray for retail, grocery, logistics & point of sale display. Interstack with each other for safe distribution of products.

• Containers nest when not in use saving up to 76% of their original height for the return journey through the supply chain• Dual height containers provide 2 or 3 working heights which allows containers to be only part filled i.e. for delicate produce• Compatible with 600x400mm dollies.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Colour EachSN431802 108 300 400 15L Blue £8.28DH641002 106 400 600 10 -16L Blue £9.89DH6410602 167 400 600 21 - 26L Blue £10.58SN641902 199 400 600 35L Blue £10.87SN642202 225 400 600 38L Blue £16.55SN642602 267 400 600 46L Blue £15.07SN642402 253 400 600 46L Blue £12.92

PERFECT FOR ✓Food Handling ✓Distribution

CAT_2014 03_St p90_1.indd 91 26/08/2014 10:27



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSDOLLIES


from only

£89.57

Universal DollyCarries two stacks of 600x400mm containers from any range

• Easily transport your containers• 4 swivel Nylon braked castors 100mm diameter

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Weight (kg) EachDO795904 171 598 798 Grey 9.7 £89.57


Universal Dolly HandleHandle compatible with universal dolly, allowing transportation of your containers quickly and efficiently.

from only

£53.84

Standard DollyCarries 600x400 Euro Stacking, Attached Lid Containers, Maxinest & 180 Stack nest ranges

• Easily transport your containers• 4 Swivel Nylon castors 100mm diameter

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Weight (kg) EachDOJ90501 173 402 604 Red 4 £53.84


from only

£81.54

Confectionary DollySuitable for use with all RB series containers (available online) & 80 Litre Attached Lid Containers

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Colour EachRM35DY 180 395 Natural £81.54

PERFECT FOR ✓Food Handling

from only

£31.43

Code EachHO008604 £31.43

CAT_2014 03_St p92_3.indd 92 26/08/2014 10:28




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSUSEFUL PLASTIC CONTAINERS

from only

£85.40

Clear ContainersIdeal for a host of handling and distribution needs, all plastic construction with hand holes to all four sides.

• Solid sides and base• Durable economical alternative to disposable packaging • 30kg Capacity

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg)

Load (kg)

Pack Quantity Each 16

PSC604032C 320 600 400 3 30 5 £97.54 £85.40

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Office ✓Distribution ✓Domestic

from only

£33.20

Clear Gratnells Trays with LidsThese storage trays with lids are very popular and have many uses including in offices, garages and the home. Trays available in four heights in packs of 6 including lids. Clear lids and trays allows easy stock identification and all trays come with a 5 year guarantee.

• Storage trays with lids• Designed to cope with heavy use year after year• Trays can be staked with or without lids attached

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Pack Quantity EachF1KITCL Shallow Tray 75 312 427 Clear 6 £33.20F2KITCL Deep Tray 150 312 427 Clear 6 £47.43F25KITCL Extra Deep Tray 225 312 430 Clear 6 £51.68F3KITCL Jumbo Tray 300 312 430 Clear 6 £58.76

PERFECT FOR ✓Office ✓Workshop ✓Garage ✓Home

from only

£8.77

SmartCase® from GratnellsSmartCase® - Storage on the go! Safe, robust and easy to carry. Fits into the same runners as standard gratnell trays. Made from 100% recyclable polypropylene with a 5 year guarantee.

• Ideal for field work, datalogging and transporting fragile equipment• Ideal for high value equipment and tablet storage• Foam Inserts protect your equipment from shock

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour EachSC1SBK 80 312 423 Silver/Black £8.77SC1SS 80 312 423 Silver £8.77

SC1SCY 80 312 423 Silver/Cyan £8.77SC1BKCY 80 312 423 Black/Cyan £8.77SC1BKBK 80 312 423 Black £8.77


*Depth is 423mm from handle to end. Depth excluding handle is 373mm

CAT_2014 03_St p92_3.indd 93 26/08/2014 10:28



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSPLASTIC PALLETS


Universal PalletPlastic pallets are strong, durable & hygienic. Unlike timber pallets, there are no metal shards or splinters to damage contents or injure personnel. Standard euro pallet size ideal for euro stacking containers.

• Load capacities: Static - 1000kg, Mobile - 500kg• Double entry for safe, easy use with lifting equipment• Blocking pop ups to keep items contained within the deck

from only

£39.72

PERFECT FOR ✓Logistics ✓Distribution

from only

£56.70

Packpal Nesting PalletPackpal's light weight pallet is ideal for multiple trip logistics operations, making significant fuel savings over heavier pallets

• Load Capcities: Static load - 1500kg, Mobile - 650kg• Ventilated Deck for optimal air and temperature flow• Nestable - 17 Pallets nest per metre

from only

£161.99

Maestro PalletsMaestro pallets are strong, tough & extremely hygienic. Ideal for use in storage & handling of food, pharmaceuticals or other products where cleanliness & hygiene are paramount.

• Load capacities: Static - 5000kg, Mobile - 1500kg, Racked - 1200kg• Smooth surfaces on and under pallet dec/runners promote hygiene• Smooth deck with or without 7mm load retaining lip


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg) Each

3L300 Smooth 158 800 1200 19 £161.993M300 Smooth 165 1000 1200 23.5 £163.993M302 Retaining Lip 165 1000 1200 23.5 £164.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Food storage & Distribution ✓Pharmaceuticals

from only

£80.71

Plastic Pallet CollarTransforms a standard 1200x1000 plastic or wood pallet into a robust bulk container. Seven folded collars fit into one assembled unit, saving valuable transport space on return journey.

• Load 500kg (up to 4 collars high)• Folded dimensions: 352H x 1150W x 130D• Manufactured from polypropylene

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg) Each

CO101501 352 1025 1225 6.2 £80.71

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg) Type Each

3F003 147 1000 1200 7.3 9 feet £56.703F503 172 1000 1200 11.9 Perimeter Runners £107.49

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) EachPA262804 165 600 800 7 £39.72

CAT_2014 03_St p94_5.indd 94 26/08/2014 10:29




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSBOX PALLETS

from only

£166.49

Solid Geobox

PERFECT FOR ✓Food Processing ✓Pharmaceutical

from only

£244.99

Ventilated Geobox


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Capacity (L) Each

27601 Ventilated 750 1000 1200 543L £244.99

from only

£103.49

Industrial Box PalletsPlastic Box Pallets with solid sides and base. Ideal for a host of handling and distribution needs. Capacity 550 litres.

• High density polyethylene construction• Option of silent running rubber tyres 100mm diameter wheels• Durable economical alternative to disposable packaging


GeoboxGeobox bulk boxes are strong, durable & hygienic. Ideal for a host of applications where cleanliness & hygiene are important. Commonly chosen as alternative to steel stillages as they can be easily cleaned and won't rust.

• Containers can be stacked up to 10 high• Number 1 choice for food produce storage & handling• Available in solid or ventilated versions

27250

27600 2725027601


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Capacity (L) Each

27250 Solid 662 600 1000 250L £166.4927600* Solid 750 1000 1200 543L £247.9927602 Solid 750 1000 1200 543L £244.99

*27600 has 6 feet not 2 runners

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity Weight (kg) Load (kg) Each 10PB1425B 670 1040 640 285L 13.5 200 £123.49 £122.49

PB1425BR 805 1040 640 285L 21.5 200 £105.99 £103.49PB1425AR 935 1200 800 550L 30 380 £241.49 £242.49PB1425A 800 1200 800 550L 22 380 £194.99 £193.99

CAT_2014 03_St p94_5.indd 95 26/08/2014 10:29



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSBULK CONTAINERS


from only

£267.99

Collapsible Plastic Box PalletFully collapsible. Half drop gate on one long and one short dimension. Solid sides and base. Smooth internal and external walls for easy cleaning with a hinged half gate as standard able to folds flat in seconds.

• 185 units fully collapsed can fit on a standard trailer• 840L Capacity• 500kg Load

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg) Each 8

PB484039 975 1200 1000 58 £275.49 £267.99


from only

£255.99

Economy Folding Bulk ContainerIdeal for bulk distribution, large containers fold flat when empty saving valuable space on the return journey. Easy and quick to assemble and fold.

• 62% height saving when folded• Unit load 500kg x 5 high• Drop-doors allow easy access - even when stacked

from only

£255.99

Maxipac folding bulk containersLightweight, hygienic, foldable bulk containers for efficient storage, distribution, JIT trackside delivery or retail-ready point of sale display. Smooth surfaces and curved corners promote hygiene and are easy to clean.

• 68% height saving when folded• Drop-door access on all four sides• Available with or without wheeled castors

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) EachBD702692 1000 600 800 22 £255.99BD702792 1080 600 800 25.5 £306.99

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Weight (kg) Type Each

FL097520 975 1000 1200 63.9 Container £302.99LI09759D n/a 1010 1210 5 Lid £38.86

CAT_2014 03_St p96_7.indd 96 26/08/2014 10:30




STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINSHYPACAGES

Collapsible Steel HypacagesWire formed collapsible hypacage with half drop gate on long dimension. Bright Electro zinc plated finish. Ideal for handling large products. Made from robust wire construction with 65 x 120 mm mesh size. Durable economical alternative to disposable packaging.

• Collapsible - saving on return journey costs • Half Hinged Gate access on one long side• 600kg load each stacked maximum 4 high

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) Each 10

15.739 670 800 600 18 £59.20 £56.7215.HC2 1000 1200 800 46 £121.99 £112.49V15HC3 1000 1200 1000 51 £128.99 £117.99V15HC6 1000 1500 1000 63 £173.49 £159.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse

Non Stackable Steel Retention UnitsWire formed non stackable retention unit with half drop gate on one long dimension. Mesh size 150 x 1495 mm. Galvanised finish or bright electro zinc plated finish suitable for steam cleaning or pressure washing.

• Up to 500kg capacity• Hinged Half Gate access as standard • Convert a flat pallet into a container in seconds

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg) Each 12

16.150 1680 1200 1000 32 £124.99 £118.49

Stackable Steel Retention UnitsWire formed stackable retention unit with hinged half gate access as standard on one long dimension

• Up to 800kg capacity each stacked maximum 2 high • 20 unit stack on one pallet for return journey• Convert a flat pallet into a stackable container in seconds

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg) Each 15

V16106 1000 1200 800 30 £89.76 £87.24V116110PT 1000 1200 1000 32.5 £93.67 £90.24V116130PT 1200 1200 1000 37.5 £102.99 £97.71V116140PT 1450 1200 1000 48.5 £124.49 £116.49


from only

£56.72

from only

£118.49from only

£87.24


Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Weight (kg) Type Each

FL097520 975 1000 1200 63.9 Container £302.99LI09759D n/a 1010 1210 5 Lid £38.86

CAT_2014 03_St p96_7.indd 97 26/08/2014 10:30



ACCESS& HANDLING

ACCESS & HANDLING

Warehouse Steps are heavy duty with castors giving mobility suitable for the warehouse environment. They often have a hand rail and large treads to provide greater stability and safety when carrying goods.

See Page 128 for details

WAREHOUSE STEPS

The Do’s of Ladder use The Don’ts of Ladder use Tie it at the top Use a ladder that is damaged

Angle the ladder at 1:4 Make a platform out of ladders

Check for damage Rest the ladder on the rungs

Avoid working off a ladder Use a metal ladder where there is an electrical current

Use the appropriate industrial grade of ladder/steps Stand above the top three rungs on a ladder

Use correct footwear (non-slip soles) Exceed the maximum load capacity

Ensure a firm level base

Check for two serviceable non slip feet

EXTENSION LADDER

Extension ladders are excellent for working at greater heights. They are constructed of two or three connected sets of steps, which slide past one another to extend the total of the vertical height. A double extension will usually extend up to about 8 metres, whilst a triple ladder extension will extend to about 11 metres. When extending these ladders, ensure there is over-lap of at least 3 rungs between each pair of sections.


COMBINATION LADDER

KICK STEPS

STEP STOOLS

Combination ladders are pairs or triplets of ladders that combine the accessibility of both platform and extension ladders and also permit a stair ladder configuration for positioning on stepped ground. In addition, these sets usually fold down to about the same size as a large platform ladder, making them easy to store and a highly flexible option.


Telescopic ladders are a relatively recent invention from the USA which enables a lightweight but strong ladder that extends to well beyond 3 metres to be stored at a height of less than 1 metre, making them suitable for transport in the boot of a car or storage in small cupboards.


Kick Steps are very adaptable in the work or home space. They have the advantages of being lightweight but have a fixed weight load.


Step Stools are used in the office and home. They are foldable and take up little space


TELESCOPIC LADDER

PLATFORM STEP LADDER

Platform step ladders are the most common choice for domestic DIT purposes because they open up like a pair of scissors, they are stable and do not require a wall to lean against, but they are also compact to store and include the top level ‘platform’ on which tools and materials can be safely placed, leaving your hands free.

See Page 121-122 for details

Steps_ladders_divider.indd 2 26/08/2014 10:32



ACCESS& HANDLING

General Sack Trucks 100-101

Drum Movement 102

Aluminium Sack Trucks 103

Pallet Trucks 104-105

Electric Pallet Trucks 106

Scissor Lift Tables 107

Pallet stackers 108

Container Trucks 109

Tray & Container Trolleys 110-111

Step Trolleys 112

Workshop Trolleys 113

Platform Trucks 114-115

Turntable Trucks 116

Boxwells Mobile Storoage 117

Garment Hanging Trolley 117

Roll Cages 118-119

Step Ladders 120-122

Combination Ladders 123

Work platforms 124

Extension Ladders 125

Mobile Steps 126-127

Warehouse Steps 128-129

In this section

STEP STOOLS

Steps & Ladders

Industrial Steps

Trucks & Trolleys

Sack Trucks

Pallet Trucks & Stackers

SACK TRUCK

PALLET TRUCK

ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK

Materials HandlingThe correct handling equipment is vital for efficiency, productivity and safety in the warehouse, office and at home.

Consider the following;

What are you using it for?

Who will be operating it and will they need training?

What space do you require to safely operate the equipment?

What weight and dimensions do you need to transport?

Suitable for;• Rough terrain as wheels absorb the lumps and bumps • Transporting heavier loads easily with lightweight aluminium sack trucks• Suitable for home, warehouse & office


Suitable for;• Transporting loads up to 3000kg• Easily manoeuvring pallets around where the use of a fork lift truck is not possible• Positioning pallets to be filled or decanted• Often used in production process


Suitable for;• Transporting loads in a short amount of time• Pallet transfer applications without the use of high cost equipment• Moving large volume of pallets over large distance quickly and effectively


Steps_ladders_divider.indd 3 26/08/2014 10:32



ACCESS & HANDLINGSACK TRUCKS


PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓ Storeroom ✓ Shops

from only

£32.25

High Back P Handle Sack TruckParticularly popular in warehouses and with couriers. It is fitted with pneumatic wheels giving a smooth ride over uneven terrain.

• 250kg Capacity• Pneumatic Wheels• Painted red finish

Code Weight (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 5 10HT1806 9 220 x 350 £35.63 £33.90 £32.25

from only

£128.49

Conventional Sack TrucksStill in constant demand throughout industry, originally designed for use in markets but suitable for many other applications

• Strong traditional design with a choice of 'toe' lengths to suit your products • Smooth running wheels• Maximum Load 200kg

Code Load (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) EachVST26 200 355 x 305 £128.49VST27 200 355 x 450 £130.49

from only

£154.49

Rough Terrain Sack TrucksMade for rough ground and tough work

• Large diameter wheels cope with rough and uneven ground with ease• Pneumatic Wheels• Smooth running wheels

Code Load (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) EachVST101P 350 395 x 305 £154.49VST102P 350 395 x 450 £157.49

from only

£37.50

2 in 1 Solid Wheel Sack TruckVersatile sack truck, capable of being used as an upright truck as well as a platform truck. It takes seconds to switch between configurations.

• 150kg Capacity• Solid Wheels• Painted yellow finish

Code Load (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 5 10HT1009 150 220 x 350 £40.88 £39.15 £37.50



PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Couriers

CAT_2014 04_Ac p100_1.indd 100 26/08/2014 10:34




ACCESS & HANDLINGSACK TRUCKS

from only

£27.75

Budget Sack TruckSturdy sack truck perfect for all job types with solid smooth roll wheels

• 80kg Capacity• Solid wheels• Painted yellow finish


PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Office ✓Store Room

from only

£37.20

All Round Sack TruckSuper strong, dependable truck with a large load capacity, ideal for moving a variety of heavy items. Pneumatic wheels make light work of rough terrain.

• 300kg Capacity• Pneumatic Wheels• Painted yellow finish


from only

£56.05

Standard Sack TruckUniversal sack truck designed for general use. A good quality, all-round sack truck.

• Capacity 200kg • Height 1200mm • Handles fitted with knuckle guards

Code Load (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 3 5V415KI 200 355 x 240 £59.00 £57.23 £56.05

Universal Sack TruckA general purpose, medium duty sack truck with a strong toe plate.

• Capacity 150 & 200kg • Height 1070mm • Durable red stove enamelled paint finish

Code Load (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 3 5V403KI-150 150 360 x 200 £49.00 £47.53 £46.55V403KI-200 200 360 x 200 £56.00 £54.32 £53.20

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Storeroom ✓Shops

from only

£60.80

Delivery Drivers’ Sack TruckSack truck with a heavy duty design intended for professional use. Ideal for deliveries and everyday use. Favourite with delivery drivers.

• Capacity 200kg • Height 1210mm • Toe plate 340 x 170mm, extra strong frame


from only

£46.55

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Couriers



CAT_2014 04_Ac p100_1.indd 101 26/08/2014 10:34



ACCESS & HANDLINGDRUM MOVEMENT


Circular Drum DollyAllows for easy movement of 210 litre barrels around the shop floor or factory

• Capacity 300kg • 75mm nylon wheels with roller bearings • Flat steel braces fitted with four swivel castors

Code Weight (kg) Load (kg) Each 5 VDDY 9 300 £80.33 £73.85

Pallet Loading Drum TruckDesigned for loading steel or plastic 210 litre drums onto pallets or platforms.

• Sliding drum retention clamp • 250mm and 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings • Capacity 300kg

Code Type Weight (kg) Load (kg) EachVDT40 Drum Truck 29 300 £251.99VDT41P Plastic Drum Clamp 6 n/a £57.23

from only

£217.49

Drum TrucksFor 210 litre steel drums, 4 wheel design with rear swivel castors helps operator manoeuvre loaded truck.

• Built for heavy industrial use• Strong tubular construction • Solid or pneumatic tyres, rear castor designs for extra stability

from only

£54.27

Drum Tilt LeverFor 210 litre steel drums, for tilting and upending only

• Wide twin tubular handle and cross member with rim hook. • Blue Epoxy Finish • Weight 6kg

Code Width (mm) Length (mm) Weight (kg) Each 2 VL50 400 1300 6 £59.65 £54.27


from only

£73.85from only

£251.99


Code Type Weight (kg) Load (kg) EachVDT24 Solid Tyres 21 300 £217.49VDT27 Pneumatic Tyres 23 300 £255.99

CAT_2014 04_Ac p102_3.indd 102 26/08/2014 10:36




ACCESS & HANDLINGALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS

from only

£56.05

Lightweight Aluminium Folding Sack TruckDesigned for personal or light commercial use.

• Capacity 90kg • Height 1120mm • Telescopic handle


PERFECT FOR ✓Storeroom ✓Shops

from only

£38.85

Folding Aluminium Platform TrolleyThis aluminium platform truck is strong but lightweight, with an expandable deck making it suitable for larger items. The handle folds flat for ease of storage.

• 150kg Capacity• Telescopic handle• Lightweight and strong aluminium construction

from only

£94.05

Aluminium Sack Truck with SkidsLight yet strong aluminium alloy truck. Weighs 8kg, yet carries up to 180kg. Fitted with low friction skids for ease of movement up and down steps & kerbs.

• Capacity 180kg • Height 1080mm • Toe plate 300 x 205mm


from only

£151.49

Aluminium 2 in 1 Sack TruckThis model unfolds to enable the unit to be used as a platform trolley. Fitted with pneumatic wheels to provide a smooth ride over uneven surfaces.

• Capacity 200kg • Height 1310mm • Toe plate 450x190mm

Code Load (kg) Platform Size (mm) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 3 5V435KI 200 1050 x 310 450x190 £158.99 £154.49 £151.49

Code Weight (kg)

Platform Size (mm)

Platform Folded (mm) Each 5 10

PH156 8 710 x 420 560 x 420 £43.65 £41.70 £38.85

CAT_2014 04_Ac p102_3.indd 103 26/08/2014 10:36



ACCESS & HANDLINGPALLET TRUCKS


from only

£251.99

Mini Pallet Trucks• 3 Position control lever, 500kg capacity• Weight: 35kg; Lowered fork height: 60mm• Polyurethane steering wheels and single nylon load rollers

Code Fork Length (mm)

Width over Forks (mm)

Lift Height (mm) Each 3 5

VLLT500 800 380 60-170 £264.99 £257.49 £251.99

from only

£284.49

Budget Pallet Trucks• 3 Position control lever with 2500kg capacity• Tapered Forks • Nylon steering wheels and single nylon load rollers




VDF5501150 1150 550 85 - 200 £298.99 £290.49 £284.49

from only

£312.99

Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks• Available in six standard sizes • Easily load up to 2500kg • Nylon wheels, single rollers standard, all other wheel combinations available




VMA25-10-54 1000 540 85 - 200 £328.99 £319.49 £312.99VMA25-11-54 1150 540 85 - 200 £328.99 £319.49 £312.99VMA25-12-54 1220 540 85 - 200 £338.99 £328.99 £322.49VMA25-10-68 1000 680 85 - 200 £354.99 £344.49 £337.49VMA25-11-68 1150 680 85 - 200 £354.99 £344.49 £337.49VMA25-12-68 1220 680 85 - 200 £364.99 £354.49 £346.99


from only

£22.80

Pallet Truck Accessories

Code Type Each 3 5VTHB Travel and Parking Hand Brake £95.00 £92.15 £90.25VPFB Parking Foot Brake £65.00 £63.05 £61.75VNTN Nylon Tandem Load Rollers £24.00 £23.28 £22.80

VRSPU Rubber Steer Wheels & Single Polyurethane Load Rollers £34.00 £32.98 £32.30

VPUTPU Polyurethane Steer Wheels & Tandem Load Rollers £54.00 £52.38 £51.30


wheel combinations available

CAT_2014 04_Ac p104_5.indd 104 26/08/2014 10:36




ACCESS & HANDLINGPALLET TRUCKS

Pallet Truck Accessories

Code Type Each 3 5VTHB Travel and Parking Hand Brake £95.00 £92.15 £90.25VPFB Parking Foot Brake £65.00 £63.05 £61.75VNTN Nylon Tandem Load Rollers £24.00 £23.28 £22.80

VRSPU Rubber Steer Wheels & Single Polyurethane Load Rollers £34.00 £32.98 £32.30

VPUTPU Polyurethane Steer Wheels & Tandem Load Rollers £54.00 £52.38 £51.30

from only

£322.49

Printer's Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks• Loads up to 2500kg • Compact design - easy to negotiate in tight spaces • 3 position control lever




VMA25/09/45 900 450 75 - 190 £338.99 £328.99 £322.49VMA25/10/45 1000 450 75 - 190 £338.99 £328.99 £322.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Printers

from only

£489.49

Extra Long Pallet Trucks• Loads up to 2000kg • 3 position control lever • Comfortable rubberised plastic handle




VMA20/15/54 1500 540 85 - 200 £514.99 £499.99 £489.49VMA20/18/54 1800 540 85 - 200 £594.99 £577.49 £565.49VMA20/20/54 2000 540 85 - 200 £644.99 £625.99 £612.99VMA20/15/68 1500 680 85 - 200 £554.99 £538.49 £527.49VMA20/18/68 1800 680 85 - 200 £644.99 £625.99 £612.99VMA20/20/68 2000 680 85 - 200 £759.99 £737.49 £721.99


from only

£365.99

Adjustable Pallet Trucks• Available in three fork lengths and two width ranges • Width over forks is adjustable from 400 to 520mm (ideal for

the printing industry for example) or from 530 to 680mm (for general warehouse and transportation use).

• Revolutionary design, 2200kg capacity

from only

£1139.49

Weighing Pallet TrucksIdeal for instant checking of incoming or outgoing goods

• 2000kg capacity • 0.5kg increments • 0.1% accuracy




VMAWS-EUR 1150 560 205 £1198.99 £1163.49 £1139.49VMAWS-GKN 1150 690 205 £1198.99 £1163.49 £1139.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Storeroom

Narrow width




VPTA22MS 910 400-520 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99VPTA22M 1060 400-520 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99VPTA22ML 1160 400-520 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99VPTA22LS 910 530-680 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99VPTA22LM 1060 530-680 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99VPTA22L 1160 530-680 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99

CAT_2014 04_Ac p104_5.indd 105 26/08/2014 10:36



ACCESS & HANDLINGELECTRIC PALLET TRUCKS


from only

£1562.99Semi-Electric Pallet Trucks

Compact pallet truck with electric drive for easy and economic pallet handling

• Economical upgrade from a hand pallet truck • Manual Lift / Electric Drive • Reduces risk of injuries caused by pulling heavy loads

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room

Medium Duty Electric Pallet TruckLight weight, small yet robust electric pallet truck designed for horizontal movement of pallets. Ideal for retail, small stores and warehouses, onboard delivery vehicles, factories and more.

• Loads up to 1500kg• Electric lift and drive • Light enough to be used on mezzanine floors and vehicle tail lifts


Heavy Duty Electric Pallet TruckRobust quality pallet truck for every day busy use and frequent pallet handling.

• Loads up to 2000kg • Electric lift and drive • Battery for 7-8 hours operation

Code Load (kg)

Fork Length (mm)



VLEPT20/11/54 2000 1150 540 85-205 £4649.99 £4510.49 £4417.49VLEPT20/10/68 2000 1000 680 85-205 £4649.99 £4510.49 £4417.49


Code Load (kg) Fork Length (mm)



VLEMP10/10/54 1000 1000 545 85-200 £1644.99 £1595.99 £1562.99VLEMP10/11/54 1000 1150 545 85-200 £1644.99 £1595.99 £1562.99VLEMP15/11/54 1500 1150 540 85-205 £1894.99 £1838.49 £1800.49

from only

£2612.49

Code Load (kg)

Fork Length (mm)



VLEPT15/11/54 1500 1150 540 85-195 £2749.99 £2667.49 £2612.49VLEPT15/11/68 1500 1150 680 85-195 £2749.99 £2667.49 £2612.49VLEPT15/10/54 1500 1000 540 85-195 £2749.99 £2667.49 £2612.49VLEPT15/10/68 1500 1000 680 85-195 £2749.99 £2667.49 £2612.49

from only

£4417.49

CAT_2014 04_Ac p106_7.indd 106 26/08/2014 10:37




ACCESS & HANDLINGSCISSOR LIFT TABLES

High Lift Pallet TruckThe high lift pallet truck is designed to eliminate repetitive back strain when loading or offloading pallets by hand. The high lift pallet truck has a scissor action to lift pallets to a working height of 800mm. Our high lift pallet trucks conform to the latest applicable health and safety regulations.

• Helps prevent back strain and injury • Automatically brakes when forks raised over approx 400mm

Code Type Load (kg)

Fork Length (mm)



VMHL540M Manual 1000 1160 540 800 £538.99 £522.99 £512.49VMHL680M Manual 1000 1160 680 800 £548.99 £532.99 £521.99

VHBL15560M Manual 1500 1170 560 800 £598.99 £581.49 £569.49VHBL15680M Manual 1500 1170 680 800 £628.99 £610.49 £597.99VMHL540E Electric 1000 1160 540 800 £1398.99 £1357.49 £1329.49VMHL680E Electric 1000 1160 680 800 £1428.99 £1386.49 £1357.99

VHBL15560E Electric 1500 1170 560 800 £1594.99 £1547.49 £1515.49VHBL15680E Electric 1500 1170 680 800 £1644.99 £1595.99 £1562.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Storeroom ✓Shops ✓Workshop

Scissor Lift TablesWith greater focus on health and safety in today's workplace, manual lifting tables provide a convenient and practical solution to today's manual handling needs of many industries.

• Mobile scissor lift tables are CE marked and conform to EN1570 (Safety requirements for lifting tables)

• Manual hydraulic lift operated by foot pump with relief valve preventing overload

• Two fixed and two swivel polyurethane tyred castors with brakes

Code Type Weight (kg) Load (kg) Platform Size (mm) Lift Height (mm) Each 3 5VTXL200 Single Scissor 70 200 500 x 1000 340-1000 £324.99 £315.49 £308.99VTXL300 Single Scissor 75 300 500 x 815 280-900 £344.99 £334.99 £327.99VTXL500 Single Scissor 79 500 500 x 815 280-900 £394.99 £383.49 £375.49VTXL800 Heavy Duty 115 800 510 x 1000 420-1000 £494.99 £480.49 £470.49VTXL1000 Heavy Duty 118 1000 515 x 1015 380-1000 £564.99 £548.49 £536.99VTXL1500 Heavy Duty 142 1500 610 x 1220 420-1010 £644.99 £625.99 £612.99VTXL350D Double Scissor 103 350 500 x 910 350-1300 £444.99 £431.99 £422.99VTXL680D Double Scissor 170 680 610 x 1220 475-1500 £594.99 £577.49 £565.49VTXL800D Double Scissor 181 800 610 x 1220 485-1500 £664.99 £645.49 £631.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Workshops

from only

£308.99

from only

£512.49

CAT_2014 04_Ac p106_7.indd 107 26/08/2014 10:37



ACCESS & HANDLINGPALLET STACKERS


from only

£897.99

Standard Stackers• Robust Construction• 500, 1000 or 1500kg loads• 1200-3000mm lift height

Pallet StackersRobust, yet lightweight stackers for use with Euro pallets. Ergonomic design with tiller handles at waist height and pushing handles at shoulder height to provide extreme maneuverability. Free turning steering swivel castors make these machines easy to use in the tightest spaces. All stackers are fitted with safety valves to prevent overloading.

from only

£1135.49

Straddle Stackers• Straddle legs provide excellent balance• 1000kg capacity, 1600 or 2500mm lift height• Adjustable forks fitted as standard


from only

£1895.49

Electric Lift Stacker• Special capacities up to 1800kg • Chain linked steering • Steer wheel fitted with brake, electric models

complete with built-in charger

Code Type Load (kg) Lift Height (mm) Each 3 5

VKIE1000-1600 Standard 1000 1600 £1994.99 £1935.49 £1895.49VKIE1000-2500 Standard 1000 2500 £2194.99 £2129.49 £2085.49VKIE1000-3000 Standard 1000 3000 £2294.99 £2226.49 £2180.49VVE1000-3500 Heavy Duty 1000 3500 £3594.99 £3487.49 £3415.49VVE1000-3700 Heavy Duty 1000 3700 £3779.99 £3666.99 £3590.99

from only

£5695.49

Economy Powered Pallet StackersA range of medium to heavy duty pedestrian pallet stackers with single and double masts.

• Compact design for operation in tight areas • Ideal for handling Euro pallets • Built-in battery charger

Code Load (kg) Width over Forks (mm)


VLPS12.25 1200 540 2500 £5994.99 £5815.49 £5695.49VLPS12.30 1200 540 3000 £6124.99 £5941.49 £5818.99VF12APE3.5 1200 540 3500 £7594.99 £7367.49 £7215.49VLPS16.45 1600 540 4500 £8994.99 £8725.49 £8545.49

Code Load (kg)


VKI-500-1600A 500 1600 £944.99 £916.99 £897.99VKI1000-1200 1000 1200 £944.99 £916.99 897.99VKI1000-1600 1000 1600 £994.99 £965.49 £945.49VKI1000-2500 1000 2500 £1249.99 £1212.49 £1187.49VKI1000-3000 1000 3000 £1294.99 £1256.49 £1230.49VKI1500-1600 1500 1600 £1444.99 £1401.99 £1372.99

Code Load (kg)



VKI1000-1600SA 1000 240-940

(adjustable) 1600 £1194.99 £1159.49 £1135.49

VKI1000- 2500SA 1000 240-700 2500 £1494.99 £1450.49 £1421.49

CAT_2014 04_Ac p108_9.indd 108 26/08/2014 10:38




ACCESS & HANDLINGCONTAINER TRUCKS

from only

£52.10

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Length (mm)

Capacity (L) Each 5 10

VRB0003 510 460 460 72 £55.91 £53.71 £52.10VRB0120 760 460 460 118 £65.70 £63.11 £61.22VRB0121 690 530 630 135 £74.09 £71.17 £69.03VRB0227 750 480 825 200 £82.47 £79.22 £76.85VRB0317 735 685 1010 320 £118.82 £114.13 £110.71VRB0412 755 730 1345 455 £156.56 £150.39 £145.88

These best-selling tapered trucks are ideal for storage and transportation in factories and retail outlets. Available from stock in Blue, Black and Red.

• Manufactured from 100% medium density food grade polyethylene. The black recycled trucks are not suitable for food grade. • Fully nestable making transportation easier and more cost effective. • Lids available for all trucks.

from only

£48.19

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Length (mm)


VRB0003KRC 510 460 460 72 £51.72 £49.68 £48.19VRB0120KRC 760 460 460 118 £60.11 £57.74 £56.01VRB0121KRC 690 530 630 135 £65.70 £63.11 £61.22VRB0227KRC 750 480 825 200 £72.69 £69.82 £67.73VRB0317KRC 735 685 1010 320 £102.49 £98.49 £95.49VRB0412KRC 755 730 1345 455 £136.99 £131.99 £127.99

from only

£59.22

Suitable for bars and hotels, these trucks are ideal for confined spaces and storage of empty bottles and general waste. Manufactured from tough, 100% food grade medium density polyethylene. Available from stock in blue or black. The black recycled trucks are not suitable for food grade.

• Choice of 5 sizes - all available at the same economical price • Stackable and nestable • Completely smooth interiors for easy cleaning, moulded in bolts make these skips 100% watertight

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Length (mm)


VRB0111 650 460 660 135 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22VRB0113 615 455 750 150 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22VRB0115 820 455 620 165 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22VRB0118 970 380 620 165 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22VRB0119 670 615 620 185 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22

from only

£50.01

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Length (mm)


VRB0111KRC 650 460 660 135 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01VRB0113KRC 615 455 750 150 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01VRB0115KRC 820 455 620 165 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01VRB0118KRC 970 380 620 165 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01VRB0119KRC 670 615 620 185 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01

Tapered Trucks

Tapered Trucks Recycled Tapered Trucks

Bottle Skips

Standard Bottle Skips Recycled Bottle Skips

CAT_2014 04_Ac p108_9.indd 109 26/08/2014 10:38



ACCESS & HANDLINGTRAY RACKS


from only

£188.99

Mobile Tray RacksA range of top quality trolleys. These handling trolleys are manufactured from high quality steel tube and fitted with free running castors. Supplied empty - no trays.

• Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports• Metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through when loading• 4 x swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings.

Code Type To Suit Tray Height (mm)

Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg)

Load (kg) Each

VGTR4L 4 tray trolley 235 625 1395 500 37 200 £188.99VGTR60 6 tray trolley low 118 1135 625 500 33 200 £215.49VGTR6L 6 tray trolley tall 235 1945 625 500 49 200 £223.99VGTR80 8 tray trolley 118 1415 625 500 41 200 £243.49VGTR25 10 tray trolley low (2x5) 118 955 625 930 50 200 £278.49VGTR100 10 tray trolley tall 118 1720 625 930 48 200 £272.49

Gratnells Trolley & Tray KitsOur adjustable trolleys are the flexible answer for moving equipment around any environment. Simply slide any four heights of trays into the trolleys and you are ready to go safely and efficiently.

• Market leading steel framed trolley tray storage units• Practical, safe and durable storage• Square steel tube frame with slots at 25mm intervals for fully adjustable system

Please specify tray colour when ordering: Black (BK), Silver (SL) & Kiwi Jelly (KJ)Both trolleys are under bench height.


Containers not included see page 86-87 for Euro containers suitable for these trolleys

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Columns Each1025S2 5 Shallow Trays 725 370 420 1 £141.492025R 10 Shallow Trays 725 710 420 2 £222.49

2025RBK

CAT_2014 04_Ac p110_1.indd 110 26/08/2014 10:39




ACCESS & HANDLINGTRAY RACKS

from only

£257.99

Stock TrolleyIdeal for moving small parts around the shop floor, workshop or warehouse. Welded tubular and angle frame construction. Capacity 150kgs UDL

• 1 fixed and 2 swivel shelves designed for 3 x 600x400mm euro box trays• Swivel shelves can be tilted between 15 - 30 degrees each direction• Supplied empty - no trays

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg) Load (kg) Each 3

VCT06 1200 915 470 30 150 £260.49 £257.99

Containers not included see page 86-87 for Euro containers suitable for these trolleys

from only

£364.99

Small Parts Storage Tray RacksOur Small Parts Tray Racks are ideal for quick and simple stock movement. Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports. The metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through when loading. Comes complete with 4 x swivel castors with 100 mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings.

• Complete with specified euro container box trays 400L x 300W x 120Hmm

• Finished in blue epoxy powder coating• 200kg Load


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg)

Load (kg) Each 2

VCT216 12 x euro containers 1115 730 440 29 200 £371.49 £364.99VCT226 24 x euro containers 1115 1420 440 49 200 £579.49 £562.49


from only

£286.99

Adjustable Tray RacksFully adjustable tray levels with 60 possible runner positions make this tray rack extremely versatile. Constructed of welded square section steel tube base, formed sheet steel uprights and zinc plated tray supports. Supplied complete with 10 x pairs of tray runners.

• 4 x swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings• Available empty or as kits complete with Euro Containers• Designed for 600x400mm euro containers - load 200kgs UDL


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg) Each 2

VCT270 Empty - No trays 1725 500 650 25 £295.49 £286.99VCT271 10 trays (120 High) 1725 500 650 25 £404.99 £398.49

VCT272 8 Trays - 3 x 120, 4 x175 & 1 x 235 high 1725 500 650 25 £393.49 £386.49



CAT_2014 04_Ac p110_1.indd 111 26/08/2014 10:39



ACCESS & HANDLINGSTEP TROLLEYS


from only

£286.49

3 Step Picking Trolleys• 125kg Capacity• 1150H x 495W x 1325Lmm• Top tread height 686mm

Code Type Weight (kg) Load (kg) EachVSS58T Plywood Shelves 40 125 £286.49VSS57B Removable Baskets 35 125 £328.99VSS58W Reversible Steel Trays 37 125 £339.99

Picking TrolleysIdeal for stock picking and putting away in stores, warehouses, offices and libraries. Spring loaded step unit with ribbed treads, locates firmly on the floor when foot placed on first step. Multiple Tray Options available: Baskets, Plywood & Removable Steel Shelves.

from only

£483.49

5 Step Picking Trolleys• 175kg Capacity• 2075H x 620W x 1730Lmm• Top tread height 1145mm

Code Type Weight (kg) Load (kg) EachVSS59T Fixed Plywood 60 175 £483.49VSS59M Fixed Steel Shelves 60 175 £490.99VSS59B Removable Baskets 65 175 £589.49VSS59W Removable Steel Trays 70 175 £562.99

from only

£286.99

Adjustable Shelf TrolleysThese versatile shelf trolleys have steel frames and all steel shelves, in grey RAL7035. They are supplied flat packed and are quick to assemble using just an Allen key. Then you can easily add extra shelves and adjust their heights whenever you like. Request optional mesh panels to avoid spillage.

• Two or four shelf versions. Choice of sizes and configurations • Load capacity: 50kg per shelf • 125mm swivel castors, two with brakes

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves EachVTRTA4082 1020 890 530 2 £286.99VTRTA4102 1020 1090 530 2 £298.99VTRTA5082 1020 890 630 2 £304.99VTRTA5102 1020 1090 630 2 £314.49VTRTA4104 1515 1090 530 4 £479.49VTRTA5104 1515 1090 630 4 £508.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Workshops ✓Commercial ✓Education

from only

£74.67

Extra Shelves

Code Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each

VTRHA408 800 430 £74.67VTRHA508 800 530 £82.53VTRHA410 1000 430 £81.54VTRHA510 1000 530 £89.40

CAT_2014 04_Ac p112_3.indd 112 26/08/2014 10:40




ACCESS & HANDLINGWORKSHOP TROLLEYS

from only

£189.99

Workshop TrolleysFully welded tube and angle construction with two fixed and two swivel castors as standard. Each castor has solid rubber 125mm tyres.

• Cupboard supplied with 2 keys• Fixed plywood shelves with 20mm up stand • 150kg load capacity


Width (mm)

Length (mm) Shelves Each 3

VTT160 2 Tier trolley 1045 620 1160 2 £195.49 £189.99VTT161 3 Tier trolley 1045 620 1160 3 £240.99 £232.49VTT162 Cupboard trolley 1045 620 1160 3 £312.99 £297.49

Workshop Trolley AccessoriesA range of accessories for our highly popular workshop trolleys.

Code Type EachVB008 Pneumatic Tyre Wheels £90.60VB031 All Swivel Castors £6.65VB032 Brakes to Swivel Castors £8.79

Industrial Shelf TrolleysTough, high capacity industrial design. Suited to industrial use in stores, workshops and factories. Supplied in a fully welded construction using an angle section main frame in two alternative sizes. Two finish options are also available: a single or two shelf version finished in polyurethane coated plywood or steel.

• Two fixed and two swivel castors • Fully welded angle construction • 500kg load capacity

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Shelves Each 2 VAT23T Plywood 895 700 1000 1 £210.99 £206.49VAT21T Plywood 895 700 1000 2 £243.99 £237.49VAT23M Steel 895 700 1000 1 £207.99 £204.49VAT21M Steel 895 700 1000 2 £244.99 £237.99VAT24T Plywood 895 800 1200 1 £241.49 £233.99VAT22T Plywood 895 800 1200 2 £271.99 £257.49VAT24M Steel 895 800 1200 1 £240.99 £236.99VAT22M Steel 895 800 1200 2 £276.99 £263.99

from only

£204.49

Industrial Shelf Trolley Accessories

Any truck can be supplied with a bumper strip and every heavy duty industrial trolley can be supplied with two braked castors as an option if required.

Code Type EachVBS1 Bumper Strip £32.71

VTSP200 Braked Castors £12.23


CAT_2014 04_Ac p112_3.indd 113 26/08/2014 10:40



ACCESS & HANDLINGPLATFORM TRUCKS


from only

£159.49

Timber Firm Loading Trucks


PlatformWidth (mm)

Platform Length (mm)

Each

VTC601P Single Ended Truck 985 600 1000 £159.49VTC701P Single Ended Truck 985 700 1000 £166.49VTC801P Single Ended Truck 985 800 1200 £176.49VTC602P Double Ended Truck 985 600 1000 £197.99VTC702P Double Ended Truck 985 700 1000 £205.99VTC802P Double Ended Truck 985 800 1200 £219.49VTC603P Three Sided Truck 985 600 1000 £215.99VTC703P Three Sided Truck 985 700 1000 £224.49VTC803P Three Sided Truck 985 800 1200 £238.49VTC604P Four Sided Truck 985 600 1000 £236.49VTC704P Four Sided Truck 985 700 1000 £244.99

Timber Firm Loading TrucksOur firm loading trucks have substantial timber decks with all trucks able to hold a 500kg UDL load. Trucks are available with timber or mesh sides and can be single ended, double ended, three sided or 4 sided.

• Substantial Timber Deck • Zinc Plated mesh infill end and side panels • All side and end panels removable


from only

£160.49

Mesh Firm Loading Trucks


Platform Width (mm)

PlatformLength(mm)

Each

VTC601M Single Ended Truck 985 600 1000 £170.99VTC701M Single Ended Truck 985 700 1000 £173.99VTC801M Single Ended Truck 985 800 1200 £186.99VTC602M Double Ended Truck 985 600 1000 £217.99VTC702M Double Ended Truck 985 700 1000 £226.49VTC802M Double Ended Truck 985 800 1200 £238.99VTC603M Three Sided Truck 985 600 1000 £245.99VTC703M Three Sided Truck 985 700 1000 £254.49VTC803M Three Sided Truck 985 800 1200 £269.99VTC604M Four Sided Truck 985 600 1000 £270.99VTC704M Four Sided Truck 985 700 1000 £279.49

Zinc Plated Platform TrucksDurable steel construction with tough zinc coating. Zinc plated steel load floor with zinc plated steel mesh panels.

• 700kg UDL Load• All trucks 985mm high• 1, 2, 3 or 4 sided versions available - versions 3 & 4 sides are removable


Width (mm)

Length (mm) Each

VZPT7001 Single Sided 985 700 1000 £222.99VZPT8001 Single Sided 985 800 1200 £243.49VZPT7002 Double Sided 985 700 1000 £264.99VZPT8002 Double Sided 985 800 1200 £289.99VZPT7003 Three Sided 985 700 1000 £298.99VZPT8003 Three Sided 985 800 1200 £326.49VZPT7004 Four Sided 985 700 1000 £332.49VZPT8004 Four Sided 985 800 1200 £359.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Shops ✓Office Environments

Single ended truck

Four sided truck

Three sided truck

CAT_2014 04_Ac p114_5.indd 114 26/08/2014 10:41




ACCESS & HANDLINGPLATFORM TRUCKS

from only

£60.08

Folding Platform TrolleysSteel trolleys with folding handles, non slip PVC load surfaces and bumper strips along the edges. Trolleys are fitted with non-marking white rubber wheels.

• Capacity: 150kg or 250kg • Handle folds down flat over platform for easy storage• Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors

Code Load (kg)

Platform Size (mm) Each 3 5

V501-KI-150 150 635 x 490 £64.00 £62.08 £60.08V502-KI-250 250 790 x 620 £89.00 £86.33 £84.55

from only

£132.49

Large Platform TrolleyA large high capacity trolley with a fixed handle for added strength. The trolley can also be supplied with an additional handle for load support or to push/pull without having to turn. The steel base has a non slip surface and an all round protection buffer.

• Capacity: 300kg • Fixed handles for added strength• Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors

Code Type Platform Size (mm) Each 3 5

V505-KI-LUX-1 Single Handle 1020 x 760 £138.99 £134.99 £132.49V505-KI-LUX-2 Double Handle 875 x 760 £148.99 £144.99 £141.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Shops ✓Office Environments

from only

£151.49

Heavy Duty Platform TrolleyVery popular narrow & long platform trolley for general stock room or warehouse use. The long platform provides plenty of load area, while the narrow width ensures the trolley fits through a standard doorway.

• Capacity: 300kg • Overall Size H935 x W600 x L1230 mm• Tough plywood platform

Code Load (kg)

Platform Size (mm) Each 3 5

V541C 300 600 x 1200 £158.99 £154.49 £151.49

from only

£213.99

Heavy Duty Nesting Cash & Carry TrolleyHeavy Duty nestable platform trolleys. Ideal for use in a cash & carry, warehouses, shops and general storage use.

• Capacity: 500kg • Overall Size H1070 x W700 x L1435 mm• Welded basket as standard with nesting design for easy storage

Code Platform Size (mm) Each 3 5

V540C 1180 x 590 £224.99 £218.49 £213.99

from only

£208.49

Narrow Cash & Carry TrolleyThis trolley has a balance wheel construction. This trolley is ideal for use in shops with narrow aisles, stocking shelves in cash & carry outlets or for general warehouse or stock room use.

• Capacity: 350kg • Overall Size H1067 x W381 x L1724 mm• Ideal for use in shops with narrow aisles

Code Platform Size (mm) Each 3 5

V590C-350 380 x 1525 £218.99 £212.49 £208.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Store Room ✓Shops

CAT_2014 04_Ac p114_5.indd 115 26/08/2014 10:41



ACCESS & HANDLINGTURNTABLE TRUCKS


Plywood Deck Turntable Trucks

Code Type Load (kg)

Platform Size (mm) Each 2

VTR122 Rubber Wheels 500 1200x600 £257.49 £251.99VTR126 Rubber Wheels 750 1500x750 £392.49 £365.99VTR132 Rubber Wheels 1000 2000x1000 £498.49 £466.99

VTR122P Pneumatic Tyres 500 1200x600 £272.99 £266.99VTR126P Pneumatic Tyres 750 1500x750 £392.49 £365.99VTR132P Pneumatic Tyres 1000 2000x1000 £498.49 £466.99

Fully welded construction from rectangular and round section steel tube. Metalwork finished in red epoxy, optional sides finished in a light grey epoxy.

• 3 Deck Sizes• Extremely tight turning circle • Solid Rubber or Pneumatic tyred wheels


Steel Deck Turntable Trucks

Code Type Load (kg)

Platform Size (mm) Each 2

VTR222 Rubber Wheels 500 1200x600 £261.99 £255.99VTR226 Rubber Wheels 750 1500x750 £411.49 £385.49VTR232 Rubber Wheels 1000 2000x1000 £530.49 £499.49

VTR222P Pneumatic Tyres 500 1200x600 £273.99 £268.49VTR226P Pneumatic Tyres 750 1500x750 £411.49 £385.49VTR232P Pneumatic Tyres 1000 2000x1000 £530.49 £499.49

from only

£78.40

Turntable Truck Steel PanelsThese steel panels can be retro fitted. Corner posts fit into steel tubes and lock with simple bolt tightening. Formed steel side and end panels slot onto steel channels, reduces usable length and width by 50mm.

• Kit includes 2 end and 2 side panels• For use with steel or plywood turntable trucks

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) EachVRP126 200 600 1200 £78.40VRP157 200 750 1500 £91.10VRP201 200 1000 2000 £103.99

from only

£191.49

Turntable Truck Mesh PanelsThese mesh panels can be retro fitted, corner posts fit into steel tubes and lock with simple bolt tightening. Hook on side panels mount to fixed end panels, colour: Blue & yellow.

• Kit includes 2 fixed end and 2 removable side panels• For use with steel or plywood turntable trucks

Turntable Truck Braking SystemA clever and simple to operate brake system, effective when the handle is in the upright position, finishes off the range of accessories but unlike the other options these are factory fitted and need to be specified at the time of ordering.

Code Type EachVPB1 Parking Brake £53.49

from only

£251.99

from only

£53.49

1. Choose your turntable truck

2. Choose your retro fitted panels

3. Choose your accessories

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) EachVMP126 760 600 1200 £191.49VMP157 760 750 1500 £199.99VMP201 760 1000 2000 £209.99

CAT_2014 04_Ac p116_7.indd 116 26/08/2014 10:42




ACCESS & HANDLINGMOBILE STORAGE

Boxwell Mobile StorageMobile shelving and transportation system for warehouses, workshop storage and work in transit. 2 adjustable plywood or steel shelves - 100kg UDL load capacity per shelf. 500kg maximum load capacity.

• Available with or without fitted doors. • Fitted with 2 fixed and 2 swivel heavy duty castors. • Available in Green, Light Grey, Dark Blue, Yellow, Light Blue and Red.


Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each

XW139060MB Steel shelves 1355 900 600 £377.35XW139060PB Plywood shelves 1355 900 600 £398.20XW169060PB Plywood shelves 1655 900 600 £419.04XW169060MB Steel shelves 1655 900 600 £399.24XW199060PB Plywood shelves 1955 900 600 £485.49XW199060MB Steel shelves 1955 900 600 £463.29XD199060PB Plywood shelves - with doors 1955 900 600 £549.49XD169060MB Steel shelves - with doors 1655 900 600 £502.43XD169060PB Plywood shelves - with doors 1655 900 600 £522.24XD139060MB Steel shelves - with doors 1355 900 600 £476.38XD139060PB Plywood shelves - with doors 1355 900 600 £496.18XD199060MB Steel shelves - with doors 1955 900 600 £528.49

Available in Green (G), Light Grey (L), Dark Blue (B), Yellow (Y), Light Blue (U) & Red (R). Please use suffix when ordering.

Extra shelves available, please call or visit our website.

from only

£66.08

Garment Racking TrolleyIdeal for distribution of hanging garments with adjustable centre rail with three positions. They are fully nestable to improve return load efficiency

• Reinforced robust nestable design with adjustable mid rail• 4 swivel 125mm castors• Capacity: 350kg

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Length (mm) Colour Weight

(kg)Load (kg) Each

19.GR3 1600 450 1830 Yellow 25 350 £66.0819.GR4 1600 450 1830 Blue 25 350 £66.08

from only

£377.35


CAT_2014 04_Ac p116_7.indd 117 26/08/2014 10:42



ACCESS & HANDLINGROLL CAGES


from only

£96.05

Nestable ‘A’ Frame Roll ContainersNested containers with hinged side, rod infill panels and "A" frame. Bright electro zinc plated finish allows for steam cleaning or pressure washing. Additional shelves available for all models.

• 600kg Capacity• Each additional unit adds only 200mm to length when nested• Mounted on two fixed and two swivel, 125mm diameter castors

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Type Internal Dimensions (mm) EachV19A115 1690 735 850 2 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £96.05V19A116 1690 735 850 3 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £110.49

V19A116PB 1680 735 850 3 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £122.99V19A116/4 1690 735 850 4 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £124.49V19A118PB 1680 735 850 4 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £142.49

V19A118 1690 735 850 4 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £131.49V19768 n/a 735 850 Integral Shelf n/a £13.84

V19768LS n/a 735 850 Detachable Shelf n/a £8.74

Standard roll containers do not come with any shelves as standard. however, optional shelves are available.

from only

£143.99

Security Roll CagesIn line Nesting A frame roll cage. Folds and nest 4 into 1 within seconds. Fully lockable. Four sided nesting container with hinged sides and top in a bright electro zinc plated finish allows for steam cleaning or pressure washing. Each additional unit adds only 200mm to length when nested.

• Mesh infill spacing - 50mm x 50mm • Mounted on two fixed and two swivel, 125mm diameter nylon castors • Supplied with 1 integral shelf. Optional detachable shelves available

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Internal Dimensions (mm) Each 6

V19A110 1690 735 850 D800 x W685 x H1425 £149.49 £143.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Retail goods distribution ✓Shop Floor

CAT_2014 04_Ac p118_9.indd 118 26/08/2014 10:42




ACCESS & HANDLINGROLL CAGES

Jumbo Roll CagesIdeal for handling larger bulky items yet dismantle to a fraction of their assembled size for return packaging or where space is at a premium. Finished in a bright electro zinc plated finish allows for steam cleaning or pressure washing. Smooth running castors. 500kg capacity.

• 3 or 4 sided configuration• Adjustable shelf (3 positions)• Hinged gate access

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Hospital ✓Shop Floors

Magnetic Wrap Label HolderDesigned for mesh cages/ roll pallets and trolleys. Fit around a maximum diameter of 30mm mesh/ handle etc.

• 3 sizes available • Magnetic looped header • Special flap provides documents with protection from the elements

PERFECT FOR ✓Workshops ✓Store room ✓Workshops

from only

£127.99

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity Colour Finish EachVWRP4V-10 297 210 10 Blue PVC £38.93VWRP4V-50 297 210 50 Blue PVC £166.49VWRP5H-10 148 210 10 Blue PVC £32.09VWRP5H-50 148 210 50 Blue PVC £137.49VWRP6H-10 105 210 10 Blue PVC £28.82VWRP6H-50 105 210 50 Blue PVC £121.99

from only

£28.82

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Type Internal Dimensions (mm) Each 5V173003 1833 2000 800 3 Sides 1950W x 750D x 1650Hmm £135.49 £127.99

V17200HG 1833 1200 800 4 Sides with 1/2 gate 1150W x 750D x 1650Hmm £161.49 £153.49V19A119 1770 1120 765 4 Sides with 4 piece door W1070 x D715 x H1500 £170.49 £168.99

V17300HG 1833 2000 800 4 Sides with 1/2 gate 1950W x 750D x 1650Hmm £242.99 £232.99

CAT_2014 04_Ac p118_9.indd 119 26/08/2014 10:42



ACCESS & HANDLINGSTEP STOOLS


from only

£40.89

Kick StepsLightweight steel kickstep

• Safe & Convienient to use• Castors retract when steps are in use• Various colours available - Black, Blue, Grey & Red

PERFECT FOR ✓Home ✓Garden ✓Business Premises

Non Slip Plastic Safety Steps Perfect for all industrial settings due to their tough build and strength.

• Certified to British, German and Dutch safety standards to take up to 260kg in weight.

• Manufactured from 100% Food Grade Medium Density Polyethylene. • Grip Tape added to give greater grip

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Each 5 10VRW0101 300 310 485 £48.93 £47.24 £46.06VRW0102 415 540 475 £69.89 £67.48 £65.80VRW0103 620 795 440 £95.05 £91.78 £89.48

Available in Red (R), Yellow (Y) & Blue (B). Please use suffix when ordering.

from only

£28.66

Sturdy Step StoolsOur range for steel and aluminium steps offer both professional and domestic users the ideal solution to access just out of reach heights on an every day basis. Convenient and practical, all stepstools fold flat for easy storage and provide outstanding flexibility and value.

• Doubles as a step or a stool with large rubber matted treads (22042 & 22043)

• Clean to handle chrome finish (22042 & 22043)• Folds flat for easy storage

from only

£46.06


from only

£40.77

Code Height (mm)

Top Diameter (mm)

Base Diameter (mm) Colour Each

22053 425 280 410 Blue £40.8922052 425 280 410 Black £40.8922051 425 280 410 Grey £40.8922050 425 280 410 Red £40.89

Code Finish No. of Treads

Top Tread Height (m) Each

13712 Painted 2 0.45 £28.6623123 Painted 2 0.47 £34.0123102 Painted 2 0.49 £39.6722042 Chrome 2 0.47 £40.7722043 Chrome 3 0.70 £51.86

CAT_2014 04_Ac p120_1.indd 120 26/08/2014 10:43




ACCESS & HANDLINGSTEP LADDERS

from only

£59.68

Workstation StepladderExtra large standing platform 50% greater than standard stepladders. With strong, deep treads for comfort and twin safety handrails for security.

• High support rail and handy work tray • Platform Support height 0.75cm - 2 to 7 Tread• Platform Support height 0.67cm on 8 Tread

Code No. of Treads Platform Height (m) Each70502 2 0.35 £59.6870503 3 0.58 £64.4270504 4 0.80 £70.3270505 5 1.03 £80.9370506 6 1.25 £96.8570507 7 1.48 £115.4970508 8 1.79 £157.99

Fibreglass Swingback StepsNon-conductive fibreglass stiles, ideal for working around electricity. Perfect for use by electrical contractors on site. Includes a holster top with specially designed tool and equipment holders. Non-conductive stiles withstand up to 30,000 volts.

• Edge moulded brace and foot pad combination provides enhanced bracing strength and protects the base tread from damage• Certified to EN131 European Safety Standard• New design 'H-spreaders' offer single handed operation and add to the strength and stability of the ladder

from only

£66.01

Code No. of Treads

Top Tread Height (m)

Average working height (mm) Each

71604 4 1.12 2.04 £66.0171605 5 1.40 2.31 £74.6071606 6 1.67 2.59 £80.8771608 8 2.23 3.15 £94.5871610 10 2.79 3.70 £122.4971612 12 3.34 4.26 £138.99

CAT_2014 04_Ac p120_1.indd 121 26/08/2014 10:43



ACCESS & HANDLINGSTEP LADDERS


from only

£37.74

High Handrail StepladdersWide range of heights available,choose from three to eight treads. These stepladders are also available with a tool tray - please see our website for details.

• Secure standing platform• Secure non-slip treads • Platform to support rail height 0.60m

Code No. of Treads Platform Height (m) Each74003 3 0.58 £37.7474004 4 0.80 £42.4274005 5 1.03 £47.2274006 6 1.25 £52.8574007 7 1.48 £60.8974008 8 1.75 £77.87


from only

£107.99

MasterTrade(TM) StepladderIdeal for continuous everyday industrial use. Compact footprints enables user to get closer to their work and encourages face on use.

• Heavy gauge plastic edge caps for a smooth profile• Heavy duty external spreaders with large non-slip feet• Strong deep treads with fully braced bottom section

Code No. of Treads Top Tread Height (m) Each71404 4 0.87 £70.5771405 5 1.09 £76.6571406 6 1.31 £82.3471408 8 1.75 £93.0571410 10 2.20 £109.4971412 12 2.65 £129.4971414 14 3.09 £163.49

from only

£70.57

MasterTrade(TM) Platform Shop StepsOur Shop Steps are a solid and reliable aid for professional work. Features include top edge caps for a smoother profile, heavy duty external spreaders, twin handrails and large slip resistant feet.

• Non-slip feet• Twin side handrails• Suitable for professional use.

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg)

Top Tread Height* (m) Each

75013 1865 476 130 6.9 1.56 £81.56

Code No. of Treads Platform Height (m) Each70805 5 1.09 £107.9970806 6 1.31 £113.9970808 8 1.75 £132.9970810 10 2.20 £156.4970812 12 2.64 £185.49

CAT_2014 04_Ac p122_3.indd 122 26/08/2014 10:44




ACCESS & HANDLINGCOMBINATION LADDERS

3 in 1 Combination Ladder With Tool TrayCombines a stepladder, extension ladder and a stairwell ladder all in one product. Includes strong work tray usable in all modes, for loads up to 12kg.

• Unique sliding mechanism for easy conversion to all three ways • Wide splayed base and heavy duty feet for stability and grip • Non-slip rungs for comfort and security

from only

£140.99

5 in 1 Combination Ladder & PlatformCombines a stepladder extension ladder, stairwell ladder, level platform and a step platform all in one product

• Quick to set up and easy to use • Large non-slip platform • Rigid construction with wide base-stabiliser

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg)

Platform Size (m)

Platform Height (m) Each

75005 1925 476 165 13.3 L1.2 x W0.32 1.2 £140.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Home ✓Garden

from only

£81.56

PERFECT FOR ✓Home ✓Garden

* in stepladder mode

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg)

Top Tread Height* (m) Each

75013 1865 476 130 6.9 1.56 £81.56

CAT_2014 04_Ac p122_3.indd 123 26/08/2014 10:44



ACCESS & HANDLINGCOMMERCIAL PLATFORMS


from only

£793.49

Telescopic Safety PlatformsA safe and strong solution for all your professional and domestic needs

• Unique , adjustable telescopic multi-height design can be used in a stairwell and on uneven ground

• Stabilisers fold and adjust for convenience and extra safety• Wheels allow for easy repositioning

Code Platform Height (m) No. of Treads Closed Height (m) Each60304 1.06 to 1.52 4 to 6 2.5 £793.4960307 1.76 to 2.23 7 to 9 3.23 £991.49

from only

£747.99 Podium StepsPodium Step Ladder is designed to offer full protection when working at low level heights. Telescopic side frames extend and lock into position with hook locking devices on each step, maintaining a guardrail height of 1m above the platform at all 4 platform heights.

• Folds Flat for easy transportation• Hook locking devices on each step• Easy to operate gate locking hook

Code Platform Size (m) Platform Height (m) Each60301 0.6 x 0.6 1.12 £747.99

from only

£338.49

Access TowersLightweight and mobile, our access tower is the safe solution for both indoor and outdoor use where a stable and secure platform is required.

Ideal for decorating and maintenance work and extremely versatile, they are easy to transport and erect to help get the job done quickly.

• Slot together construction - quick and easy to erect• Lightweight aluminium construction• Integrated trapdoor for safe internal climbing

Code Platform Size (m) Average working height (m) Each50005 1.45 x 0.5 2.43 £338.49

PERFECT FOR ✓ Indoor ✓Outdoor ✓Construction

PERFECT FOR ✓ Indoor ✓Outdoor ✓Tradesmen

PERFECT FOR ✓Tradesmen ✓Decorating ✓Maintenance

CAT_2014 04_Ac p124_5.indd 124 26/08/2014 10:45




ACCESS & HANDLINGEXTENSION LADDERS

Telescopic LaddersIdeal for surveyors, tradesmen and DIY use. These top of the range telescopic ladders are light to carry, compact to store, easy to transport and will easily fit into the boot of a car. Aluminium construction makes for a durable & rust resistant surface. Now comes complete with anti-pinch system which safely protects hands when collapsing the ladder and rounded rubber feet to ensure ease of transition from vertical to leaning position.

• Smooth operation, extends & locks rung by rung with anti-pinch finger protectors

• Light but strong Aluminium construction• Certified to EN131 European Safety Standard

Code Weight (kg)

Closed Height (mm)

Open Height (m) Each 5 10

30210A 5.5 795 2.05 £65.93 £64.50 £62.7030270A 7 875 2.63 £77.93 £76.50 £74.7030320A 9 883 3.21 £89.93 £88.50 £86.2530380A 14.5 920 3.81 £103.49 £101.99 £90.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Builders ✓Surveyors ✓Tradesmen

from only

£77.10

Double Extension LadderOur comprehensive range of high quality aluminium double extension ladders offers you a complete choice for trade use. Triple extension ladders are also available - visit our website for more information.

• Heavy duty extension ladders • Box section stiles for strength and rigidity at any height • Non-slip shaped rungs and non-slip feet

Code Closed Height (m) Open Height (m) Each72218 1.85 2.95 £77.1072224 2.41 4.07 £91.9172229 2.97 4.91 £106.9972235 3.53 6.03 £135.9972241 4.09 7.15 £148.4972244 4.37 8.27 £168.4972249 4.93 8.83 £197.49

from only

£45.28

Work PlatformsPerfect for all odd jobs. Simple and safe to use with locking hinges for added safety.

• Wide and deep non slip platform • Lightweight and easy to transport• Compact folded dimensions

Code Weight (kg) Platform Size (m) Platform Height (m) Each78069 4.1 0.3 x 0.69 0.5 £45.2878099 4.9 0.3 x 0.9 0.5 £58.05


CAT_2014 04_Ac p124_5.indd 125 26/08/2014 10:45



ACCESS & HANDLINGMOBILE STEPS


from only

£131.76

Two Step RangeA choice of three styles, all with easy-running 50mm castors. When you stand on the steps, the castors spring into their housings, and the non-slip housing base grips the floor for rock-solid stability.

• Ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads • Durable powder coat finish • Single Sided, with or without grab rail

Please specify at time of ordering using the product code, suffix BL for Blue, GR for Grey, RD for Red, Y for Yellow, W for White, GN for Green, OR for Orange.

Wheelalong StepsHandy steps with built-in wheels for easy movement.

• 120kg Load• Choice of rubber or anti-slip tread finish • Available in Blue, Grey or Red


PERFECT FOR ✓Picking ✓Office ✓Warehouse ✓Library

PERFECT FOR ✓Racking ✓Office ✓Warehouse ✓Library

Code Platform Height (mm) No. of Treads Finish Each 6 VPAS2 510 2 Rubber tread £101.99 £93.99

VPAS2AS 510 2 Anti-slip tread £101.99 £93.99VPAS3 762 3 Rubber tread £122.99 £115.49

VPAS3AS 762 3 Anti-slip tread £122.99 £115.49VPAS4 1020 4 Rubber tread £179.99 £167.99

VPAS4AS 1020 4 Anti-slip tread £179.99 £167.99

Code Type No. of Treads Finish Each 6 VRST1 with out Grab Rail 2 Rubber tread £131.99 £126.99

VRST1AS with out Grab Rail 2 Anti-slip tread £131.99 £126.99VRST1H Single Grab Rail 2 Rubber tread £144.49 £137.49

VRST1HAS Single Grab Rail 2 Anti-slip tread £144.49 £137.49VRST1HH Double Grab Rail 2 Rubber tread £159.49 £152.49

VRST1HHAS Double Grab Rail 2 Anti-slip tread £159.49 £152.99

CAT_2014 04_Ac p126_7.indd 126 26/08/2014 10:45




ACCESS & HANDLINGMOBILE STEPS

Sturdy 2-5 Step RangeA choice of four styles, all with easy-running 50mm castors. When you stand on the steps, the castors spring into their housings, and the non-slip housing base grips the floor for rock-solid stability.

• Retracting spring mounted castors • Choice of blue, red, grey, yellow, white, green and orange • When working out the height you need, remember a maximum

working height from the top of the platform is 1500mm.

Code Platform Height (mm)

No. of Treads Finish Each

VDFS2 508 2 Rubber tread £157.99VDFS2AS 508 2 Anti-slip tread £157.99VDFS3 762 3 Rubber tread £198.99

VDFS3AS 762 3 Anti-slip tread £198.99VDFS4 1016 4 Rubber tread £242.99

VDFS4AS 1016 4 Anti-slip tread £242.99VDFS5 1270 5 Rubber tread £290.49

VDFS5AS 1270 5 Anti-slip tread £290.49

from only

£166.49 Standard Mobile StepsBuilt to highest engineering standards. Provide an operative with a reliable means of access. Mobile steps are designed for use by one person only.

• Easy to move – firm when in use • Easy glide sprung castors with domed floor covers to give firm

and stable floor contact when weight is applied to step • All steps come with 4 x 50mm sprung loaded castors

Code Platform Height (mm) No. of Treads Finish EachVS005 508 2 Rubber tread £166.49VS006 508 2 Anti-Slip tread £166.99VS009 762 3 Rubber tread £205.99VS010 762 3 Anti-Slip tread £205.99VS011 1016 4 Rubber tread £228.49VS012 1016 4 Anti-Slip tread £228.49VS013 1270 5 Rubber tread £262.99VS014 1270 5 Anti-Slip tread £262.99


from only

£201.49

Narrow Aisle Mobile StepsRobust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors.

• All welded construction • Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower

to the ground under operator's weight • Formed sheet steel treads with ribbed rubber surface

Code Platform Height (mm) No. of Treads Finish EachVGFS20 500 2 Rubber tread £201.49VGFS30 500 3 Rubber tread £260.99VGFS40 500 4 Rubber tread £305.49VGFS50 500 5 Rubber tread £348.55

PERFECT FOR ✓Narrow Aisles ✓Racking ✓Warehouse ✓Office ✓Library

PERFECT FOR ✓Racking ✓Office ✓Warehouse ✓Library

from only

£157.99



CAT_2014 04_Ac p126_7.indd 127 26/08/2014 10:45



ACCESS & HANDLINGWAREHOUSE STEPS


Medium Duty Mobile Safety StepsThree, four and five step versions are made from tubular steel. Including castors for easy moving under load, castors retract so rubber feet contact floor.

• Built for years of heavy work • Under load, castors retract so rubber feet contact floor • Maximum working height from top of platform is 1500mm

Mobile Warehouse Steps with Inboard WheelsHand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. All steel framework. All models fitted with hand lock anchorage, when locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor; fitted with protective plastic floor pads. 610mm wide treads with three tread options: Rubber, Anti-slip or Punched.

• Designed to conform to new mobile step safety standard - BS EN 131-7:2013

• Inboard wheels for ease of use, no outboard wheels to catch racking, posts, etc.

• Retracting front castors with positive position locking - Leverlock system

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Racking ✓Stores from only

£245.64

Code No. of Treads

Platform Height (mm)

Platform Width (mm)

Platform Depth (mm)

Average working

height (mm)Each

VS052 4 915 610 457 2400 £357.49VS053 5 1145 610 457 2700 £413.49VS054 6 1370 610 457 2900 £470.49VS055 7 1600 610 457 3100 £539.49VS056 8 1830 610 457 3400 £596.49VS057 9 2060 610 457 3600 £657.99VS058 10 2285 610 457 3800 £796.49VS059 11 2515 610 457 4000 £869.49VS060 12 2745 610 457 4300 £955.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Racking ✓Stores

Please specify tread type when ordering by adding the following suffix: Rubber (R), Anti Slip (AS) or Punched (PT).

from only

£357.49

Aluminium / Punched

CodePlatform Height (mm)

Platform Width (mm)

Platform Depth (mm)

No. of Treads

Average working

height (mm)Each

VS3660R 685 560 340 3 2210 £245.64VS4660R 915 560 340 4 2440 £284.13VS5660R 1145 560 340 5 2650 £320.66

Please specify tread type when ordering by adding the following suffix: Rubber (R), Anti Slip (AS) or Punched (PT). Please call for our aluminium tread prices.

Rubber / Anti-slip

CAT_2014 04_Ac p128_9.indd 128 26/08/2014 10:46




ACCESS & HANDLINGWAREHOUSE STEPS

Heavy Duty Mobile Safety StepsBuilt for years of heavy work. Large outboard rear wheels with 200mm diameter rubber tyres. Retracting front castors with positive position locking- leverlock system. Choose from five to fourteen steps in four tread options- rubber, anti-slip, punched or aluminium. Manufactured to order.

• Designed to conform to new mobile step safety standard - BS EN 131-7:2013• Top Gate Available on all models. Secured by spring mounted bolt allows access from platform to mezzanine floors/vehicles etc. Additional cost, call for details.

Code Platform Height (mm) Platform Width (mm) Platform Depth (mm) No. of Treads Average working height (mm) EachVLL556 1250 560 400 5 2750 £437.10VLL656 1500 560 400 6 3000 £490.34VLL756 1750 560 400 7 3250 £554.04VLL856 2000 560 400 8 3500 £611.78VLL956 2250 560 400 9 3750 £675.21VLL1056 2500 560 400 10 4000 £786.15VLL1156 2750 560 400 11 4250 £861.97VLL1256 3000 560 400 12 4500 £957.91VLL1356 3250 560 400 13 4750 £1060.45VLL1456 3500 560 400 14 5000 £1153.93

Please specify tread type when ordering by adding the following suffix: Rubber (R), Anti Slip (AS) or Punched (PT). Please call for our aluminium tread prices.

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Racking ✓Stores

from only

£437.10

Top Gate

Aluminium / Punched

Locking Lever to retract the front castors

Rubber

CAT_2014 04_Ac p128_9.indd 129 26/08/2014 10:46



CABINETS & LOCKERS

CABINETS & LOCKERS SECTION

COSHH stands for Control of Substances Hazardous to Health. It is a health and safety initiative designed to limit the risk posed by hazardous chemicals. COSHH guidelines, which are published by the government’s Health and Safety Executive, apply to substances that have been identified as corrosive, poisonous, irritant, harmful or toxic. These guidelines recommend using a COSHH cabinet to store hazardous substances.

What is a COSHH Cabinet?A COSH cabinet is designed for the safe storage of hazardous substances. It is a 3 point locking reinforced cabinet that prevents unauthorised persons from accessing the dangerous chemicals stored within. COSHH cabinets are designed to be leak-proof to prevent spilled substances from leaking out of the cabinet or contamina-tion of the products within.

Storing Substances in a COSHH CabinetSubstances should be stored in the COSHH cabinet according to their storage instructions clearly marked to indicate their contents and degree of flammability. Hazardous substances should be stored in appropriate spill-proof containers and not allowed to come into contact with each other if there is a risk of a dangerous chemical reaction occurring between them. Substances that are no longer needed or that have expired should be disposed of according to governmental regulations concerning the disposal of hazardous waste. There are regulations governing the amounts of certain substances that can be stored in a single location. Workplace managers should refer to the national HSG51 and DSEAR 2002 health and safety guidelines to find out more about the storage of hazardous substances.

Choosing a COSHH CabinetCOSHH cabinets come in a range of shapes and sizes. It is important to choose a cabinet that is large enough to store all of the substances used in the workplace, with enough space left over to allow easy access and allow later additions to be made if necessary. Some COSHH cabinets can be fixed to the wall or floor to prevent anyone from stealing or knocking over the cabinet, whereas others are mounted on wheels to allow them to be moved.

There are many types, styles, prices and designs of lockers to choose from.

To select the right locker for your needs there are some basic things to consider, such as:

How the locker is going to be used?

What size locker will you need?

Are you storing small items or will you need to store larger

Will the locker need to be used hourly, daily or less

frequently?

Where is the locker going to be used?

Is this a dry or wet place?

Will people be storing dry or wet items?

What kind of security will you need?

What kind of lock will you require?

WHAT DOES COSHH MEAN?

FlamBank Hazardous Storage Box, page 149

Chem Cube, page 166

Flammable Liquids Storage, page 147

1-6 Tier option lockers - See

What locker should I order?

things like large garments or tools?

Cabinets-lockers_Divider_draft_13.07.14.indd 2 26/08/2014 10:51



CABINETS & LOCKERS

Express Delivery Lockers 132

Standard Lockers 132

Premium Lockers 133

Cube Lockers 133

Perforated Door Lockers 134

Laptop Lockers 135

Personal Effects Lockers 135

Space Saving Lockers 136

Plastic Lockers 137

Lockers

Industrial Cabinets 138

Workplace Cabinets 139

Stainless Steel Cabinets 139

Linbin Steel Cabinets 140-141

Steel Bin Cabinets 142-143

Drawer Cabinets 144

Heavy Duty Enginerer’s Cabinets 145

Hazardous Storage Cabinets 146-147

PPE Cabinets 148

Flammable Storage 149

General Locker for multiple storage applications

Choice of door (6 choices)

Standard Quality

Heavy Duty Lockers

Choice of widths

Leisure & Fitness Locations (suitable for damp

areas such as swimming pools)

Pre-coated galvanized steel

Plastic lockers

School Environment

Plastic Lockers

Heavy Duty with more durable lock

Laptop Lockers

Personal Effects & Phones

Cube Lockers (for space restriction)

Specifically for clothing in mind

Uniform Lockers

Duo Lockers

Twin Lockers

Clean & Dirty Lockers

Difficult places where space is at a premium

Cube Lockers

Personal Effects & Security

Laptop storage (up to 15 laptops)

Laptop storage with secure charging

Phone Storage (up to 40 units)

Perforated Lockers

Cabinets

Tool Storage

Workshop Storage 150-151

Tool Drawer Cabinets 152

Secure Tool Storage 153

Secure StorageKey Safes 154

Key Cabinets 155

Security Cabinets 156

Safes 157

In this section

Hazardous Storage - Page 146-149 Stainless Steel Cabinets - Page 139

Laptop Lockers - Page 135Linbin Cabinets - Page 140-141

Cabinets-lockers_Divider_draft_13.07.14.indd 3 26/08/2014 10:51



CABINETS & LOCKERSLOCKERS


from only

£72.09

Express Delivery LockersQuality compartment lockers suitable for a multitude of storage applications. Express lockers provide the flexibility of two sizes with four door options. The Express Locker is supplied with a light grey carcase and either light grey or a dark blue door.

• Choice of 300mm and 450mm depths.• 1, 2, 4 and 6 door lockers fitted with galvanised security shelf to

prevent any unauthorised access to the compartment below.• Fitted with standard, mastered cam locks with 2,000 different combinations.

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachLQ1830301 1 Door 1800 300 300 £72.09LQ1830302 2 Doors 1800 300 300 £88.64LQ1830304 4 Doors 1800 300 300 £103.13LQ1830306 6 Doors 1800 300 300 £126.37LQ1830451 1 Door 1800 300 450 £83.97LQ1830452 2 Doors 1800 300 450 £99.79LQ1830454 4 Doors 1800 300 450 £119.78LQ1830456 6 Doors 1800 300 450 £137.21

Available in Light Grey (L), Dark Blue (B) Please use suffix when ordering.

PERFECT FOR ✓Offices

✓Warehouse

✓Schools

✓Libraries

✓Shops

✓Staff Rooms

Standard LockersQuality compartment lockers suitable for a multitude of storage applications. Standard lockers provide the flexibility of five sizes with five door options. The Standard Locker design offers a wide range of options to suit individual requirements.

• Choice of 300mm, 380mm and 450mm widths and depths• Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachLS1830301 1 Door 1800 300 300 £65.60LS1830302 2 Doors 1800 300 300 £80.66LS1830303 3 Doors 1800 300 300 £90.32LS1830304 4 Doors 1800 300 300 £93.84LS1830306 6 Doors 1800 300 300 £114.99LS1830451 1 Door 1800 300 450 £76.42LS1830452 2 Doors 1800 300 450 £89.96LS1830453 3 Doors 1800 300 450 £99.79LS1830454 4 Doors 1800 300 450 £108.99LS1830456 6 Doors 1800 300 450 £124.99LS1838381 1 Door 1800 380 380 £78.94LS1838382 2 Doors 1800 380 380 £87.46LS1838383 3 Doors 1800 380 380 £95.30LS1838384 4 Doors 1800 380 380 £107.99LS1838386 6 Doors 1800 380 380 £125.99LS1845301 1 Door 1800 450 300 £76.42LS1845302 2 Doors 1800 450 300 £89.96LS1845303 3 Doors 1800 450 300 £99.79LS1845304 4 Doors 1800 450 300 £108.99LS1845306 6 Doors 1800 450 300 £124.99LS1845451 1 Door 1800 450 450 £86.36LS1845452 2 Doors 1800 450 450 £98.11LS1845453 3 Doors 1800 450 450 £112.99LS1845454 4 Doors 1800 450 450 £124.99LS1845456 6 Doors 1800 450 450 £130.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Offices ✓Warehouse ✓Schools ✓Libraries ✓Shops ✓Staff Rooms

from only

£65.60


CAT_2014 05_Ca p132_3.indd 132 26/08/2014 10:52





Premium LockersDurable steel lockers in a range of sizes and options to suit all requirements. Available in two widths and depths.

• Robust all steel construction with durable powder coat finish• With doors in red, yellow, smoke white, green, blue, black

& silver and carcases in smoke white, silver and black• Cam locks as standard with two keys and card holder

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Type EachV3030 1780 305 305 1 Door £69.83V30302 1780 305 305 2 Door £91.35V30303 1780 305 305 3 Door £99.10V30304 1780 305 305 4 Door £105.97V30305 1780 305 305 5 Door £113.46V30306 1780 305 305 6 Door £130.65V3046 1780 305 460 1 Door £83.47V30462 1780 305 460 2 Door £101.94V30463 1780 305 460 3 Door £111.49V30464 1780 305 460 4 Door £119.04V30465 1780 305 460 5 Door £124.48V30466 1780 305 460 6 Door £142.30V4646 1780 460 460 1 Door £99.09V46462 1780 460 460 2 Door £119.91V46463 1780 460 460 3 Door £127.40V46464 1780 460 460 4 Door £119.04

Available in Green (GN), White (WH), Blue (BL), Yellow (YE), Silver (SL), Black (BK) & Red (RD). Please use suffix when ordering.

PERFECT FOR ✓Cloakroom/Locker Room ✓School ✓Warehouse ✓Office

Cube LockersCube Steel Lockers can be bolted together in blocks. Lockers have pre-drilled holes in the back, top and base, and both sides. So they can link to other lockers by acting as linking bridges.

• Lockers have pre-drilled holes in the back, top and base, and both sides• Choose from 4 door colours with a silver

grey body: blue, green, red, silver• Key Locking (2 keys supplied per lock)

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVC3030 305 305 305 £37.57VC3838 380 380 380 £44.13VC4646 460 460 460 £48.94

Available in Green (GN), White (WH), Blue (BL), Yellow (YE), Silver (SL), Black (BK) & Red (RD). Please use suffix when ordering.


from only

£37.57

from only

£69.83

CAT_2014 05_Ca p132_3.indd 133 26/08/2014 10:52





Perforated Door LockersOur perforated door lockers are designed for situations where efficient ventilation and maximum visibility combined with security are essential.

• 2, 3, 4 and 6 door lockers fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below.

• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs.

• Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf and coat hook. Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment.

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachLS1830301P 1 Door 1800 300 300 £72.42LS1830302P 2 Door 1800 300 300 £87.58LS1830303P 3 Door 1800 300 300 £91.97LS1830304P 4 Door 1800 300 300 £106.49LS1830306P 6 Door 1800 300 300 £116.99LS1830451P 1 Door 1800 300 450 £84.54LS1830452P 2 Door 1800 300 450 £89.97LS1830453P 3 Door 1800 300 450 £98.95LS1830454P 4 Door 1800 300 450 £120.49LS1830456P 6 Door 1800 300 450 £132.99LS1838381P 1 Door 1800 380 380 £84.38LS1838382P 2 Door 1800 380 380 £87.36LS1838383P 3 Door 1800 380 380 £97.29LS1838384P 4 Door 1800 380 380 £105.49LS1838386P 6 Door 1800 380 380 £122.49LS1845451P 1 Door 1800 450 450 £98.63LS1845452P 2 Door 1800 450 450 £110.99LS1845453P 3 Door 1800 450 450 £114.99LS1845454P 4 Door 1800 450 450 £122.99LS1845456P 6 Door 1800 450 450 £132.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Airports ✓Schools ✓High Security Locations ✓Offices ✓Call Centres ✓Staff Rooms

Z Door LockersAn attractive yet extremely robust locker ideal for when space is at a premium and great for schools. The doors are available in steel or high pressure laminate and come in a range of colours, the frame is powder coated light grey.

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachLZD183045 Steel 1800 300 450 £190.49LZD184545 Steel 1800 450 450 £208.99LZU183045 Laminate 1800 300 450 £269.49LZU184545 Laminate 1800 450 450 £292.49

Steel Doors available in Green (G), Light Grey (L), Dark Blue (B), Yellow (Y), Light Blue (U) & Red (R). Laminate Doors available in Red (D), Yellow (N), Oak (O) Beech (B), Blue (W), Aquamarine (Q), Speckled Blue (S) & Black (C). Please use suffix when ordering.

PERFECT FOR ✓Offices ✓Call Centres ✓Schools ✓Libraries ✓Staff Rooms ✓Warehouse

from only

£72.42

from only

£190.49

Available in Green (G), Light Grey (L), Dark Blue (B), Yellow (Y), Light Blue (U) & Red (R). Please use suffix when ordering

Steel Laminate

CAT_2014 05_Ca p134_5.indd 134 26/08/2014 10:53





Laptop LockersWith the number of laptops used by both businesses and education increasing, this range of laptop storage products provides cost effective lockable storage for laptops and laptop accessories.

• High quality, cost effective storage• Choose from a single door cupboard and 10 or 15

compartment lockers to store up to 15 laptops• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology paint

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachL71050508 8 Tiers, 8 Doors 1000 500 500 £232.49L71050501 8 Tiers, 1 Door 1000 500 500 £185.76

L7145050W 12 Tiers, 12 Doors 1460 500 500 £264.81L71450501 12 Tiers, 1 Door 1460 500 500 £211.84L7184545N 10 Tiers, 10 Doors 1800 450 450 £257.80L7183845Q 15 Tiers, 15 Doors 1800 380 450 £289.88L71838451 15 Tiers, 1 Door 1800 380 450 £232.49


Personal Effects LockersAn ideal way of providing secure storage for smaller items offering increased security in the workplace.

• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs• Through frame shelf for extra security• Compartment entry aperture: H.150mm x W.163mm x D.360mm

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachLR909038Y 20 Doors 940 900 380 £231.69LR129038H 28 Doors 1285 900 380 £329.99LR184538Y 20 Doors 1800 450 380 £231.69LR189038F 40 Doors 1800 900 380 £446.74


PERFECT FOR ✓Offices ✓Call Centres ✓Schools ✓Libraries ✓Staff Rooms ✓Warehouse

from only

£231.69

from only

£232.20

CAT_2014 05_Ca p134_5.indd 135 26/08/2014 10:53



CABINETS & LOCKERSSPACE SAVING LOCKERS




from only

£118.99

from only

£141.49

from only

£137.49

from only

£148.49

Clean & Dirty LockersComplete with full width internal top shelf 305mm high, vertical centre partition and two double coat hooks.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVCD4646 1780 460 460 £118.99

Available in Green (GN), White (WH), Blue (BL), Yellow (YE), Silver (SL), Black (BK) & Red (RD). Please use suffix when ordering

Uniform LockersComplete with full width internal top shelf 305mm high, vertical centre partition, one double coat hook and a further three, half width shelves.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVUN4646 1780 460 460 £137.49


Two Person LockersProvides two sections per user with common key to fit both. One small full width compartment at the top of locker and a vertical compartment, fitted with a double coat hook.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachV2P4646 1780 460 460 £148.49



Twin LockerEach compartment complete with internal top shelf and a double coat hook.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVTW4646SL 1780mm 460mm 460mm £141.49



CAT_2014 05_Ca p136_7.indd 136 26/08/2014 10:54




CABINETS & LOCKERSPLASTIC LOCKERS

Plastic LockersPlastic Lockers are hardwearing and can take far more punishment than a conventional locker. These robust plastic lockers are manufactured from polyethylene and will not rust while their construction makes them highly vandal resistant compared to conventional lockers. In addition, they can be washed down, making them ideal for many locations from wet area changing rooms to outdoor storage.

• Strong, rust proof polyethylene probe plastic lockers with an anti-bacterial additive• Choose from full height ultrabox lockers with 4, 3 or 2 doors, or a low height locker with 1 door• Will not corrode or rust

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachSH-PL-MINI 1 Door Mini box 450 325 450 £88.89

SH-PL-MINI X2 2 Door Mini box 900 325 450 £185.84SH-PL/180/325/450/2 2 Door 1800 325 450 £299.99SH-PL/180/325/450/3 3 Door 1800 325 450 £306.99SH-PL/180/325/450/4 4 Door 1800 325 450 £304.49

PERFECT FOR ✓ Cloakroom/Locker Room

✓ School ✓Outside Space ✓ Swimming Pools

from only

£88.89

from only

£304.49from only

£306.99from only

£299.99

from only

£185.84

CAT_2014 05_Ca p136_7.indd 137 26/08/2014 10:54



CABINETS & LOCKERSINDUSTRIAL CABINETS


Low CupboardVersatile storage cupboard suitable for many workplace environments

• Supplied ready assembled• 85kg Shelf loadComplete with 1 adjustable shelf

Standard CupboardSupplied with 3 adjustable full width shelves.

• Supplied ready assembled• 85kg Shelf load• Extra shelves available on request.

Code Height (mm)

Width(mm)

Depth (mm) Shelves Each

VSTD703618IND 1780 915 460 3 £249.99

Wardrobe CupboardComplete with full width shelf and hanging rail.

• Supplied ready assembled• 85kg Shelf load

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VWAR703618IND 1780 915 460 1 £238.49

8 Compartment CupboardVersatile storage cupboard suitable for many workplace environments

• Supplied ready assembled• 85kg Shelf load• Incorporates a central partition with 6 adjustable shelves

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


V8COM703618IND 1780 915 460 6 £308.49

Combi CupboardA useful combination of shelves and garment storage is created by a central partition.

• Supplied ready assembled• Half width hanging rail• 85kg Shelf load

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VCW703618 1780 915 460 1 £280.49

Open CupboardVersatile storage cupboard suitable for many workplace environments

• Supplied ready assembled• 85kg Shelf load• Complete with 4 adjustable shelves

from only

£190.99

from only

£249.99

from only

£238.49from only

£308.49

from only

£218.49from only

£280.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Workshop ✓Store Room ✓Office

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VLC403618IND 1015 915 460 1 £190.99

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VOP703618IND 1780 915 460 4 £218.49

CAT_2014 05_Ca p138_9.indd 138 26/08/2014 10:55




CABINETS & LOCKERSWORKPLACE CABINETS

Workplace Cupboards These general workplace cupboards and cabinets bring a combination of storage, mobility and security to the workplace. A weld and rivet construction provides all-round robustness.

• "No Snag" handles with 2-point locking• Strengthened doors• Adjustable powder coated shelves.

PERFECT FOR ✓Workplace ✓ Industrial

Mobile Workplace Cupboards• Mounted on 4 castors• Available in 2 sizes

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm) Shelves Each

CG109046M 1040 900 460 2 £265.39CG109061M 1040 900 610 2 £372.34

Available in Light Blue (LB), Red (RD), Green (GN), Yellow (YE) & Light Grey (LGR) Please use suffix when ordering.

Wall Cupboards• Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting

(please note fixings not supplied)

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


CG855725Z 570 850 255 1 £138.99

Available in Light Blue (LB), Red (RD), Green (GN), Yellow (YE) & Light Grey (LGR) Please use suffix when ordering.

PERFECT FOR ✓Food operations ✓Pharmaceutical operations ✓Medical operations

from only

£227.76


from only

£446.99

from only

£591.99

Stainless Steel Floor ChestsFloor chests have a riveted structure with angled lid to discourage article placement and a hasp and staple lock - padlock not supplied

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm) Each

CV516134ZSXX £591.99 £591.99 £591.99 £591.99CV611146ZSXX £790.49 £790.49 £790.49 £790.49

Stainless Steel Cupboard Extra Shelves

Stainless Steel CupboardsThese Stainless Steel cupboards are designed and manufactured for clean environment use. Excellent in food, pharmaceutical and medical operations. Especially effective where damp and corrosion is a factor.

• “No snag” handles with 2-point locking• Adjustable stainless Steel shelves• Strengthened doors

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)


CL904646ZSXX 900 460 460 1 £446.99CL909046ZSXX 900 900 460 1 £563.99CL129046ZSXX 1200 900 460 2 £682.99CL181246ZSXX 1800 900 460 3 £1126.49

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)


CG909046Z 900 900 460 2 £183.36CG186046Z 1800 600 460 3 £224.79CG129046Z 1200 900 460 2 £226.78CG909061Z 900 900 610 2 £227.76CG189046Z 1800 900 460 3 £248.31CG181246Z 1800 1200 460 3 £328.85CG189061Z 1800 900 600 3 £331.74CG181261Z 1800 1200 600 3 £396.11

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachCLES9046ZSXX 900 460 £72.90CLES1246ZSXX 1200 460 £82.66

CAT_2014 05_Ca p138_9.indd 139 26/08/2014 10:55



CABINETS & LOCKERSSMALL PARTS BIN CUPBOARDS


Linbin Cabinet KitsIf you need a dirt free environment, or you need security then choose our Linbin cabinets with doors. Smart enough for the office, tough enough for the shop floor. Save money on these ready made kits.

• Ready assembled cupboards• 70kg load shelves adjustable at 50mm pitch• Extra shelves for cabinets can be ordered separately

Empty Cupboards - LowVersatile storage cupboard suitable for many workplace environments

• Complete with 1 adjustable shelf• Supplied ready assembled• 85kg Shelf load

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Colour No. of

Shelves Each

VE403618BL 1000 915 460 Blue 1 £190.99VE403618GR 1000 915 460 Grey 1 £190.99

Linbin Cabinet Kit 4• 1000H x 915W x 460D Blue Cabinet• Bin Combination: 16 x no. 7 Linbins


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

No. of Shelves Each 3 5

VECPKDBLK 16 Black Linbins 1000 915 460 3 £327.49 £302.99 £295.99

VECPKDGR 16 Grey Linbins 1000 915 460 3 £341.49 £315.99 £308.49

VECPKDBL 16 Blue Linbins 1000 915 460 3 £341.49 £315.99 £308.49

VECPKDCOL16 Black/

Blue Linbins

1000 915 460 3 £365.49 £337.49 £324.99

from only

£350.99

Linbin Cabinet Kit 5• 1000H x 915W x 460D Blue Cabinet• Bin Combination: 8 x no. 7 & 4 x no. 8 Linbins


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)


VECPKEBLK Black 1000 915 460 3 £320.99 £296.99 £289.99VECPKEGR Grey 1000 915 460 3 £334.49 £309.49 £302.49VECPKEBL Blue 1000 915 460 3 £334.49 £309.49 £302.49

VECPKEBLKYE Black/Yellow 1000 915 460 3 £327.99 £302.99 £295.99

VECPKEBLYE Blue/Yellow 1000 915 460 3 £334.49 £309.49 £302.49

from only

£352.49

Linbin Cabinet Kit 6• 1000H x 915W x 460D Blue Cabinet• Tray Combination: 20 Blue VTOPK3


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)


VECPK7BL20 Blue

VTO Trays

1000 915 460 3 £352.49 £325.49 £312.99

from only

£190.99


from only

£357.99

CAT_2014 05_Ca p140_1.indd 140 26/08/2014 10:55




CABINETS & LOCKERSSMALL PARTS BIN CUPBOARDS

from only

£249.99

Empty Cupboards - HighSupplied with 3 adjustable full width shelves

• Extra shelves available on request• Supplied ready assembled• 85kg Shelf load

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Colour No. of

Shelves Each

VE723618BL 1830 915 460 Blue 3 £249.99VE723618GR 1830 915 460 Grey 3 £249.99


Linbin Cabinet Kit 1• 1830H x 915W x 460D Grey Cabinet• Bin Combination: 28 x no. 7 Linbins


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)


VECPKABLK Black 1830 915 460 6 £446.99 £422.49 £403.99VECPKAGR Grey 1830 915 460 6 £467.49 £432.49 £422.49VECPKABL Blue 1830 915 460 6 £467.49 £432.49 £422.49

Linbin Cabinet Kit 2• 1830H x 915W x 460D Grey Cabinet• Bin Combination: 20 x no. 7 & 4 x No. 8 Linbins


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)


VECPKBBLK Black 1830 915 460 6 £440.49 £407.49 £397.99VECPKBGR Grey 1830 915 460 6 £460.99 £426.49 £416.49VECPKBBL Blue 1830 915 460 6 £460.99 £426.49 £416.49

VECPKBBLKBL Black/Blue 1830 915 460 6 £460.99 £426.49 £416.49

VECPKBBLYE Blue/Yellow 1830 915 460 6 £460.99 £426.49 £416.49

Linbin Cabinet Kit 3• 1830H x 915W x 460D Grey Cabinet• Bin Combination: 5 x no. 8 Linbins


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)


VECPKCBLK 14 Black Linbins 1830 915 460 6 £427.49 £395.49 £386.49

VECPKCGR 14 Grey Linbins 1830 915 460 6 £447.49 £413.99 £404.49

VECPKCBL 14 Blue Linbins 1830 915 460 6 £447.49 £413.99 £404.49

VECPKCCOL14 Yellow/Blue/Black

Linbins1830 915 460 6 £481.99 £444.99 £427.99

from only

£467.49from only

£481.49

from only

£488.49

CAT_2014 05_Ca p140_1.indd 141 26/08/2014 10:55




CABINETS & LOCKERSSTEEL BIN CABINETS

8 Bin Cabinets - Bin Size 445 x 440mm 16 Bin Cabinet - Bin Size 445 x 220mm

Steel Bin CabinetsPigeon hole storage. Manufactured from heavy 1mm and 1.2mm steel, suitable for many applications.

• Clear identification of stored components• Available in grey (standard), red, blue & green• Cabinets are 1820mm high, 377, 427, 532mm deep, 942mm wide

PERFECT FOR ✓ Factory ✓ Warehouse ✓ Stores

from only

£256.49

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Internal Depth (mm) Each 3

VRBF122 1820 942 305 £274.49 £256.49VRBF123 1820 942 355 £288.99 £280.49VRBF124 1820 942 460 £316.99 £308.99

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Internal Depth (mm) Each 3

VRBF140 1820 942 305 £302.99 £285.49VRBF141 1820 942 355 £326.49 £312.49VRBF142 1820 942 460 £356.49 £342.49

CAT_2014 05_Ca p142_3.indd 142 26/08/2014 10:56




CABINETS & LOCKERSSTEEL BIN CABINETS

24 Bin Cabinets - Bin Size 296 x 220mm

32 Bin Cabinet - Bin Size 222 x 220mm

48 Bin Cabinet - Bin Size 222 x 148mm 72 Bin Steel Cabinet - Bin Size 148 x 148mm

18 Bin Cabinets - Bin Size 296 x 293mm


VRBF104 1820 942 305 £333.49 £316.99VRBF105 1820 942 355 £359.99 £352.99VRBF106 1820 942 460 £395.49 £388.99


VRBF107 1820 942 409 £365.49 £348.99VRBF108 1820 942 460 £391.49 £384.99VRBF109 1820 942 532 £442.99 £437.49


VRBF110 1820 942 305 £428.49 £413.49VRBF111 1820 942 355 £462.99 £457.49VRBF112 1820 942 460 £510.49 £505.99


VRBF113 1820 942 305 £475.49 £460.99VRBF114 1820 942 355 £519.49 £514.99VRBF115 1820 942 460 £569.49 £565.49


VRBF143 1820 942 305 £405.49 £389.49VRBF144 1820 942 355 £428.99 £414.99VRBF145 1820 942 460 £474.49 £460.49

36 Bin Cabinet - Bin Size 296 x 148mm


VRBF146 1820 942 305 £320.49 £303.49VRBF147 1820 942 355 £345.99 £331.99VRBF148 1820 942 460 £380.49 £366.49

CAT_2014 05_Ca p142_3.indd 143 26/08/2014 10:57



CABINETS & LOCKERSDRAWER CABINETS


High Density Drawer CabinetsHigh Density parts storage system, available with or without lockable doors. Drawers come in a standard size of W135 x H75mm, W280 x H75mm & W205 x H180mm. Cabinets are blue with grey drawers as standard, other colours are available on request - please call for details.

• All cabinets are 895mm wide and available as 305mm & 460mm deep • Drawer dividers available for further stock separation

(not available for 205mm x 180mm size drawers). • Steel drawers have a rear retaining lip to hold drawer

in unit while contents are viewed/accessed.

PERFECT FOR ✓ Factory ✓Warehouse ✓ Stores

from only

£449.49

from only

£608.49

from only

£484.99

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) No. of Drawers Each 2 VDCD21 without doors 1070 895 305 30 £496.49 £484.99VDCD22 without doors 1070 895 460 30 £534.99 £523.99VDCD21D with doors 1070 895 305 30 £610.49 £599.99VDCD22D with doors 1070 895 460 30 £650.99 £641.49VDCD33 without doors 1070 895 305 32 £451.49 £438.99VDCD34 without doors 1070 895 460 32 £510.99 £499.49

VDCD33D with doors 1070 895 305 32 £557.99 £546.99VDCD34D with doors 1070 895 460 32 £618.49 £608.49VDCD23 without doors 1600 895 305 45 £632.49 £622.49VDCD24 without doors 1600 895 460 45 £685.99 £676.99



VDCD10D with doors 1600 895 460 90 £1320.99 £1321.49VDCD09D with doors 1600 895 305 90 £1276.49 £1276.49

Ref: VDCD34

Ref: VDCD34D

Ref: VDCD21

CAT_2014 05_Ca p144_5.indd 144 26/08/2014 10:57




CABINETS & LOCKERSENGINEER’S CABINETS

8 x 95mm Deep Drawers, 1/2 Rear Tool Panel

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 2

VRTCAB10 1800 1000 500 £1058.49 £1054.99

Engineer’s CabinetsMade for the heaviest uses, drawers on precision-glide runners, with integral full width handle, 25kg capacity, 95mm front height. Shelves are adjustable to 25mm centres and hold 50kg UDL

• Welded 18-20 swg steel construction • Reinforced base • Two point lever locking system

supplied with 2 keys

3 Shelves, 4 x 95mm Deep Drawers

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 2

VRTCAB7 1800 1000 500 £760.49 £752.49

Full Rear Louvre Panel

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 2

VRTCAB6 1800 1000 500 £486.99 £474.99

2 Shelves, 1/4 Rear Louvre Panel, 1/4 Rear Tool Panel

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 2

VRTCAB4 1800 1000 500 £482.49 £470.49

2 Shelves & 1/2 Rear Tool Panel

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 2

VRTCAB2 1800 1000 500 £482.49 £470.49

4 Shelves

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 2

VRTCAB1 1800 1000 500 £412.49 £399.49

2 Shelves, 4 x 95mm Deep Drawers

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 2

VRTCAB8 1800 1000 500 £792.49 £785.49

from only

£399.49from only

£470.49from only

£470.49

from only

£474.99 from only

£752.49from only

£1054.99


from only

£785.49

Tools not included

CAT_2014 05_Ca p144_5.indd 145 26/08/2014 10:57



CABINETS & LOCKERSHAZARDOUS STORAGE


Hazardous Floor CabinetsIt is vital that employers and employees comply with the control of hazardous substances in all working environments. This range of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate storage and transportation of hazardous substances as demanded by the COSHH regulations.

• �No snag� handles with 2-point locking.• Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves

for superior spill management*.• Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct

handling of spills through the use of absorbents*.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves EachCZ703530ZYXX 700 350 300 1 £112.99CZ709046ZYXX 700 900 460 1 £156.49CZ904646ZYXX 900 460 460 1 £133.49CZ909046ZYXX 900 900 460 1 £170.99CZ129046ZYXX 1200 900 460 2 £215.99CZ189046ZYXX 1800 900 460 3 £254.49CZ181246ZYXX 1800 1200 460 3 £299.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Chemical Plants ✓Farms ✓Business Premises ✓Hospitals ✓Offices

Hazardous Mobile Cabinets

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves EachCZ849046MYXX 840 900 460 1 £249.49CZ109046MYXX 1040 900 460 1 £271.99

Hazardous Wall CabinetsPre-drilled for mounting (fixings not included).

Code Height (mm)

Width(mm)


CZ855725ZYXX 570 850 255 1 £148.49

Hazardous Cabinet StandsStands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for storage on uneven surfaces

Code Width(mm)

Depth(mm) Each

CZST3530ZYXX 350 300 £60.83CZST4646ZYXX 460 460 £60.83CZST9046ZYXX 900 460 £67.93

from only

£112.99

from only

£249.49

from only

£148.49

from only

£60.83

*Except wall mounted cupboards

CAT_2014 05_Ca p146_7.indd 146 26/08/2014 10:58





from only

£129.99

Hazardous Storage Cabinets• Strong welded 20 swg steel construction • Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking with top and bottom, 2 keys • Pesticide/ chemical cabinets have door vents to prevent fume build up.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVFB2 457 457 457 £129.99VFB4 610 457 457 £131.99VFB5 712 355 305 £151.49VFB10 915 457 457 £162.49VFB15 712 915 457 £229.99VFB20 915 915 457 £245.99VFB22 900 1200 500 £367.49VFB25 1220 915 457 £293.99VFB26 1525 915 457 £318.49VFB29 1830 457 457 £276.99VFB30 1830 915 457 £343.99VFB40 1800 1200 500 £436.99

Please specify type of cabinet when ordering - Flammable yellow (Y), Flammable Grey (G), COSHH Grey (C), Acid White (A), Chemical Red (R), Pesticide Green (GN)

PERFECT FOR ✓ Factory ✓ Warehouse ✓ Stores ✓ Office

All Cabinets meet the requirements of the Highly Flammable and Liquefied Petroleum Gases Regulations 1972 (Section 5 Part D). The Health and Safety Executive Guide HS(G)51 1990 and the Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No 1 Parts 3 and 4. The maximum volume of any flammable liquid with a flashpoint below 32degc that may be stored in a flame resistant cabinet within a workroom is 50 litre (regardless of the total capacity of the storage cabinet).

Flammable Liquids Storage

VFB5VFB10

VFB20VFB4

VFB2

VFB15

VFB29VFB30

VFB26

VFB15

CAT_2014 05_Ca p146_7.indd 147 26/08/2014 10:58





PPE CabinetsDesigned and manufactured to meet the requirements of The Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations 1994

• Storage Cabinets for Personal Protective Equipment • Strong Welded 20swg steel construction • Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Shelves Each 4

VPPE10 915 457 457 1 £155.49 £148.99VPPE60 915 915 457 2 £253.49 £244.49VPPE65 1220 915 457 2 £258.99 £250.49VPPE70 1830 915 457 3 £334.99 £320.49VPPE71 1830 915 457 3 £411.49 £398.49

PERFECT FOR ✓ Factory ✓ Warehouse ✓ Stores ✓ Office

PPE Cabinet Extra ShelvesShelves adjustable to 25mm pitch

• Powder coated finish

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) EachVES1 457 457 50 £17.56VES2 915 457 50 £24.40

Sloping Top BinsSloping top bin designed to segregate your flammable waste.

• Strong 14swg steel construction.• Hinged with restraining arm, hasp and staple.• Welded seams.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVSTB04 900/500 900 750 £372.99VSTB05 900/500 1200 750 £434.25

Flat Top BinsFlat top bin designed to segregate your flammable waste.


Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVFTB01 500 600 350 £213.99VFTB02 600 600 600 £259.99VFTB03 600 1200 600 £350.49

from only

£155.49

from only

£213.99from only

£372.99

Available in Dark Grey (DGR), Red (RD) & Yellow (RD)Available in Dark Grey (DGR), Red (RD) & Yellow (RD)

CAT_2014 05_Ca p148_9.indd 148 26/08/2014 10:59




CABINETS & LOCKERSFLAMMABLE STORAGE

Oily Rag BinsOily rag bin designed to keep your workspace clean and segregate at risk items.

• Strong 16swg steel construction.• Hinged lid with tubular lift handle.• Available with or without removable steel liner.

FlamBank Hazardous StorageFully complies with all regulations for the safe storage of chemicals and flammables, ideal for external use.

• Fully welded and tested sump base to prevent leakage• Ventilation to prevent the build-up of fumes• Built to the spec of 30 minute fire resistance

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachFB1 Van Box 475 985 540 £272.99FB21 Site Box 665 760 675 £377.49FB2 Site Box 665 1275 675 £447.49FBC2 Flambank 1275 760 675 £663.99FBC4 Flambank 1275 1275 675 £768.99FBC5 Flambank 1275 1585 675 £992.49FBC8 Flambank 1220 2380 1000 £2306.49

FlamStor Hazardous Storage Cabinet• Heavy-duty construction to withstand harsh treatment• Complies with all regulations for storing of harmful

chemicals and flammables, ideal for external use• Built to a 30 minute fire resistant, ventilated

to prevent the build up of fumes

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachFSC1 950 500 530 £300.99FSC2 1250 800 580 £566.49FSC3 1550 1200 580 £922.99

from only

£140.49

from only

£272.99

from only

£300.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Factory ✓Warehouse ✓Stores ✓Office

Code Liner Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 4

VORB01 No 680 410 410 £144.49 £140.49VORB02 No 830 600 450 £171.49 £168.49VORB03 Yes 680 410 410 £177.99 £173.99VORB04 Yes 830 600 450 £215.99 £213.49

Available in Dark Grey (DGR), Red (RD) & Yellow (RD)

CAT_2014 05_Ca p148_9.indd 149 26/08/2014 10:59



CABINETS & LOCKERSWORKSHOP STORAGE


Workshop Cupboard & Double Drawer - 1 Shelf

Code Height(mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 4 8

VHDEC10 900 500 500 £287.49 £271.99 £264.99

Workshop Cupboard & Drawer Unit

from only

£2033.49

from only

£264.99from only

£219.49

Complete Workshop KitOur modular range of cupboards, wall panels, drawers and accessories interlink to let you build a workshop storage system that meets your exact needs. Grey tough powder coat finished frame with blue fittings as standard. Other colours are available - please call for details

• Strong welded steel construction • Robust handles, locks and hinges • Rigid drawers glide on telescopic runners

Code Type EachVECO Complete Workshop £2033.49


Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth(mm) Each 4 8

VHDEC9 900 500 500 £242.49 £226.49 £219.49

CAT_2014 05_Ca p150_1.indd 150 26/08/2014 11:00




CABINETS & LOCKERSWORKSHOP STORAGE

Workshop Drawer Unit - 8 Drawers

Code Height(mm)

Width (mm)

Depth(mm) Each 4 8

VHDEC8 900 500 500 £394.49 £380.49 £373.99

Workshop Tool Cupboard - 2 Shelves

Workshop Cupboard & Drawer Unit - 2 Drawers

Workshop Cupboard Unit - 2 Shelves

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 2 4

VHDEC5 900 1000 500 £265.99 £257.49 £243.49

Workshop Wall Cupboard - 2 Shelves & 2 Drawers

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm) Each 5

VWC6 600 800 300 £227.99 £208.49

Workshop Wide Wall Cupboard - 1 Shelf

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm) Each 5

VWC5 600 800 300 £185.49 £165.99

from only

£132.49

Workshop Wall Cupboard - 2 Shelves & 1 Drawer

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm) Each 5

VWC2 600 400 300 £135.49 £132.49

from only

£128.99

Workshop Wall Cupboard - 1 Shelf

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm) Each 5

VWC1 600 400 300 £131.99 £128.99

from only

£373.99from only

£181.49

from only

£345.99

from only

£243.49

from only

£165.99

from only

£208.49

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 4 8

VHDEC7 900 500 500 £204.99 £188.49 £181.49

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Each 2 4

VHDEC6 900 1000 500 £366.99 £359.99 £345.99

CAT_2014 05_Ca p150_1.indd 151 26/08/2014 11:00



CABINETS & LOCKERSTOOL STORAGE


Drawer CabinetsEuroslide cabinets offer a versatile method of storage. They are ideal for many individual applications, such as schools, universities and museums. Specially designed cabinets with high load bearing drawers. Suitable for storing heavy tools and equipment safely and securely in industrial and workshop environments. Laminate worktop options available.

• Heavy gauge all steel construction• Full width, full extension precision ball race slides with safety anti-tilt feature• Central locking

Drawer Cabinet - 2 Drawers & Cupboard

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Drawer Load (kg) Each

ES78461612 840 615 610 70KG £337.50ES78491612 840 915 610 70KG £400.00ES48461612 840 615 610 140KG £359.05ES48491612 840 915 610 140KG £425.53

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Universities ✓Museums ✓Workshops ✓ Industry ✓Factories

Drawer Cabinet - 4 Drawers

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)


ES7846161A 840 615 610 70KG £409.68ES7849161A 840 915 610 70KG £518.74ES4846161A 840 615 610 140KG £435.83ES4849161A 840 915 610 140KG £551.85


Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)


ES7846161C 840 615 610 70KG £473.20ES7849161C 840 915 610 70KG £587.57ES4846161C 840 615 610 140KG £503.41ES4849161C 840 915 610 140KG £625.07

Low Drawer Cabinet - 6 Drawers

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm)

Drawer Load kg Each

ES7846161E 840 615 610 70KG £543.10ES7849161E 840 915 610 70KG £658.26ES4846161E 840 615 610 140KG £577.76ES4849161E 840 915 610 140KG £700.27

High Drawer Cabinet - 6 Drawers

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm)


ES7126161U 1200 615 610 70KG £564.32ES7129161U 1200 915 610 70KG £679.68ES4126161U 1200 615 610 140KG £600.34ES4129161U 1200 915 610 140KG £723.06


Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm)


ES7126161V 1200 615 610 70KG £651.65ES7129161V 1200 915 610 70KG £792.05ES4126161V 1200 615 610 140KG £693.24ES4129161V 1200 915 610 140KG £842.61


Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm)


ES7126161X 1200 615 610 70KG £694.10ES7129161X 1200 915 610 70KG £863.35ES4126161X 1200 615 610 140KG £738.41ES4129161X 1200 915 610 140KG £918.46


Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth (mm)


ES7126161Y 1200 615 610 70KG £762.62ES7129161Y 1200 915 610 70KG £864.80ES4126161Y 1200 615 610 140KG £811.30ES4129161Y 1200 915 610 140KG £920.00

from only

£337.50from only

£409.68

from only

£473.20from only

£543.10

from only

£564.32from only

£651.65

from only

£694.10from only

£762.62

CAT_2014 05_Ca p152_3.indd 152 26/08/2014 11:01




CABINETS & LOCKERSTOOL STORAGE

Tuffbank• Heavy duty construction with 3mm lid• Ultra robust 5 lever deadlocks with anti-drill plates on both sides

and anti-cut rollers in deadbolt, strong Chubb style keys supplied• Continuous heavy duty fully welded hinge with gas struts

on all sizes to assist with lid opening and closing


Width(mm)

Depth (mm)

Weight (kg) Each

TB1 Van Box 475 985 540 45 £174.99TB12 Truck Box 455 1275 510 50 £244.99TB2 Site Box 665 1275 675 80 £349.49TB3 Site Box 970 1275 675 100 £482.49

TBC4 Site Chest 1275 1275 675 170 £684.99TBC5 Site Chest 1275 1585 675 200 £845.99TB6 Truck Box 665 1970 675 115 £601.49TB21 Site Box 665 760 675 50 £293.99

Tuffstor CabinetCabinet style security boxes with adjustable shelving. Designed to keep tools, equipment and fixings more organised and accessible. Also ideal for inside a vehicle where they occupy less floor space than traditional security boxes.

• Heavy duty door with 5 lever deadlocks• Fully adjustable shelves and fork lift skids on all sizes• Finished in low-visibility charcoal grey

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm)

Weight (kg) Each

TSC1 950 500 530 50 £258.99TSC2 1250 800 580 85 £468.49TSC3 1550 1200 580 150 £817.99

from only

£258.99

from only

£174.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Universities ✓Workshops ✓ Industry ✓Factories

from only

£174.99from only

£174.99

from only

£174.99

CAT_2014 05_Ca p152_3.indd 153 26/08/2014 11:01



CABINETS & LOCKERSKEY SAFES


Master Lock Heavy Duty Key SafeSuitable for a wide variety of applications including: holiday homes, caravan parks, care homes, domestic home care worker access, domestic use spare key, after school access, neighbour access, caretaker and supervisor access in schools, hospitals and colleges, car park attendants and building sites.

• Solid Zinc body to resist against hammering or sawing • Weather resistant and suitable for outdoor use • 4-digit programmable combination offering 10,000 possible codes

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Weight Each 3

V5415D 130 95 50 1.5 £36.06 £33.60

Master Lock Mini Key SafeIdeal for use in domestic and commercial applications, by children after school, district nurses, maintenance teams, cleaning service employees and construction workers.

• Aluminium cast body to resist against hammering or sawing. Rust free - suitable for outdoor use.

• 4-digit offering 10,000 possible codes. Prevents being locked out�.• Easily mounts to most surfaces (Fixings provided).

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


V5401D 119 85 35 0.5 £24.92 £23.22

Master Lock Large Key Safe• Aluminium cast body to resist against hammering or sawing. • Rust free - suitable for outdoor use• 4-digit programmable combination offering 10,000 possible codes

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


V5403D 146 105 50 0.8 £32.34 £30.14

Master Lock Push Button Mini Key SafeIdeal for use in domestic and commercial applications, by children after school, district nurses, maintenance teams, cleaning service employees and construction workers.

• Large enough for bunches of key, credit cards etc.• Solid Zinc waterproof cover body to resist against hammering or sawing • With 4000 possible codes it can also be used as a mini

safe, for a small amount of cash and valuables

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


V5412D 140 102 75 1.75 £37.13 £34.62

from only

£33.60

from only

£34.62

from only

£30.14

from only

£23.22

PERFECT FOR ✓ Local Authorities

✓ Office

✓ Construction

✓ Warehouse

✓ Schools

✓ Domestic

CAT_2014 05_Ca p154_5.indd 154 26/08/2014 11:01




CABINETS & LOCKERSKEY CABINETS

Budget Key CabinetsThis quality range of key cabinets offers a simple and affordable solution to your key storage requirements.

• Sturdy 1.5mm steel cabinets with tough powder coated light grey finish.

• Fixed coloured and numbered hook bars with matching key tabs.

• Removable key control index included within the three larger models.

Code Height(mm)

Width(mm)

Depth(mm) Capacity Each 3

VK020 255 180 80 20 keys £28.88 £26.91VK030 300 210 80 30 keys £36.30 £33.83VK042 320 245 80 42 keys £49.50 £46.13VK048 350 300 80 48 keys £81.68 £76.11VK064 450 300 80 64 keys £104.99 £97.99VK100 550 380 80 100 keys £133.99 £124.99

PERFECT FOR ✓ Office ✓ Warehouse ✓ Schools ✓ Construction ✓ Local Authorities

Security Key CabinetsDesigned to meet the requirements of insurance companies in the control, tracking and security of keys associated with risk to valuables or property

• Robust 2.5mm body & door, layout can be customised • Colour coded and numbered key tabs • Euro cylinder deadlock & 5-pin cylinder c/w 2 keys

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Capacity Each 3

VKV030 305 230 70 30 keys £90.75 £84.56VKV048 355 300 80 48 keys £149.49 £139.49VKV100 550 380 80 100 keys £262.49 £244.49VKV200 550 380 140 200 keys £431.49 £42.99VKV400 730 550 140 400 keys £718.99 £669.99VKV600 730 550 205 600 keys £879.49 £819.49

Combi Key CabinetsA range of sturdy steel cabinets, combining key control and storage for personal property and valuables. Available in 4 models with different key capacities/compartments, designed to suit most applications.

• Choice of key capacities 50, 100 or 200 keys • Electronic locking on main door • Colour coded adjustable hook bars

from only

£26.91

from only

£383.99from only

£89.56

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Compartments Capacity Each 3

VKCC050 550 380 205 2 50 keys £411.99 £383.99VKCC100 550 730 205 4 100 keys £647.99 £630.49VKCC200 550 730 205 4 200 keys £730.49 £680.99VKCC004 550 380 205 4 n/a £411.99 £383.99

CAT_2014 05_Ca p154_5.indd 155 26/08/2014 11:02



CABINETS & LOCKERSSECURE STORAGE


High Security CabinetsA highly secure range of cabinets used in the safekeeping of large items such as laptops, mobile phones and bags of change. Consequently, they are suitable for a wide variety of applications such as schools, retail stores and Government offices.

• Independently tested and approved to withstand a half hour burglary attempt (FG Test)

• Insurance approved £3,000 cash (£30,000 valuables) • 4mm solid steel construction with 3-way locking, anti-drill protection

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Shelves (mm) Weight Each 3

VSFSC060 600 540 400 1 67 £618.49 £600.99VSFSC100 1000 600 450 2 154 £924.49 £893.99VSFSC160 1600 600 450 3 192 £1104.99 £1065.99

VSFSC160D 1600 600 700 4 235 £1358.49 £1308.49VSFSC180D 1800 850 700 4 302 £1489.49 £1433.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Office ✓Warehouse ✓Schools ✓Local Authorities ✓Garages

Fire Resistant Security CabinetsA range of secure fire and burglary resistant storage cabinets are an affordable solution for the safekeeping of both valuables and documents

• Independently tested and certified to EN 14450 S1 by VdS test house

• Insurance approved £2,000 cash (£20,000 valuables) • Double wall construction with fire

resistant infill to DIN4102

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Shelves Weight Each 3

VFCFS1023S1K 860 600 520 1 95 £1001.99 £967.49VFCFS1022S1K 1220 600 520 2 120 £1139.99 £1099.49VFCFS1021S1K 1580 600 520 3 145 £1238.99 £1193.99VFCFS1020S1K 1950 930 520 4 215 £1716.49 £1650.99VFCFS1024S1K 1950 1200 520 4 245 £1966.99 £1890.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Office

✓Warehouse

✓ Schools

✓Local Authorities

from only

£600.99

from only

£967.49

Price includes delivery, carry in and bolt down to a UK Mainland ground floor location. Deliveries above or below ground floor will incur additional cost, which is priced on application.

Price includes delivery, carry in and bolt down to a UK Mainland ground floor location. Deliveries above or below ground floor will incur additional cost, which is priced on application.

CAT_2014 05_Ca p156_7.indd 156 26/08/2014 11:02




CABINETS & LOCKERSSECURE STORAGE

Security CabinetsThis range of Security Cupboards provide an extra level of security for the storage of high value equipment and materials. They are constructed from welded heavy gauge steel for strength combined with a superior anti-pick locking mechanism.

• Welded all steel structure for extra strength.• Seven lever safe lock for high security.• Full length heavy duty hinges with concealed

fixings to prevent forced entry.

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


CS904646Z 900 460 460 1 £392.15CS129046Z 1200 900 460 2 £546.63CS121246Z 1200 1200 460 2 £834.80CS189046Z 1800 900 460 3 £840.75CS181246Z 1800 1200 460 3 £1027.91

PERFECT FOR ✓ Offices ✓ Confidential information

✓ Law firms ✓ Hospitals ✓ Government Offices ✓ Builders

Security Cabinet Extra Shelves • Extra shelves for our best selling security cabinets• Available in 3 sizes

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachCSES4646ZLXX 460 460 £23.77CSES9046ZLXX 900 460 £36.64CSES1246ZLXX 1200 460 £51.50

Cash & Valuable SafeAn incredibly robust security solution for safekeeping cash and valuables and ideal for a wide range of applications, including domestic properties, hotel rooms and offices.

• £3,000 overnight cash cover (£30,000 valuables)**

• 4mm solid steel electrically welded body, 8mm thick door fitted with key or electronic locking

• Fully lined interior and thick foam base pad to protect valuables


Width (mm)


VSFMV0K-S Key 250 374 274 22 £162.99 £152.49VSFMV1K-S Key 294 374 325 29 £182.99 £170.99VSFMV2K-S Key 532 374 425 52 £283.49 £265.49VSFMV0ZE-S Electronic 250 374 274 22 £215.99 £202.49VSFMV1ZE-S Electronic 294 374 325 29 £242.99 £227.49VSFMV2ZE-S Electronic 532 374 425 52 £316.99 £296.49

PERFECT FOR ✓Office ✓Warehouse ✓Shops ✓Schools ✓Local Authorities ✓Domestic

from only

£392.15

hesfrom only

£162.99


CAT_2014 05_Ca p156_7.indd 157 26/08/2014 11:02



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENT

WORKPLACE EQUIPMENT

FULL MARKS FOR GOOD POSTURE IN THE WORKPLACE

Improve your Workspace

We all know that bad backs are responsible for a great deal of absences from work. It is important that we take time to ensure that we stay healthy in the office.

Make sure your spine remains in its natural “S” position so that it is not under strain. Sit up straight, with your head in line with your shoulders and stop any slouching. You should also try taking regular breaks away from your desk to stretch your muscles. This will relieve the pressure on your spine

GET A SUPPORTIVE

CHAIRIt is a legal requirement that any office chair used at a computer must be adjustable in both height and tilt, and must support your natural back shape. If extra support is needed, back supports are a great item.

KEEP YOUR MONITOR AT EYE LEVEL

Your computer screen should be straight in front of you, and when working on a document the top line of text should be just below eye-level. If your monitor is sitting too low, try a monitor riser

KEEP YOUR SHOULDERS IN LINE

Make sure that all your desk accessories are within easy reach and that you do not have to extend your arms too much. Your mouse should be in a position where your elbow is comfortably bent. A wireless mouse is good for this as you are not restricted by the length of wire.

SUPPORT YOUR HANDS AND FEET

The key to keeping your hands and feet healthy is allowing natural movement. Palm supports and footrests ensure that hands and feet are in a natural position and are not being put under unnecessary stress. Foot supports will also ensure that thighs are parallel with the floor, and feet are positioned at a 90 degree angle, which improves circulation.

REDUCE PRESSURE ON YOUR SPINE

Avoid crossing legs, or leaning to one side, which will unevenly distribute weight, and put more pressure on your spine.

KEEP YOUR DOCUMENTS IN

EASY REACHDocument holders should be used to help avoid straining your neck by looking at documents placed flat on a desk. The ideal place for documents is between your screen and your keyboard.

See page 180-183 for our range of office furniture

Workplace_Equipemtn_Divider.indd 2 26/08/2014 11:06



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENT

First Aid 160-161

First Aid Provisions 162

Hazardous Storage 163

Safety Signage 164-165

Flammable Storage 166-167

Gas Cages 168

Drum Sump Pallets 169

Drum & IBC Stores 170-171

Emergency Spill Kits 172-173

Health & Safety

Winter Maintenance

Grit Bins 174

Grit Bin & Salt Kits 174

Winter Essentials 175

Wheeled Bins 176

Recycling Bins 177-178

External Litter Bins 179

Operator Chairs 180

Tables & Chairs 181

Desking 182 183

Canteen Furniture 184-185

Outside Space

Cycle Shelters 186

Smoking Shelters 187

Office & Workplace Furniture 188

Partitioning & Suspended Ceilings 189

In this sectionEliminating Waste1. When purchasing office supplies, make sure you choose recycled products.

2. Try to reuse any stationery that can be reused, i.e. re-sealable envelopes, bubble wrap, refill pens, tape dispensers, folders, and rechargeable batteries.

3. Donate unwanted materials, furniture and equipment for local community re-use. Contact your local council for more details.

4. If possible, don’t use fax cover sheets.

5. Keep your mailing list updated to avoid unnecessary correspondence. Consider switching to virtual communication means.

6. Advise your staff to read documents on their PC screens rather than printing them. This will save paper and reduce the clutter on your employees’ desks!

7. If it is suitable for your business needs, implement digital filing systems, as electronic copies of documents save space and reduce paper and toner usage.

8. Save toner and paper by tracking the numbers of copies you make, encourage your employees to use photocopiers and printers only when essential. Before sending files to printer, ensure you preview the document using the ‘Print Preview’ function.

9. Unplug mobile phone chargers when not in use. Switch off the monitors. When not in use and turn off the computers completely before leaving for the night or weekend.

10. Turn the lights off when and where they are not needed. If you prefer to keep lights on in the office over the weekend or at night for security reasons, use a timer.

11. Use a range of recycling methods to segregate waste.

Waste Management

Furniture

See page 177-178 for our range of recycling bins

Office & Workplace Furniture

Workplace_Equipemtn_Divider.indd 3 26/08/2014 11:06



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTFIRST AID KITS


Work Medic First Aid Kit• Wall Mountable HSE Compliant Kit (Wall Bracket included)• Handy First Aid Kit made from high impact, strong ABS. • Design protects contents from water and dust

Code Type Pack Quantity EachVC646 Small 10 £27.21VC647 Medium 10 £35.40VC648 Large 5 £48.38

PERFECT FOR ✓Workplace ✓Office ✓Manufacturers ✓Schools

Work Medic First Aid Kit Refill

Code Type EachVC681 Small Refill £21.16VC682 Medium Refill £31.24VC683 Large Refill £39.31

Work Medic Catering Kit• Wall Mountable HSE Compliant Kit (Wall Bracket included)• Handy First Aid Kit made from high impact, strong ABS. • Design protects contents from water and dust

Code Type Pack Quantity EachVC657 Small 10 £29.22VC658 Medium 10 £38.30VC659 Large 5 £49.39

PERFECT FOR ✓Food areas ✓Hotels ✓Restaurants

Work Medic Catering Kit Refill

Code Type EachVC685 Small Refill £23.17VC686 Medium Refill £33.26VC687 Large Refill £41.32

from only

£27.21

from only

£29.22from only

£23.17

from only

£21.16

CAT_2014 06_Wo p160_1.indd 160 26/08/2014 11:07




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTFIRST AID KITS

Workplace Compliant KitThis essential first aid package has been created to meet all of stringent HSE guidelines. When purchasing this kit you have the peace of mind that you and your company will meet the first aid equipment provision stipulated in the above legislation.

• New Essential 460 piece set• Comply with BS8599-1 standards Each HSE Essential First Aid Package contains: 1 x HSE Work Medic First Aid Kit 10 person, 1 x HSE Work Medic Burns Kit, 1 x HSE Plus Vehicle First Aid Kit, 1 x HSE Plus Double Eyewash Station, 1 x Survival Blanket, 1 x Resuscitation Hard Face Pocket Mask, 100 x Alcohol Free Moist Cleansing Wipes, 1 x Body Fluid Disposal 2 Application Kit, 1 x HSE First Aid Kit Wallet, 1 x Microporous Tape 2.5cm x 10m, 1 x Washproof Dressing Strip 4cm x 1m, 100 x Washproof Assorted Plasters

Code Type EachVC688 460 piece set £158.49VC690 Refill £115.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Workplace ✓Office ✓Manufacturers ✓Schools

Catering Essentials KitThis essential first aid package has been created to meet all of stringent HSE guidelines. When purchasing this kit you have the peace of mind that you and your company will meet the first aid equipment provision stipulated in the above legislation.

• New Essential 345 piece set• Comply with BS8599-1 standards Each HSE Essential First Aid Package contains: 1 x HSE Work Medic First Aid Kit 10 person, 1 x HSE Work Medic Burns Kit, 1 x HSE Plus Vehicle First Aid Kit, 1 x HSE Plus Double Eyewash Station, 1 x Survival Blanket, 1 x Resuscitation Hard Face Pocket Mask, 100 x Alcohol Free Moist Cleansing Wipes, 1 x Body Fluid Disposal 2 Application Kit, 1 x HSE First Aid Kit Wallet, 1 x Microporous Tape 2.5cm x 10m, 1 x Washproof Dressing Strip 4cm x 1m, 100 x Washproof Assorted Plasters

Code Type EachVC692 345 piece set £94.94VC694 Refill £65.15

PERFECT FOR ✓Food areas ✓Hotels ✓Restaurants

from only

£158.49

from only

£94.94

CAT_2014 06_Wo p160_1.indd 161 26/08/2014 11:07



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTFIRST AID PROVISIONS


Core Large Instant Ice PackLarge enough to wrap around most injuries. Easy to use, disposable. For treatment of strains, bruising and muscular injuries in first aid.

• Shake and twist ice pack • Urea and water solution • No freezer or cold box required

Code Pack Quantity EachVC302 20 £19.43

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Leisure Centres ✓Sports Teams

Burns First Aid Mobile Kit Bag• 24 piece content• Easy to carry


Burns Treatment• 20 piece content• Wall Mountable HSE Compliant Kit (Wall Bracket included)


DefribrillatorOnly AED made in the UK, Used by Shell UK, Coca-Cola & The British Lions.

• Easy to use• Small, light and rugged• 7 year warranty

Code Type EachVC830 Smaritan PAD300P Defibrillator with case £1683.99

from only

£29.10

from only

£29.15

CAT_2014 06_Wo p162_3.indd 162 26/08/2014 11:08




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTHAZARDOUS STORAGE

PPE CabinetsDesigned and manufactured to meet the requirements of The Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations 1994

• Storage Cabinets for Personal Protective Equipment

• Strong Welded 20swg steel construction • Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Each 4 VPPE10 915 457 457 1 £155.49 £148.99VPPE60 915 915 457 2 £253.49 £244.49VPPE65 1220 915 457 2 £258.99 £250.49VPPE70 1830 915 457 3 £334.99 £320.49VPPE71 1830 915 457 3 £411.49 £398.49


Hazardous Floor CabinetsIt is vital that employers and employees comply with the control of hazardous substances in all working environments. This range of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate storage and transportation of hazardous substances as demanded by the CoSHH regulations.

• ”No snag” handles with 2-point locking.• Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves for superior spill management.• Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of absorbents.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Number of Shelves EachCZ703530ZYXX 700 350 300 1 £112.99CZ709046ZYXX 700 900 460 1 £156.49CZ904646ZYXX 900 460 460 1 £133.49CZ909046ZYXX 900 900 460 1 £170.99CZ129046ZYXX 1200 900 460 2 £215.99CZ189046ZYXX 1800 900 460 3 £254.49CZ181246ZYXX 1800 1200 460 3 £299.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Chemical Plants ✓Farms ✓Business Premises ✓Hospitals ✓Offices

from only

£148.99

from only

£112.99

** VPPE71 Complete with centre divider, 3 shelves and hanging rail

CAT_2014 06_Wo p162_3.indd 163 26/08/2014 11:08



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTSAFETY SIGNAGE


Fire exit keep clear

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity Each11606F 200 200 6 £11.71

Safety SignageHealth and safety is an issue that’s impossible to ignore and while it seems you can hardly go anywhere without seeing a sign of some sort. They do have a vital role to play in communicating workplace information. They can minimise the risk of an accident occurring in your workplace and are an easy and universally understood way to get your message across.

To make your office, school, warehouse or any place of work safer, we offer many site safety signs. Some relate to specific machinery, such as forklifts, while others offer general security or safety advice.

PERFECT FOR ✓Warehouse ✓Shop ✓Garage ✓Office

Fire door keep shut

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity Each11610B 80 80 20 £3.62

Fire exit - left

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity Each12003L 150 450 5 £14.38

Fire exit - right


Fire exit - straight on


Fire exit - down


from only

£11.71from only

£3.62

CAT_2014 06_Wo p164_5.indd 164 26/08/2014 11:08




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTSAFETY SIGNAGE

No admittance to unauthorised personnel

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack Quantity Each

13201K 400 300 5 £21.16

Caution forklift trucks operating

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack Quantity Each

14215K 400 300 5 £21.16

Eye protection must be worn

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack Quantity Each

15003G 100 300 10 £5.59

Protective footwear must be worn

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack Quantity Each

15201G 100 300 10 £5.59

High visibility jackets must be worn

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack Quantity Each

15452G 100 300 10 £5.59

Use ear protectors

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack Quantity Each

15012G 100 300 10 £5.59

Pedestrians must use this route

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack Quantity Each

15428G 100 300 10 £5.59

Sound horn drive slowly

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack Quantity Each

15413G 100 300 10 £5.59

Caution very hot water

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Pack Quantity Each

24236A 100 75 20 £1.99

CAT_2014 06_Wo p164_5.indd 165 26/08/2014 11:08



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTHAZARDOUS STORAGE


Chem Cube Plastic Chemical CabinetDurable plastic chemical storage unit. Includes two removable heavy-duty plastic mesh shelves with a load capacity of 250kg per shelf.

• Lockable double doors prevent unauthorised access into the unit • 125 litre sump capacity allows for any accidental spillages

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachCCC3 1310 1220 520 £831.99

Oily Rag BinsOily rag bin designed to keep your workspace clean and segregate at risk items.

• Strong 16swg steel construction.• Hinged lid with tubular lift handle.• Available with or without removable steel liner.

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm) Type Each 4

VORB01 680 410 410 no liner £144.49 £140.49VORB02 830 600 450 no liner £171.49 £168.49VORB03 680 410 410 Liner £177.99 £173.99VORB04 830 600 450 Liner £215.99 £213.49


Sloping Top BinsSloping top bin designed to segregate your flammable waste.


Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVSTB04Y 900/500 900 750 £372.99VSTB05Y 900/500 1200 750 £434.49

Please add colour suffix: Yellow (Y), Red (R) or Grey (GY)

from only

£213.99

Flat Top BinsFlat top bin designed to segregate your flammable waste.


Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachVFTB01 500 600 350 £213.99VFTB02 600 600 600 £259.99VFTB03 600 1200 600 £350.49

Please add colour suffix: Yellow (Y), Red (R) or Grey (GY)

from only

£831.99

from only

£372.99

CAT_2014 06_Wo p166_7.indd 166 26/08/2014 11:09




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTFLAMMABLE STORAGE

FlamBank Hazardous Storage Fully complies with all regulations for the safe storage of chemicals and flammables, ideal for external use.

• Fully welded and tested sump base to prevent leakage• Ventilation to prevent the build-up of fumes• Built to the specification of 30 minute fire resistance

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachFB1 Van Box 475 985 540 £272.99FB21 Site Box 665 760 675 £377.49FB2 Site Box 665 1275 675 £447.49FBC2 Flambank 1275 760 675 £663.99FBC4 Flambank 1275 1275 675 £768.99FBC5 Flambank 1275 1585 675 £992.49FBC8 Flambank 1220 2380 1000 £2306.49

from only

£300.99

FlamStor Hazardous Storage Cabinet• Heavy-duty construction to withstand harsh treatment• Complies with all regulations for storing of harmful

chemicals and flammables, ideal for external use• Built to a 30 minute fire resistant, ventilated

to prevent the build up of fumes

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachFSC1 950 500 530 £300.99FSC2 1250 800 580 £566.49FSC3 1550 1200 580 £922.99

FlamStor Storage UnitsManufactured to the highest specification for the safety and security of larger quantities of chemicals and flammables. Fully complies with all relevant regulations for storing flammables or chemicals

• Walk-in hazardous stores designed for fixed installation• Welded and tested sump to prevent leakage -

raised and removable open-steel floor• 30 minute fire protection with high and low level ventilation

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachFS1.2 2100 1200 1200 £2139.99FS1.8 2100 1200 1800 £2628.99FS2.0 2100 2000 2000 £3594.49FS3.0 2100 2000 3000 £4696.99FS4.0 2100 2000 4000 £5968.99

Collapsible Hazardous StoreMedium duty secure ‘walk-in’ hazardous storage units for fixed installation. Comes with a fully welded and tested sump to prevent leakage, a raised and removable open-steel floor and heavy duty lockable door.

• High and low level ventilation• 30 minute fire resistance• Available in 3 standard sizes

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachFS2.0M 2200 2160 2305 £3098.99FS3.0M 2200 2160 3080 £3587.99FS4.0M 2200 2160 4080 £4240.49

from only

£272.99

from only

£2139.99

CAT_2014 06_Wo p166_7.indd 167 26/08/2014 11:09



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTGAS CAGES


Collapsible Gas CageA robust versatile security cage designed for safely storing gas cylinders or expensive equipment. Flat-pack - one-piece unit that is easily erected in minutes. Folds down to 180mm high when not in use with no removable parts.

• Galvanised to sustain all weather conditions• 2 padlock points for increased security• Easily stacked when folded down

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) Each 4TC1.2 1800 1200 1200 120 £698.99 £684.49

Gorilla Modular Gas CagesDesigned for the safe storage of gas cylinders. Our unique modular bolt-together gas cage allows the cage to be erected quickly and it can be made to any required size. Heavy-duty construction using 30mm box section and 3mm wire mesh maximises the strength and durability of the product. It comes with a hinged door and padlock facility for security, complete with all fixings and relevant signage to comply with regulations on storing gas cylinders.

• Great for a fixed installation requirement providing extra security and stability

• Has the facility for bolting the cages down to the ground

• Can be easily dismantled when not in use and stored away tidily as individual panels.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachGGC1 900 1000 500 £328.49GGC3 1800 900 500 £433.49GGC4 1200 1200 1200 £482.49GGC5 1800 900 900 £468.49GGC6 1800 1200 1200 £559.49GGC7 1800 1800 900 £650.49GGC8 1800 1800 1200 £733.99GGC9 1800 1800 1800 £775.99

from only

£328.49

from only

£684.49

CAT_2014 06_Wo p168_9.indd 168 26/08/2014 11:10




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTDRUM SUMP PALLETS

Drum Sump PalletsSecondary containment of 205 litre drums of oils or chemicals outside or inside. Compliant with Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations. Oil and Chemical compatibility.

• Robust and corrosion free • Removable plastic grids and forklift pockets• Fully guaranteed

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight kg Each 5FL-205-104 2 drum polyethylene 330 1220 820 34 £150.99 £145.99FL-205-108 2 drum hardcover 2070 1470 1420 95 £975.49 £962.99GN-205-01 2 spillpallet drum ramp 450 800 600 36 £344.49 £308.99FL-205-105 4 drum polyethylene 275 1280 1280 25 £180.49 £173.49FL-205-106 4 drum in line polyethylene 150 2610 895 48 £381.99 £328.99FL-205-109 4 drum poly frame and cover 275 1280 1280 54 £841.49 £830.99GN-205-02 4 drum spillpallet ramp 275 1000 1740 33 £313.49 £286.99FL-205-109 4 drum hardcover 750 2040 1850 115 £841.49 £830.99FL-205-107 8 drum polyethylene 510 2560 1350 136 £728.99 £686.99

Spill TraysFor catching spills from small drums and cans in the work area

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight kg Each 5FL-205-507 2 drum 110 715 460 5.5 £84.13 £80.64FL-205-508 4 drum 175 920 720 15 £134.49 £131.49

from only

£145.99

from only

£80.64

2 drum polyethylene

2 drum hardcover

2 spillpallet drum ramp

4 drum hardcover

CAT_2014 06_Wo p168_9.indd 169 26/08/2014 11:10



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTDRUM & IBC STORES


IBC SpillpalletsSecondary containment for oils and chemicals in 1000 litre intermediate bulk containers. Oil and Chemical Compatibility. Compliant with Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations.

• Forklift Pockets• Robust and corrosion free • Fully guaranteed

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight kg Each 5FL-205-201 Single Polyethylene 580 1890 1385 70 £633.49 £624.99FL-205-203 Free Standing Double Polyethylene 510 2340 1360 85 £749.99 £726.99FL-205-204 Double Polyethylene 500 2560 1350 115 £843.49 £801.99FL-205-205 Twin Polyethylene 500 2820 1410 65 £796.49 £700.99FL-205-206 Single Poly frame and cover 2410 1760 1350 119 £1164.49 £1150.99FL-205-207 Double poly Frame and Cover 2210 2560 1350 156 £1252.49 £1237.49

from only

£204.99

Bunded WorkfloorsExtremely tough and durable. Minimises the health and safety risks that can occur from heavy lifting.

• Manufactured from non-corroding polyethylene• Suitable for use of 2 and 4 Drum Work Floors• Sump volume: 145 Litres

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Each 5FL-205-301 2 Drum poly workfloor 150 1260 860 £210.49 £204.99FL-205-303 4 Druminline workfloor 150 2610 890 £388.49 £343.49FL-205-304 Workfloor ramp 150 1220 650 £102.99 £98.88FL-205-305 Low incline workfloor ramp 190 1740 1000 £214.49 £205.99

Drum BankProtects against the weather and theft. Fully complies to all regulations for safe storage of 205 litre drums. Built to a 30 minute fire resistance with a raised and removable open floor.

• Very robust build quality• Fully lockable using internal 5

lever heavy-duty deadlocks, serial numbered for replacement keys

• Gas struts on lid to help opening and closing

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachDB2 2 Drum 1350 1350 900 £1286.49DB4 4 Drum 1350 1350 1250 £1698.49

from only

£624.99

CAT_2014 06_Wo p170_1.indd 170 26/08/2014 11:11




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTSTEEL DRUM CABINETS

Drum and IBC StoresSecure, bunded steel units for storage of drums and IBC’s of oils and chemicals which comply with the relevant safety and environmental legislation.

• Sump holds 25% of total liquid stored • Double sliding or roller shutter doors • High and low level vents

Bunded Fuel & Oil TanksFuel, oil and waste oil tanks are designed to meet oil storage legislation and comply with OFTEC certification. Lockable windproof cabinet. Guaranteed for 5 years.

• 3mm steel and 110% bunded • Secure and lockable • Locatable on uneven ground without a concrete base

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Capacity (L) EachFL-25-101 - 500 Fuel 1100 1000 1000 500 £1165.49FL-25-101 - 1000 Fuel 1250 1000 1250 1000 £1565.99FL-25-101 - 2000 Fuel 1100 1000 2250 2000 £1809.49FL-25-101 - 3000 Fuel 1350 1250 2250 3000 £2305.49FL-25-101 - 5000 Fuel 1700 1500 2500 5000 £3392.49FL-25-101-10000 Fuel 2200 2000 3100 10000 £5488.49FL-26-101-1000 Oil 1250 1000 1250 1000 £1339.99FL-26-101-2000 Oil 1100 1000 2250 2000 £1670.49FL-26-101-2500 Oil 1350 1000 2250 2500 £1782.99FL-26-101-5000 Oil 1700 1500 2500 5000 £3392.49FL-28-101-500 Waste Oil 1100 1000 625 500 £1165.49FL-28-101-1000 Waste Oil 1100 1000 1250 1000 £1339.99FL-28-101-2500 Waste Oil 1350 1000 2250 2500 £1782.99FL-28-101-5000 Waste Oil 1700 1500 2500 5000 £3392.49

from only

£4523.49

from only

£1165.49

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachFL-49-002 8 Drum 3100 1500 1500 £4523.49FL-49-004 16 Drum 3350 3000 1650 £6028.49FL-49-005 32 Drum 3100 5900 1650 £7803.99FL-49-006 48 Drum 3100 8900 1650 £11603.99FL-49-003 4 IBC 3350 3000 1650 £5895.49FL-49-007 8 IBC 3350 5900 1650 £8023.99FL-49-008 12 IBC 3350 8900 1650 £11326.49

CAT_2014 06_Wo p170_1.indd 171 26/08/2014 11:11



Wheeled LockersLarge capacity easily mobile spill kits for spills of oil and water based liquids. Full range of absorbents supplied in a mobile wheeled locker.

• Allows you to respond efficiently and effectivily to large spills• Audit covers and tamperproof tape prevent illicit

use without being clearly evident• Complies fully with BS 7959 and ISO 9001:2008 standards

Wheeled Bin Spill KitsSpill kits contain a range of products to deal effectively and quickly with spills. Maintenance (M): For indoor use to contain and absorb non aggressive liquids and chemicals whether oil or water based. Oil Selective (O): For all external uses where oil needs to be absorbed without saturating the absorbent with water. Highly absorbent for oils and fuels and repellent of water. Universal chemical (U): For use with aggressive chemicals. Please call if you would like to place an order for refills for these products.

• Large capacity easily mobile spill kits • Audit covers and tamperproof tape prevent illicit

use without being clearly evident

WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTEMERGENCY SPILL KITS


Handy Bag Spill Kit

Code Type Capacity (L) EachSK-100-101 Maintenance 15 £22.70SK-100-201 Oil 15 £22.70SK-100-301 Chemical 15 £27.40

Shoulder Bag Spill Kit Carry Bag Spill Kit

Code Type Capacity (L) EachSK-100-103 Maintenance 35 £39.91SK-100-203 Oil 35 £53.22SK-100-303 Chemical 35 £61.04

from only

£103.49

from only

£537.99

from only

£22.70

from only

£47.74 from only

£39.91

Code Type Capacity (L) EachSK-142-102 Maintenance 120 £103.49SK-142-103 Maintenance 240 £184.99SK-142-104 Maintenance 360 £192.99SK-142-202 Oil 120 £119.99SK-142-203 Oil 240 £172.99SK-142-204 Oil 360 £178.49SK-142-303 Chemical 240 £223.99SK-142-302 Chemical 120 £137.99SK-142-304 Chemical 360 £309.49

Code Type Capacity (L) EachSK-141-104 Maintenance 600 £537.99SK-141-204 Oil & Fuel 600 £579.49SK-141-304 Chemical 600 £618.49

Code Type Capacity (L) EachSK-100-104 Maintenance 50 £47.74SK-100-304 Chemical 50 £61.04SK-100-204 Oil & Fuel Kit 50 £53.59

CAT_2014 06_Wo p172_3.indd 172 26/08/2014 11:11




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTEMERGENCY SPILL KITS

Spill MateCompact, Cost Effective Spill Control Product Dispensing Station. Easy accessibility for dispensing spill absorbent, spill products can be varied according to nature of liquids used.

• Cost effective • Versatile - Wall or Bench mounted • Durable metal construction PERFECT FOR

✓Workshop ✓Production area

Spill Mate AccessoriesA range of accessories for our best selling Spill Mate dispensing station

from only

£34.43

from only

£88.57

Code Type Width (mm) Length (mm) Colour Pack Quantity EachSK-08-103 Perforated Roll 300 4300 Grey 1 £34.43FL-41-203 Maintenance Pads 400 300 Grey 100 £41.47FL-41-204 Oil Selective Pads 400 300 White 100 £41.47SK-11-001 Industrial Wipe Roll n/a n/a n/a 1 £52.43FL-67-005 Gloves n/a n/a n/a 1000 £73.73

Code Type EachFL-41-101 Wall Mounted £88.57

FL-41-102 Bench Mounted £72.13

CAT_2014 06_Wo p172_3.indd 173 26/08/2014 11:12



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTGRIT BINS


Heavy Duty Grit BinBest Selling Heavy Duty Grit Bin. Manufactured from tough, medium density UV stabilised polyethylene.

• Hinged lid - protects grit / salt from the elements. 200 litre bin has 1 x hasp and staple; 400 litre has 2

• Will not discolour or deteriorate. Available in yellow from stock• 200 litre bin is able to hold 250kg of salt; the 400 litre bin can hold 500kg

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Length (mm) Capacity Each 5 10

VRW0001Y 710 750 720 200L £111.99 £108.99 £106.49VRW0002Y 710 750 1260 400L £156.99 £151.99 £148.99

200/350 Litre Stackable Grit BinsManufactured from tough, medium density UV stabilised polyethylene.

• Up to14 bins per pallet for space saving storage and ease of transportation. (14 x 200 litre on a pallet or 9 x 350 litre)

• 200 litre able to hold up to 250kg of salt - 10 bags and the 350 litre is able to hold up to 400kg

• Hasp and staple lock an optional extra

100 Litre Grit BinManufactured from tough, medium density UV stabilised polyethylene. Nestable, therefore ideal for space saving storage and ease of transportation.

• Able to hold up to 125kg of salt - 5 bags• Hinged lid - protects grit / salt from the elements.

Fitted with barrel lock and key. • Will not discolour or deteriorate.

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VRW0004Y 605 560 705 100L £81.08 £76.27 £72.46

30 Litre Mini Grit BinIdeal for commercial, and in particular domestic use.

• Available in recycled black material as standard• 25kg of white rock salt and a small injection

moulded scoop supplied loose in each bin• Supplied with a hasp & staple and a combination lock

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VRW0007 475 383 305 30L £54.52 £49.13 £44.71

PERFECT FOR ✓Yards ✓Driveways ✓Carparks

60 Litre Grit Bin• Nestable, will fit up to 32 per pallet• Hasp and staple lock an optional extra

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VRW0020Y 475 470 500 60L £58.71 £52.91 £48.15

60 Litre Grit BinsManufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene. Available in 3 stock colours: Yellow, Forest Green and Light Mottled Grey. Capable of holding up to 60 litres of Salt.

from only

£53.88

60 Litre Grit Bin Kit• Supplied with 25kg of salt and a small scoop

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VRW0020Y-SS 475 470 500 60L £65.70 £59.21 £53.88

PERFECT FOR ✓Car Parks ✓Campusus ✓Roadside Storage ✓Company Premises

from only

£77.46

from only

£106.49

from only

£44.71

from only

£48.15

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)


VRW0005Y 720 520 1020 200L £86.67 £81.53 £77.46VRW0006Y 750 725 1200 350L £114.99 £107.99 £102.49

from only

£72.46

CAT_2014 06_Wo p174_5.indd 174 26/08/2014 11:12




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTWINTER MAINTENANCE

Salt/GritWe offer 2 types of Salt. High quality, granulated white salt which is ideal for de-icing areas with foot traffic and brown rock salt which is a cost effective alternative that provides greater natural traction and grip.

Code Type EachVROCKSALT2 40 bags (25kg per bag) of Brown Rock Salt £145.49VROCKSALT1 10 bags (25kg per bag) of Brown Rock Salt £86.53

VWSALT3 1 tonne bulk bag of White Salt £234.99VWSALT2 40 bags (25kg per bag) of Pure White De-Icing Salt £246.49VWSALT1 10 bags (25kg per bag) of Pure White De-Icing Salt £137.99

PERFECT FOR ✓Commercial ✓Domestic

Magic Ice Melt• 7.5kg tub• Ideal for treating icy steps and uneven surfaces

Code Weight (kg) EachVMIM5 7.5 £38.66

from only

£491.49

Forklift Snow PloughHeavy duty snow plough and yard scraper. Attachment fits most forklift trucks.

• Choice of 1200 or 1500mm blade widths• Overall depth 1350mm

Code Width (mm) EachVFSP-1 1200 £491.49VFSP-2 1500 £570.99

Snow ShovelsOur wide range of snow shovels means you will find a shovel to suit your need.

Code Type EachVSV1 100mm blade handy Ice scraper £2.20VSV2 Large hand scoop £6.10VSV5 Large blade heavy duty shovel £28.66VSV6 Snow scoop with pole £20.87VSV7 Snow pusher with pole £20.87

VRW0013 Hand shovel £20.97VRW0015 Two piece shovel £30.75

from only

£175.99

Salt SpreaderOur heavy duty spreader is specifically designed for use with rock salt/grit. Unlike other spreaders , our high output model has a high flow rate so the hopper won’t clog up.

• 29kg capacity hopper with a fully adjustable flow rate• 2.5-3.5 spread area - ideal for large areas• 20cm pneumatic tyres ideal for grip on snow/ice

Code Load (kg) EachVHD2040 29 £175.99

Push Along Snow PloughOur ploughs, snow blades and movers takes the back pain and time out of snow clearing.

• ‘V' blade design allows snow to easily slide of either side of the blade.• Minimises work by pushing instead of lifting and throwing.• Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated

finish, making this a high quality hard wearing product.

Code Type Width (mm) Weight EachVHSP-1 Wide Plough 955 8 £75.54VHSP-3 V' blade 900 8 £96.91

from only

£86.53

from only

£38.66

from only

£75.54

VHSP-3

VHSP-1

CAT_2014 06_Wo p174_5.indd 175 26/08/2014 11:12



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTWHEELED BINS


from only

£32.41

2 Wheeled Bins• Fitted with sturdy rubber wheels• Lightweight yet robust construction• Resistant to weather conditions and UV rays

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Length (mm)


FL-143-120 940 550 470 120 £40.93 £33.78 £32.41FL-143-140 940 550 470 140 £47.65 £40.79 £39.48FL-143-240 1000 600 730 240 £49.30 £46.28 £41.20

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YE), Red (RD), Green (GN), Grey (GR) or Blue (BL)

Wheeled Bins Wheeled Bins for industrial and domestic uses are available in 5 sizes and a choice of colours. They are all manufactured to meet British manufacturing standards constructed from high density polyethylene, resistant to extreme temperatures and tough external conditions.

4 Wheeled Bins• Reinforced hinges and ergonomic side handles• 200mm rubber tyres on swivel castors for full

mobility with two central wheel locks• Compatible with standard lifting mechanisms

Code Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Length (mm)


FL-143-660YE 1213 780 1373 660 £229.49 £200.49 £195.49FL-143-770YE 1365 776 1373 770 £240.49 £212.49 £206.99FL-143-1100YE 1075 1450 1380 1100 £273.49 £246.99 £241.49

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YE), Red (RD), Green (GN), Grey (GR) or Blue (BL)

Wheeled Bin AccessoriesWe provide a wide range of accessories for our 4 wheeled bins to suit all your waste needs.

Code Type Each 5 10FL-143-103 Paper Slot Lid £4.94 £4.67 £4.39FL-143-107 Brush Bottle Lid £21.84 £19.91 £19.23

FL-143-105 Rubber Bottle Lid £14.83 £14.42 £13.73

FL-143-101 Drop Front £68.67 £65.92 £63.17

Wheeled Bin LinersOur bin liners have been manufactured to keep bins and containers clean. Saving cleaning costs and offering a hygenic and practical solution

• Our bin bags have gauge measurements which the thickness of the bag• All our bags meet european standards• Three types to suit your individual needs

from only

£195.49

from only

£15.75

Paper Slot Lid

Brush Bottle Lid

Drop Front

from only

£4.39

Code Colour Pack Quantity Guage Capacity (L) Each 4 8BP160D Black 200 160 Gauge 80 £35.25 £31.50 £29.25

BP4 Black 52 120 Gauge 120/140 £20.25 £17.25 £15.75BP2D Black 52 120 Gauge 240 £23.25 £19.80 £18.75BP360 Black 100 120 Gauge 360 £46.50 £44.25 £42.75BP1100 Black 50 160 Gauge 1100 £71.70 £4.50 £60.75BP5C Clear 100 140 Gauge 80 £30.75 £25.20 £23.25BP4C Clear 100 120 Gauge 120/140 £57.00 £49.50 £47.25

BP2C Clear 100 120 Gauge 240 £40.50 £36.25 £33.00

BioBP80 Translucent Green 100 80 Gauge 80 £63.00 £57.75 £54.00BioBP4 Translucent Green 100 80 Gauge 120/140 £72.00 £64.50 £60.00BioBP2 Translucent Green 50 80 Gauge 240 £60.00 £52.50 £48.00

CAT_2014 06_Wo p176_7.indd 176 26/08/2014 11:13




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTRECYCLING BINS

Open Top Recycling BinsThese 30 & 50 litre open top recycling bins are suitable for all waste and come with colour coded lids and a range of stickers to identify a variety of recycling options.

• Easy to clean and are made from commercial grade plastic• Suitable for both business and home environments

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) EachRECY30 415 410 320 30 £15.17RECY50 620 410 320 50 £17.17

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YE), Brown (BR), Red (RD), Light Green (LG), Black (BLK), Dark Green (DG) or Blue (BL)

Lift Top Recycling BinsLift top recycling bins in two sizes, 25 and 50 litre with four coloured lids, with a range of stickers to identify the different recycling types.

• Four lid colours to satisfy recycling options• Two sizes to fit all waste options• Lid secures bag in place

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) EachWM25 510 190 400 25 £12.94WM50 510 400 400 50 £18.74

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YEL), Red (RED), Green (GRN), or Blue (BLU)

PERFECT FOR ✓Office locations ✓Central office or individual desk space ✓Cafetetria and eating locations ✓Corridor areas ✓Packing and loading areas ✓Vending machine locations

Touch Top Lift Recycling BinsLift top recycling bins in two sizes to fit all waste options - 25 and 45 litre. Five coloured lids available with a range of stickers to identify the different recycling options.

• Commercial grade plastic for easy wipe down• Lid secures bag in place• Easy lift lid secures contents

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) EachMECO25 510 215 360 25 £17.01MECO45 510 365 360 45 £20.75

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YEL), Red (RED), Green (GRN), Grey (GY) or Blue (BLU)

from only

£12.94

from only

£17.01

from only

£15.17

The bins on this page come with the above range of stickers

CAT_2014 06_Wo p176_7.indd 177 26/08/2014 11:13



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTRECYCLING BINS


EcoAce Recycling BinThe EcoAce recycling range is ideal for small offices wanting to introduce a recycling scheme or step up recycling rates. Available in two sizes (52 or 62 litre capacity).

• Black base made from 100% reclaimed plastic• WRAP colour coded lids and recycling labels• Suitable for internal use

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Each81900/11 560 417 417 52 £75.2881900/1 650 417 417 62 £77.72

PERFECT FOR ✓Offices ✓Hospitals ✓Corporate Venues ✓Schools ✓Universities & Higher Education

82Ltr Midi Envirobin The Midi Envirobin from Leafield Environmental is an 82ltr capacity recycling bin ideally suited for internal office recycling. Wrap compliant colour coded apertures and graphics as standard.

• Slimline, compact and space saving design, use individually at desk side or in a group.

• Ergonomic design perfectly suited to modern contemporary office environments.

• Sack retaining feature for discreet fitting of refuse sack.


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Capacity (L) Each

817201 Paper 866 302 541 82 £127.49

817202 Confidential Paper 866 302 541 82 £143.99

8172011B Bottles 866 302 541 82 £127.498172011C Cans 866 302 541 82 £127.49

8172051 Mixed Recycling 866 302 541 82 £127.49

100Ltr EnvirobinSpace saving office recycling bin. The Envirobin 100 is the 'pioneering' recycling bin and is a popular classic used by countless customers worldwide. Wrap compliant colour coded aperture and graphics.

• 100ltr Capacity is ideal for recycling in numerous internal locations.• Ideal for a wide range of internal waste recycling situations.• Sack retaining feature for discreet fitting of refuse bag.


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Capacity (L) Each

811551 Flip Top 899 445 445 100 £144.49811551000 Paper 803 445 445 100 £144.49811551021 Cans 803 445 445 100 £144.49811551041 Bottles 803 445 445 100 £144.49

811551060 Mixed Recycling 803 445 445 100 £144.49

from only

£144.49

140Ltr Maxi Envirobin The 140 litre Maxi Envirobin follows the same styling as the Envirobin family in a large capacity unit suitable for both internal and external situations. Wrap compliant colour coded apertures and graphics as standard.

• Excellent strength and stability is provided by the double skin construction and integral ballast compartment.

• Ideal for 'heavy-footfall' areas.• Slam shut door with 4 strong latch points.


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Capacity (L) Each

8169241 Paper 1220 550 615 140 £299.49

8169242 Confidential Paper 1220 550 615 140 £313.99

8169221 Bottles 1220 550 615 140 £299.498169221 Bottles 1220 550 615 140 £299.49

8169261 Mixed Recycling 1220 550 615 140 £299.49

from only

£299.49

from only

£127.49from only

£107.99

Base and lids available in black or ivory as standard. Bespoke colours are available at additional cost.

Base and lids available in black or ivory as standard. Bespoke colours are available at additional cost.

Please add recycling type suffix when ordering: Paper (P), Cans (C), Bottles (B), Mixed Recycling (R) or General Waste (W)

CAT_2014 06_Wo p178_9.indd 178 26/08/2014 11:13




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTLITTER BINS

Smiley Face BinNovelty Recycling bins designed to appeal to the younger environmentalist. Wrap colour compliant with interchangeable lids.

• Smaller size and funny faces encourage children to feed the recycling bins with recyclable waste

• Robust yet easy to handle with a wipe clean surface• WRAP compliant colour coded lids and recycling labels as standard

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Each818803 507 425 425 41 £70.38818802 608 425 425 52 £72.08818801 710 425 425 62 £73.78


Hungry Hippo Litter BinA unique fun product which encourages an early appreciation of litter awareness.

• Choice of Henry or Henrietta model• Key locking with galvanised steel liner• Anchor plate included for ground fixing

Code Height (mm) Capacity (L) EachV86050 1100 65 £308.49

AquaBuddy Recycling BinThe AquaBuddy Recycling range joins the popular EnviroBuddies novelty collection. Designed to educate and encourage children to recycle.

• Durable products made from 100% recyclable polyethylene• WRAP compliant recycling labels included as standard• For internal or external use

SpaceBuddy Recycling BinThe SpaceBuddy is a brightly coloured bin designed to encourage kids to recycle and tidy up.

• 84 litre capacity as standard, plastic liner optional extra• WRAP compliant coloured lid, recycling label and eyes included as standard• For internal & external use

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Each81886 810 440 440 84 £136.49

Heritage Lite Round Hooded Litter BinClassic heavy duty litter bin with double apertures providing easy ‘walk by’ access in external environments.

• 100 litre capacity• Includes plastic liner• Ground fixing optional extra

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Each81440/102/G2,R2 1168 570 570 100 £139.49

Economy Monarch Litter Bin The Monarch is a simple, value for money open-top litter bin, suitable for a range of internal and external situations.

• Includes a sack retention belt to hold a plastic sack (sack not included).• Ideal for school playground or outdoors areas.• Easy clean surface finish.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Each808367G2N25 810 500 500 144 £120.49

Please add colour suffix: Yellow (YE), Blue (BL), Black (BK), Green (GN) or Red (RD)

from only

£70.38

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Nurseries ✓Theme Parks ✓Creches ✓Kids Play Areas

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Nurseries ✓Creches

PERFECT FOR ✓Park ✓Outdoor Spaces

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Nurseries ✓Creches

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Factories ✓Warehouse ✓Sports Venue


Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Capacity (L) Each

81886/211/G2 Penguin 805 440 440 55 £176.4981886/230/G2 Dolphin 825 440 440 55 £176.4981886/242/G2 Frog 850 440 440 75 £183.99

from only

£136.49

from only

£139.49



Lock and gold bands as an optional extra. Available in Black (BL), Navy (NV), Dark Green (DG) & Burgundy

from only

£120.49

CAT_2014 06_Wo p178_9.indd 179 26/08/2014 11:13



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTOPERATOR CHAIRS


from only

£89.20

Look Operator ChairsLook provides anatomically designed seating at a competitive price point. Two contoured back sizes are available offering excellent postural support, while a generous posture seat with an enhanced 'waterfall' front ensures comfort over long periods of use. Simple fingertip controls offer smooth adjustment of the back angle and seat height, while curved armrests offer the user superb additional style and comfort.

Please add colour suffix to your order: Red (RD), Blue (BL), Grey (GR), Green (GN) or Black (BK)

from only

£103.99

Pop Operator SeatingPop is a range of robust task chairs with clean modern styling. The range includes the choice of medium or high backs and loop or adjustable height arm types.

• Seat W: 470 x D435 x H425-550mm, back height 460mm

Please add colour suffix to your order: Red (RD), Blue (BL), Grey (GR), Green (GN) or Black (BK)

from only

£109.49

Carlo Operator SeatingThe Carlo task chair utilises modern materials to create a chair that is both practical and innovative. With a stylish, robust yet flexible nylon back the Carlo chair manages to deliver superb comfort characteristics, with a modern aesthetic and a realistic price point.

Please add colour suffix to your order: Red (RD), Blue (BL), Grey (GR), Green (GN) or Black (BK) and Back colour: White (W), Black (BK) or Grey (GR)

Mesh Operator SeatingConceived with comfort in mind, mesh offers generous upholstery combined with sophisticated engineering to provide the ultimate in operator seating at a realistic price point.

Please add colour suffix to your order: Red (RD), Blue (BL), Grey (GR), Green (GN) or Black (BK). Back mesh comes in black as standard.

from only

£160.49

Code Type Arm Type Each 5 10LO1 Mid Back None £99.86 £95.86 £89.20

LO1LA Mid Back Loop £121.49 £114.99 £108.49

LO1AA Mid Back Height Adjustable £134.49 £127.49 £120.99

LO1DR Mid Back None £125.49 £118.99 £111.99LO2 High Back None £109.49 £102.99 £96.13

LO2LA High Back Loop £128.49 £121.99 £115.49

LO2AA High Back Height Adjustable £140.99 £134.49 £127.99

Code Type Arm Type Each 5 10CAR1 Mid Back None £122.99 £116.99 £109.49

CAR1LA Mid Back Loop £141.99 £134.99 £128.49CAR1AA Mid Back Adjustable £154.49 £147.99 £140.99

ode Type Arm Type Each 5 10MSH1 No Headrest None £173.99 £167.99 £160.49

MSH1FX No Headrest Loop £189.49 £182.99 £176.49MSH1AA No Headrest Adjustable £211.99 £204.99 £198.49MSH2 Headrest None £200.99 £194.49 £187.49

MSH2FX Headrest Loop £216.99 £209.99 £203.49MSH2AA Headrest Adjustable £238.99 £231.99 £225.49

Code Type Arm Type Each 5 10POP1 Mid Back None £117.49 £110.49 £103.99

POP1LA Mid Back Loop £135.99 £129.49 £122.99POP1AA Mid Back Adjustable £148.99 £141.99 £135.49POP2 High Back None £123.99 £117.49 £110.99

POP2LA High Back Loop £142.99 £136.49 £129.99POP2AA High Back Adjustable £155.49 £148.99 £142.49

• Seat W: 470 x D440 x H400-535mm

• Seat W: 495 x D470 x H440 - 570mm, back height 500mm • Seat W: 480 x D470 x H430 - 570mm, back height 590mm

CAT_2014 06_Wo p180_1.indd 180 26/08/2014 11:14




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTTABLES & CHAIRS

Olney leisure seatingA plastic four legged seating range ideal for outside use

• Available in 4 colours

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Hospitals ✓Outside Areas

Stacking ChairsA robust chrome frame and a technically advanced 2K sandwich polypropylene shell are at the heart of this vibrant and exciting multi-purpose seating range.

• A high gloss finish to the outer back and a textured, non-slip finish to the inside provides the very best aesthetic and practicality.

• Available in 9 colours, including silver, this selection can provide the accent highlight in any environment

Please add colour suffix to your order: Red (RD), Blue (BL), Grey (GR), Green (GN), Black (BK), Yellow (YE), White (WH), Silver (SL) or Orange (OR)

Multi-Functional TablesOur meeting tables are fresh, clean and aesthetic. They are based around an elegantly slim angled leg frame which offers a new model of simplicity and balance in contemporary design and provides the ideal partner for meeting the ever changing needs of the multi-functional workspace.

• Tops are available in a stocked finishes of Maple and Ice White (other finishes are available,please call for details)

• Silver or Gloss white legs and detailing throughout the range

Code H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10

VAT1408 720 x 1400 x 800 £253.49 £243.49 £233.49VAT1608 720 x 1600 x 800 £259.99 £249.99 £239.99VAT2010 720 x 2000 x 1000 £278.99 £268.99 £258.99

Please add finish suffix to your order: Ice White (I) or Maple (M) and Frame colour: White (W), Silver (S)

from only

£253.49

Folding TablesThe ultimate in space saving is provided by these elegant folding leg framed tables. The easily foldable chrome leg frame folds flat when not in use for efficient storage, whilst providing a stable yet aesthetically pleasing table support.

• Choice of 2 standard hard wearing MFC finishes, together with stylish chrome frames

• Provide the ideal solution, whatever your conference, training or meeting requirements

Please add finish suffix to your order: Ice White (I) or Maple (M)

from only

£214.99

CodeSeat

Width (mm)

Seat Depth (mm)

Seat Height (mm)

Back Height (mm)

Each 5 10

OLN1 420 425 450 375 £101.49 £97.94 £87.94

Please add colour suffix to your order: Chocolate(CH), Olive Green (G), Red (R), or Sand (S) Code

Seat Width (mm)

Seat Depth (mm)

Seat Height (mm)

Back Height (mm)

Each 5 10

V49 440 460 490 360 £113.49 £106.99 £99.91

Code H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10

VFIF1608R 720 x 1600 x 800 £234.99 £224.99 £214.99

CAT_2014 06_Wo p180_1.indd 181 26/08/2014 11:14



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTCANTILEVER DESKS


Cantilever Rectangular Desks

Code H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10SLD0808 720 x 800 x 800 £136.99 £126.99 £116.99SLD1208 720 x 1200 x 800 £146.49 £136.49 £126.49SLD1408 720 x 1400 x 800 £152.99 £142.99 £132.99SLD1608 720 x 1600 x 800 £155.99 £145.99 £135.99SLD1808 720 x 1800 x 800 £158.99 £148.99 £138.99

Cantilever DeskingManufactured to exacting standards but offering a competitive price option, Cantilever Desking brings the opportunity to satisfy the demand for a quality range of furniture, within tight budgetary constraints.Available with silver frames and maple finish 25mm MFC tops with cable ports as standard.

Cantilever Wave Desk

Cantilever Crescent Desks

from only

£201.99

from only

£151.99

from only

£116.99

Cantilever Return Desks

Maple Finish

Code Type H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10SLCD1612R Right Hand 720 x 1600 x 1180 £221.99 £211.99 £201.99SLCD1612L Left Hand 720 x 1600 x 1180 £221.99 £211.99 £201.99SLCD1812R Right Hand 720 x 1800 x 1180 £228.49 £218.49 £208.49SLCD1812L Left Hand 720 x 1800 x 1180 £228.49 £218.49 £208.49

Code H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10SLWD1608 720 x 1600 x 800 - 700 £171.99 £161.99 £151.99

Code H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10SLRD0806 720 x 800 x 600 £127.49 £127.49 £107.49SLRD1006 720 x 1000 x 600 £133.99 £123.99 £113.99

from only

£107.49

CAT_2014 06_Wo p182_3.indd 182 26/08/2014 11:15




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTPANEL END DESKS

Rectangular Panel End Desks

Please add finish suffix to your order: Oak (O) or Beech (B)

Panel End Desking•

• For individual desking or smaller configurations Panel End Desking provides the ultimate in flexibility All desk prices include delivery and installation.

Wave Shaped Panel End Desks


Crescent Shaped Panel End Desks• Available in left or right hand versions• Come with or without built in pedestal

Code Type H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10V3ICD1612R Right Hand 720 x 1600 x 1180 £283.99 £273.99 £263.99V3ICD1612L Left Hand 720 x 1600 x 1180 £283.99 £273.99 £263.99V3ICD1812R Right Hand 720 x 1800 x 1180 £290.49 £273.99 £263.99V3ICD1812L Left Hand 720 x 1800 x 1180 £290.49 £273.99 £263.99

V3PICD1616L Left Hand inc Pedestal 720 x 1600 x 1600 £433.99 £429.99 £419.99

V3PICD1816L Left Hand inc Pedestal 720 x 1800 x 1600 £439.99 £429.99 £419.99


Oak Finish Beech Finish

from only

£155.99

from only

£181.49

from only

£263.99

Code H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10V3RD1008 720 x 1000 x 800 £175.99 £165.99 £155.99V3RD1208 720 x 1200 x 800 £182.49 £172.49 £162.49V3RD1408 720 x 1400 x 800 £188.99 £178.99 £160.99V3RD1608 720 x 1600 x 800 £194.99 £184.99 £174.99V3RD1808 720 x 1800 x 800 £201.49 £191.49 £181.49

Code Type H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10V3WD1209L Left Hand 720 x 1200 x 900 - 800 £201.49 £191.49 £181.49V3WD1209R Right Hand 720 x 1200 x 900 - 800 £201.49 £191.49 £181.49V3WD1409L Left Hand 720 x 1400 x 900 - 800 £207.49 £197.49 £187.49V3WD1409R Right Hand 720 x 1400 x 900 - 800 £207.49 £197.49 £187.49V3WD1609L Left Hand 720 x 1600 x 900 - 800 £213.99 £203.99 £193.99V3WD1609R Right Hand 720 x 1600 x 900 - 800 £213.99 £203.99 £193.99V3WD1809L Left Hand 720 x 1800 x 900 - 800 £220.49 £210.49 £200.49V3WD1809R Right Hand 720 x 1800 x 900 - 800 £220.49 £210.49 £200.49

A different look with the same ease of assembly. Desk tops are 25mm thick MFC with 2mm edging for durability.Matching MFC panel end leg frames include height levellers as standard.

CAT_2014 06_Wo p182_3.indd 183 26/08/2014 11:15



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTCANTEEN FURNITURE


Standard Canteen FurnitureProvide economical seating for vending, refreshment and rest areas. Simplify cleaning of dining areas, with clear access to floor. Modular units combine tables and seats in a wide range of seating arrangements enabling you to design your own layout.

• Fully welded canteen unit with polypropylene seat shells.• Laminate table tops come in a light grey, with pvc

edging for extra strength and protection.• Available in 2 seater single entry, 4 seater single entry, 4 seater

double entry, 6 seater single entry and 6 seater double entry.

Blue seats available on 3-5 day delivery

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Each

B6FASTFD2SE 2 seater single entry 725 1690 530 £159.99


B6FASTFD4DE 4 seater double entry 725 1690 1070 £231.99


B6FASTFD6DE 6 seater double entry 725 1690 1580 £319.99

Please add colour suffix when ordering: Red (R), Blue (B) or Black (A)

CAT_2014 06_Wo p184_5.indd 184 26/08/2014 11:16




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTCANTEEN FURNITURE

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Each

B6PREFAST4S 4 seater single entry 860 1610 1070 £294.49

B6PREFAST4D 4 seater double entry 860 1610 1070 £294.49

B6PREFAST6S 6 seater single entry 860 1610 1580 £401.99

B6PREFAST6D 6 seater double entry 860 1610 1580 £401.99

Please add colour suffix when ordering: Blue (B) or Green (G)

Premium Canteen FurniturePremium canteen tables combine durability, practicality with modern styling. Fitted with contemporary aesthetic one piece moulded polypropylene seats. Manufactered from fully welded 50mm round tube steel.

• Fully welded canteen unit with polypropylene seat shells.• Powder coated frames in Silver with optional floor fixings

available.Laminate table tops come in a light grey, with pvc edging for extra strength and protection.

CAT_2014 06_Wo p184_5.indd 185 26/08/2014 11:16



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTCYCLE SHELTERS


Tintagel Cycle SheltersThe Tintagel cycle shelter is a simple yet modern design and has a robust, all weather construction. A unique design feature of the Tintagel is that the leg frames can be used as racks to provide additional cycle parking spaces if required.

• Easily accessed from both sides• Zinc coated with a powder coated finish in any RAL

colour - also available fully galvanized• Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachSCTT2020F 2530 2000 2150 £1205.49SCTT3020F 2530 3000 2150 £1365.99SCTT4020F 2530 4000 2150 £1526.99SCTT5020F 2530 5000 2150 £1687.49

Add colour suffix when ordering: Galvanised (V), Light Grey (JLX), Blue (JBX) or Green (JGX)

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Colleges ✓Universities

Kenilworth Cycle ShelterThe Kenilworth is an attractive, curved cycle shelter, popular with schools and colleges and offers floor to roof level protection from the prevailing elements. This is a tough, robust structure with vandal resistant features.

• Zinc coated with a powder coated finish in any RAL colour - also available fully galvanized.

• Initial shelters can be linked side by side to form longer runs. • The Kenilworth is also available as a cycle compound, with

or without security gates, please call for details.

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) EachSCKN2020O 2230 2000 2150 £1687.50SCKN3020O 2230 3000 2150 £1848.21SCKN4020O 2230 4000 2150 £2008.93SCKN5020O 2230 5000 2150 £2169.64

Add colour suffix when ordering: Galvanised (V), Light Grey (JLX), Blue (JBX) or Green (JGX)

PERFECT FOR ✓Schools ✓Colleges ✓Workplaces

from only

£1205.99

from only

£1687.50

CAT_2014 06_Wo p186_7.indd 186 26/08/2014 11:17




WORKPLACE EQUIPMENTSMOKING SHELTERS

Smoking Shelters - Traditional

Recent legislation throughout the UK banning smoking in public places including the workplace has resulted in employers adopting new codes of practise to accommodate smokers. These shelters enable employers and establishments to create a designated smoking area away from main entrances and exits. Site surveys and installation available - call for details

• Robust all-weather construction.• 6mm clear perspex sides with choice of

perforated sheet steel or perspex back. • More than 50% open area to allow

rapid dispersal of cigarette fumes.

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity EachSS212419P Perforated Steel 2180 2450 1900 7 People £2141.49SS212425P Perforated Steel 2180 2450 2500 9 People £2522.99SS213019P Perforated Steel 2180 3060 1900 9 People £2421.49SS213025P Perforated Steel 2180 3060 2500 12 People £3224.99SS212419X Perspex 2180 2450 1900 7 People £2302.49SS212425X Perspex 2180 2450 2500 9 People £2710.49SS213019X Perspex 2180 3060 1900 9 People £2606.49SS213025X Perspex 2180 3060 2500 12 People £3428.49

Smoking Shelters - PremierThe Premier Smoking Shelter has a curved roof made from translucent polycarbonate panels, giving up to 97% UV protection. The contemporary design enables employers to provide a modern and aesthetically pleasing smoking area away from main entrances and exits. Suitable for up to 9 people. Site surveys and installation available - call for details

• Robust all weather construction.• Choice of clear perspex or powder coated

steel perforated side & back panels.• Parabolts for surface mounting included. Must

be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability.

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity EachSS223021P Perforated Steel 2320 3000 2100 9 People £2775.09SS223021X Perspex 2320 3000 2100 9 People £3047.27

PERFECT FOR ✓Smoking Areas in the workplace

from only

£2141.49

from only

£2775.09

Add colour suffix when ordering: Light Grey (LX), Blue (BX) or Green (GX)

Add colour suffix when ordering: Light Grey (LX), Blue (BX) or Green (GX)

PERFECT FOR ✓Smoking Areas in the workplace

CAT_2014 06_Wo p186_7.indd 187 26/08/2014 11:17



PROJECTSFURNITURE SOLUTIONS

Customer Service Centre to Executive Offices

to Executive Chair Meeting Rooms to Conference Areas Canteen & Break Out Area Reception Area

Working with experts in this field we supply furniture solutions to clients throughout the UK. Our team can help to plan and design your ideal office allowing you to visualise before you decide. During the planning process, we advise on design and layout techniques that allow the space to be used in the most efficient and ergonomic. This includes lighting, partitioning, ceilings in fact everything you need for a complete solution

FURNITURE SOLUTIONS

Customer Service Centres Conference Areas

Meeting Rooms Canteen & Breakout Areas

Every Day Chairs Executive Chairs

188




PROJECTSWORKSPACE PROJECTS

OFFICE PARTITIONING

SUSPENDED CEILINGS

189

Office Partitioning is now key to the office and helps meet the ever changing needs to use space effectively. To separate desks, to create pods or to create individual rooms and walkways there is a wide variety of office partitioning

Suspended ceilings have become one of the most important aspects of interior design within buildings today. The spaces where we work, relax, study or spend leisure all need to be designed with the right levels of acoustics and lighting to create healthy environment.There are a full range of design solutions for all requirements, standard grid system for the open plan, or a more specialist application for a WC or Wet room.




INDEX


BARRIER AND POSTS

BARRIERSWall Mounted 42Tri-block - Lorry Stops 46

STEEL BARRIERS Standard Steel Barriers 47Low Level Channel 45Low Level Tubular 45Twin Channel 45Heavy Duty Steel Barriers 47

POSTS Standard Post 43Heavy Duty Post 43Tensacone 43A4 Post Top Sign 43

BOTTLE SKIPS

Standard bottle skips 70Recycled Bottle Skips 70

BULK & COLLAPSIBLE CONTAINERS

Economy Folding Bulk Container 96Maxipac folding bulk containers 96Non Stackable Steel Retention Units 97Stackable Steel Retention Units 97Steel Collapsible Hypacages 97Chrome Euro Container Box Carts 24

CABINETS

Drawer Cabinets 152High Density Cabinets 144Engineers Cabinets 145Drawer Cabinets 144

CLEAR STORAGE CABINETS Clear Storage Cabinets 72Turntables for 550mm High Range 73Cabinet Stands for 550mm High Range 72Retaining Bars for Tilt Bins 73Steel Cabinet Turntable Kits 74

LINBIN CABINET KITS Linbin Cupboards 140Linbin Kits 141

TILT BIN CONTAINERS Tilt Bin Trolley 75Steel Bin Cabinets 74

SECURITY CABINETS Fire Resistant Security Cabinets 156Security Cabinets 156Cash & Valuable Safe 156

CUPBOARDS - INDUSTRIAL & OFFICE

Standard Cupboard 138Low Cupboard 138Wardrobe Cupboard 138Combination Cupboard 1388 Compartment Cupboard 138Open Cupboard 138Mobile Workplace Cupboards 139Wall Cupboards 139Workplace Cupboards 150-151Stainless Steel Cupboards 139Stainless Steel Floor Chests 139Steel Bin Pigeon hole Stoarge 142-143

DOLLIES

Confectionary Dolly 92Smart Case 93Standard Dolly 92Universal Dolly 92

DRUM MOVEMENT

Circular Drum Dolly 90-91Drum Tilt Lever 93Drum Trucks 92Pallet Loading Drum Truck 93

ESD PROTECTED BINS

ESD Storage Bins 78ESD Stacking Bins 78ESD Storage Bin dividers 78ESD Cabinets 123

EUROCONTAINERS & PLASTICCONTAINERS

Solid Euro Stacking Container 86Euro Container Covers 86Euro Container Snap Shut Lids 86Euro Containers with Integral Lid 87Ventilated Euro Containers 87Toeboxes - attached lid containers 87Coloured Attached Lid Containers 90Ecotote Recycled Attached Lid Containers 88Kaiman Attached Lid Containers (food grade) 89Attached Lid Containers (coloured Lids) 90Maxinest Containers 91Solid Stack & Nest Containers 90Ventilated Stack & Nest Containers 91Clear Containers with Lids 92Clear Trays with Lids 93

FIRST AID

Work Medic Catering Kit 160Work Medic First Aid Kit 160Workplace Compliant First Aid Kit 161Catering Essentials Kit 161Burns First Aid Mobile Kit Bag 162Burns Treatment 162Core Large Instant Ice Pack 162Defribrillator 162

FURNITURE

CHAIRS Operators Chairs 180Leisure Seating 181Stacking Chairs 181

DESKING Rectangular Cantilever Desks 182Rectangular Panel End Desks 182Cantilever Rectangular Desks 183Cantilever Return Desks 182Cantilever Wave Desk 182Crescent Cantilever Desks 182Crescent Shaped Panel End Desks 183Wave Shaped Panel Ens Desks 183Cantilever Crescent Desks 182

TABLES Folding Tables 181Multi-Functional Tables 181

CANTEEN Standard 184Premium 185

GAS CAGES

Collapsible Gas Cage 168Gorilla Modular Gas Cages 168

GRIT BINS, SHOVELS & GRIT

Heavy Duty Grit Bins 174Mini Grit Bin 174Stackable Grit Bins 174Grit Bin kit 174Snow Shovels 175Forklift Snow Plough 175Push Along Snow Plough 175Salt Spreader 175Salt/Grit 175Magic Ice Melt 175

HAZARDOUS STORAGE

Hazardous Storage Floor 146 & 163 & 167Hazardous StorageWall 146Hazardous Storage Stands 146FlamBank Hazardous Storage 149&167FlamStor Hazardous Storage Cabinet 149 &167Collapsible Hazardouse Store 167Chem Cube Plastic Chemical Cabinet 166

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING FOR RACKING& SHELVING SYSTEMS

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels 50Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels (A-Z) 50Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels (0-9) 50Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Label Holders 51Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders 51Document Pockets 52Frames4Docs 52Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip 53Magnetic Location Markers 53Magnetic Numbers & Letters 53

CAT_2014 Index.indd 190 22/08/2014 17:26




INDEX

Self-Adhesive Magnetic Strip 53Racksack- waste control 55

INDUSTRIAL MATTING

Cushion Trax 48Cushion Ease Solid Top 48Diamond Interlock Matting 48Ergo Tred 48Polyplush 49Soft Tred 49Interflex 49

LOCKERS

Clean & Dirty Lockers 136Cube Lockers 133Express Delivery Lockers 132Laptop Lockers 134Perforated Door Lockers 134Personal Effects Lockers 134Plastic Lockers 137Premium Lockers 133Standard Lockers 132Twin Locker 136Two Person Lockers 136Uniform Lockers 137Z Door Lockers 134

LINBINS, TRAYS AND CABINET KITS

Clear Linbins 77Coloured Linbins 76Linbin Divider Packs 77Grey Linbins 76Recycled Black Linbins 77Linbin Trays 79Linbin Tray Dividers 79Linbin Tray End Stops 79

LOUVRE PANELS

Freestanding Louvre Panels 85Freestanding Panel Kit 85Louvre Panel Trolley Kits 84Louvre Panel Trolleys 84Wall Mounted Louvre Panels 82Wall Mounted Panel Kits 83

MOBILE STEPS

Standard Mobile Steps 127Medium Duty Mobile Safety Steps 128Heavy Duty Mobile Safety Steps 129Narrow Aisle Mobile Steps 127Two Step Range 126Sturdy 2-5 Step Range 127Mobile Warehouse Steps with Inboard Wheels 128Wheelaong Steps 126

PALLET TRUCKS

Adjustable Pallet Trucks 104Budget Pallet Trucks 104Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks 105Mini Pallet Trucks 104Printer’s Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks 105Weighing Pallet Trucks 105Extra Long Pallet Trucks 105Heavy Duty Electric Pallet Truck 106High Lift Pallet Truck 107Medium Duty Electric Pallet Truck 106Semi-Electric Pallet Trucks 106Scissor Lift Tables 107

PALLET STACKERS

Standard Stackers 108Straddle Stackers 108Electric Lift Stacker 108Economy Powered Pallet Stackers 108

PLASTIC PALLETS

Industrial Box Pallets 94Maestro Pallets 94Packpal Nesting Pallet 94Collapsible Plastic Box Pallet 96Plastic Pallet Collar 94Solid Geobox 94Universal Pallet 94Ventilated Geobox 94

PPE CABINETS

PPE Cabinet 148 & 163Sloping Top Bins 148 & 166Flat Top Bins 148 & 166Oily Rag Bins 149 & 166

RACKING

HEAVY DUTY RACKING Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Levels 20-21Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Frames 20-21Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Shelf Levels 22-23

CANTILEVER RACKING Cantilever Arms 166-167Cantilever Racking Kits 166-167Cantilever Retaining Pins 168-169

RACKING PROTECTION Crash Protection Posts 44Heavy Duty Warehouse Column Protection 44Flexi Bollard 44Monstrut Column Protection 44Upright Protectors 45Steel Barrier Systems 45Rubber Barrier Protection - Double D 46

BAR AND SHEET STORAGE Multi-Height Plate Rack 31Multipurpose Rack 30Stacking Bar Cradles 31Vertical Storage Rack 30

ROLL CAGES & STORAGE

Boxwell Mobile Storage 117Security Roll Cages 118Jumbo Roll Cages 119Nestable A Frame Roll Containers 118

SACK TRUCKS

All Round Sack Truck 101Budget Sack Truck 101Conventional Sack Trucks 100Delivery Drivers Sack Truck 1012 in 1 Solid Wheel Sack Truck 100High Back P Handle Sack Truck 100Rough Terrain Sack Trucks 100Standard Sack Truck 101Universal Sack Truck 101Aluminium 2 in 1 Sack Truck 103Aluminium Sack Truck with Skids 103Folding Aliminium Platform Trolley 103Lightweight Aluminium Folding Sack Truck 103

SIGNAGE

Fire Safety Signage 164General Safety Signage 165Caution Signs 165

SCALE WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

Bench Scale 68Floor Scales 69Light Capacity Platform Scales 69Weighing & Counting Scales 68

SECURITY

Mesh Security Cage Kit Security Cage Unit Key Safes 154Key Cabinets 155Safes 157

SHELVING

BOLTED SHELVING Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving 4Zamba ® Medway Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving 4Economy Bolted Shelving 4Supreme Bolted Shelving 4

BOLTLESS SHELVING Multi Purpose Boltless Shelving 5Lever Arch File Storage Unit 7Economy Boltless Shelving 5

HOME & OFFICE SHELVING Economy Bolted Shelving 5Spur Wall Mounted Upright Shelf Kits 7Zamba ® Supreme Bolted Shelving 4Mighty Fast Assembly Shelving 5

CAT_2014 Index.indd 191 22/08/2014 17:26




WORKPLACE SHELVING Medium Duty Archive Shelving 29Grey Shelving System 8-9

INDUSTRIAL SHELVING Heavy Duty Industrial Shelving 18Medium Duty Industrial Shelving 10Zamba ® Light Industrial Shelving 13Industrial Shelving Linbin Kit 28Boxed Industrial Shelving Bays 13Pre-Packed Industrial Shelving Sets 12

STOCKROOM SHELVING Stockroom Shelving Bays 14 - 15

WAREHOUSE SHELVING Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving Bays 16Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving Levels 17Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Bays 18Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Levels 19Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Frames 21Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Shelf Levels 21

CHROME SHELVING Anti-Bacterial Wire Shelving 22Chrome Wire Shelving 22Chrome Shelving Accessories 23Chrome Wall Shelving Units 24Tyre Shelving 27Archive Shelving 29Archive Boxes 29Garment Shelving 26

SMOKING AND CYCLE SHELTERS

Kenilworth Cycle Shelter 186Tintagel Cycle Shelters 186Smoking Shelter - Traditional 187Smoking Shelter - Premier 187

SPILLS & TRIPS& DRUMS

IBC Spillpallets 169Carry Bag Spill Kit 172Handy Bag Spill Kit 172Shoulder Bag Spill Kit 172Spill Trays 169Spill Mate 173Wheeled Bin Spill Kits 172Wheeled Lockers 172Drum Sump Pallets 169Bunded Fuel & Oil Tanks 171Bunded Workfloors 170Drum and IBC Stores 171Drum Bank 170

STEPS AND LADDERS

Combination Ladders 123Doube Extension ladders 125Fibreglass Ladders 121High Handrail Stepladders 122Step Ladders 121Telescopic Ladders 125Telescopic Safety Platforms 124Work Platforms 125Folding Work Platform 109Access Tower 124Podium Steps 124Kick Steps 120Plastic Safety Steps 120Step Stools 120

TAPERED TRUCKS

Tapered Trucks 109Recycled Tapered Trucks 109

TROLLEYS

Adjustable Shelf Trolleys 111Adjustable Tray Racks 111Mobile Tray Racks 110Small Parts Storage Tray Racks 111Adjustable Shelf Trolleys 112Heavy Duty Nesting Cash & Carry Trolley 115Heavy Duty Platform Trolley 115Industrial Shelf Trolleys 113Large Platform Trolley 115Narrow Cash & Carry Trolley 115Garment Racking Trolley 117Stock Trolley 111Workshop Trolleys 113Chrome Euro Container Box Carts 24

GRATNELLS TROLLEY & TRAY KITS, CONTAINERS AND TRAYS Gratnells Frames & Tray sets 81Gratnells Trays 80Gratnells Under Bench & Tray Sets 80Smart Case 93Clear Containers with Lids 93

TOOL & SECURITY STORAGE

Tuffbank 153

TRUCKS

Mesh Firm Loading Trucks 114Timber Firm Loading Trucks 114Zinc Plated Platform Trucks 114Plywood Deck Turntable Trucks 116Steel Deck Turntable Trucks 116

WAREHOUSE INFORMATION LABELS

Angled Aisle Marker 54Identification for the end of bays 54Magnetic & Self-Adhesive Bay Markers 54Pallet Floor Markers 55

WAREHOUSE FLOOR SIGNALS

Graphic Floor Signs 55Pallet Floor Markers 55

WHEELED BINS AND LITTER BINS

Litter Bins 179SpaceBuddy Bin 179AquaBuddy Bin 179Smiley Face Bin 179Hungry Hippo Litter Bin 179Round Heritage Bin 179Economy Monarch Litter Bin 179

RYCYCLING BINS EcoAce Recycling Bin 178Maxi Envirobin 178Midi Envirobin 178Mini Envirobin 178Lift Top Recycling Bins 177Touch Top Lift Recycling Bins 177Open Top Recycling Bins 177

WHEELED BINS Wheeled Bins 176Wheeled Bin Accessories 176Wheeled Bin Liners 176

WORKBENCHES

Adjustable Height Workbenches 66Anti-Static Workbenches 64Cantilever Workbenches 58 & 66Express Delivery Anti-Static Workbenches 64Express Delivery Cantilever Workbenches 64Express Delivery Square Tube Workbenches 64Extra Heavy Duty Workbench 60Folding Work Platform 56Heavy Duty Workbench Kit 61Infinite Modular Easy Order Workbench 67Light Duty Workbench 56Medium Duty Workbench Kit 60Packing Bench 57Stainless Steel Workbenches 61Square Framed Workbenches 58Square Tube Workbenches 65

WORKSHOP STORAGE

Complete Workshop Kit 150Workshop Cupboards 151Workshop Drawer Unit 151Workshop Tool Cupboard 151Workshop Wall Cupboard 151

INDEX

CAT_2014 Index.indd 192 22/08/2014 17:26



We endeavour to maintain the prices shown (errors and omissions accepted). However, from time to time it will be necessary to make amendments. In the event of a price change notification of the alteration will be given prior to despatch. Please refer to our delivery charges on the inside cover of this catalogue

Delivery Delivery times noted in the catalogue are accurate (errors and omissions accepted) at the point of publication. Delivery lead times are however estimates and the company shall not be liable for any damage resulting from delays in delivery. We reserve the right to deliver to the ground floor or Goods Inwards unless special arrangements have previously been agreed From time to time installation is required and this will be arranged and agreed prior to delivery.

Shortages & DamageResponsibility for the above will not be accepted once the goods have been signed for. We would encourage you to refuse delivery of damaged goods and make the reason for refusal of goods clear on the carrier’s paperwork. Should shortage or damage be found within a sealed carton we would ask you to notify us within 24 hours.

ReturnsStorage Design will not take responsibility for wrongly ordered goods. Should you wish to return such product a handling fee will be charged along with the carriage charge associated with picking up the goods. All returned goods must be in a re-saleable condition. Returned goods will only be accepted with prior agreement and within 10 days of receipt of the product. Any bespoke product for the buyer or his customer is not eligible for return

Reservation of TitleThe title of the Goods shall not pass to the buyer until the buyer has paid in full.In the event of sale of the goods by the buyer to a third party Storage Design reserves title to the proceeds of sale.All risk and responsibility for safe keeping , maintenance and insurance pass to the buyer upon delivery

CopyrightStorage Design does not necessarily own the images, codes, IPR or trademarks of goods from their guest suppliers. The display of or sale of goods is done in good faith and so doing shall not transfer or affect ownership of the Intellectual Property Rights/Trademarks etc of the Goods or render Storage Design liable for any event.

Conditions of Sale

We are here to help

The Storage Design catalogue is unique. It is the only one dedicated to industrial & workplace equipment that provides a personal, one to one service to help advise you.

This is particularly valuable if you are considering a major storage project where you require a solution tailored to your specific needs.

Whatever you want, please call us.

Even if it’s not in this catalogue, we may be able to help you.

call 01446 772 614

Storage D

esign Limited

ww

w.storage-design.ltd.uk

2014/15

STORAGE DESIGN

Storage Design LimitedPrimrose HillCowbridgeSouth WalesCF71 7DUwww.storage-design.ltd.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITEDemail [email protected]

tel 01446 772614fax 01446 774770

www.storage-design.ltd.uk

Sdl storage direct 2014 2015

Documents

Transcript of Sdl storage direct 2014 2015